The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutPermit D07-443 - CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL - TENANT IMPROVEMENTCHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL 17250 SOUTHCENTER PY D07.443 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http://www.cttukwila.wa.us CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY This certificate is issued pursuant to the requirements of Section 110.2 of the 2006 edition of the International Building Code. At the time of issuance, this structure or portion thereof has been inspected for compliance with the requirements of this code for the occupancy and division of occupancy and the use for which the proposed occupancy is classified. Building Permit No.: D07 -443 Occupant /Tenant: CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL Building Address: 17250 SOUTHCENTER PY #108, SUITE NO. 108 Parcel No.: 2623049117 Property Owner: WIG PROPERTIES LLC -SS 4811 134TH PL SE , BELLEVUE WA 98006 Use: RESTAURANT Occupancy Group /Division: A -2 Type of Construction: V -B Automatic Sprinkler System: Provided: Y Required: Y Design Occupant Load: BUILDING OF CIAL 137 d� lq /2 , DATE THIS CERTIFICATE TO BE CONSPICUOUSLY POSTED ON THE PREMISES Parcel No.: 2623049117 Address: 17250 SOUTHCENTER PY TUKW Suite No: Tenant: Name: CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL Address: 17250 SOUTHCENTER PY #108 , TUKWILA WA Owner: Name: WIG PROPERTIES LLC -SS Address: 4811 134TH PL SE , BELLEVUE WA 98006 Phone: Contact Person: Name: ADRIANA MAHONEY Address: 14344 Y ST # 101 , OMAHA NE 98137 Phone: 402- 895 -0878 Contractor: Name: R B I CONSTRUCTION Address: 1807 132 NE , BELLEVUE WA 98005 Phone: 425- 881 -1985 Contractor License No: RBICOI* 13203 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: NEW RESTAURANT TENANT IMPROVEMENT City f Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us DEVELOPMENT PERMIT * *continued on next page ** Permit Number: D07 - 443 Issue Date: 02/12/2008 Permit Expires On: 08/10/2008 Expiration Date: 11/16/2008 Value of Construction: $350,000.00 Fees Collected: $4,900.02 Type of Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS International Building Code Edition: 2006 Type of Construction: V -B Occupancy per IBC: 0004 doc: IBC -10/06 D07 -443 Printed: 02 -12 -2008 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N City a,/ Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Fire Loop Hydrant: N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Flood Control Zone: Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Private: Public: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Profit: N Non - Profit: N Water Main Extension: Private: Public: Water Meter: N Permit Center Authorized Signature: CLZA_ Print Name: .- -e v �/� 1.."„ 04. ,S Permit Number: D07 -443 Issue Date: 02/12/2008 Permit Expires On: 08/10/2008 Date: 0 I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the r ce of wor I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit. / Signature: � i " — Date:, /' z/ r/ n 6 This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. doc: IBC-10/06 007 -443 Printed: 02 -12 -2008 Parcel No.: 2623049117 Address: Suite No: Tenant: 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 17250 SOUTHCENTER PY TUKW CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL PERMIT CONDITIONS Permit Number: Status: Applied Date: Issue Date: D07 -443 ISSUED 12/05/2007 02/12/2008 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431- 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 6: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. 7: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 8: All food preparation establishments must have Seattle/King County Department of Public Health sign -off prior to opening or doing any food processing. Arrangements for final Health Department inspection shall be made by calling Seattle/King County Department of Public Health, (206/296 4928), at least three working days prior to desired inspection date. On work requiring Health Department approval, it is the contractor's responsibility to have a set of plans approved by the agency on the job site. 9: Notify the City of Tukwila Building Division prior to placing any concrete. This procedure is in addition to any requirements for special inspection. 10: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 11: Manufacturers installation instructions shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection. 12: A Certificate of Occupancy shall be issued for this building upon final inspection approval by Tukwila building inspector. 13: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 14: Water heaters shall be anchored or strapped to resist horizontal displacement due to earthquake motion. Strapping shall be at points within the upper one -third and lower one -third of the water heater's vertical dimension. A minimum distance of 4- inches shall be maintained above the controls with the strapping. doc: Cond -10/06 007 -443 Printed: 02 -12 -2008 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 15: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the Cityof Tukwila Permit Center. 16: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206 - 431 - 3670). 17: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 18: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 19: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 20: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 21: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and 1FC 906.9) 22: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 23: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 24: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4-3, 4 -4) 25: Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided within a 30 -foot (9144 mm) travel distance of commercial -type cooking equipment. Cooking equipment involving vegetable or animal oils and fats shall be protected by a Class K rated portable extinguisher. (IFC 904.11.5) 26: A Type 1 hood shall be installed at or above all commercial cooking appliances and domestic cooking appliances used for commercial purposes that produce grease vapors. Each required commercial kitchen exhaust hood and duct system required by section 610 of the International Fire Code to have a Type 1 hood shall be protected with an approved automatic fire- extinguishing system installed in accordance with this code. (IFC 610.2, IFC 904.2.1 and IFC 904.11) Automatic fire- extinguishing systems shall comply with UL 300 or other equivalent standards and shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the listing. (NFPA 96, 10.2.3) doc: Cond -10/06 D07 -443 Printed: 02 -12 -2008 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 27: All new automatic fire- extinguishing systems and all modifications to existing automatic fire - extinguishing systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. 28: Local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #2051) 29: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 30: Each door in a means of egress from an occupancy of Group A or E having an occupant load of 50 or more and any Group H occupancy shall not be provided with latch or lock unless it is panic hardware or fire exit panic hardware on rated fire doors. (IFC 1008.1.9) 31: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IF'C Chapter 10) 32: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 33: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 nun) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I ", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.5.1) 34: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 35: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 36: Means of egress, including the exit discharge, shall be illuminated at all times the building space served by the means of egress is occupied. The means of egress illumination level shall not be less than 1 foot -candle (11 lux) at the floor level. The power supply for the means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premise's electrical supply. In event of a power failure an emergency power system shall provide power for a duration of not less than 90 minutes and shall consist of storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 37: Every room or space that is an assembly occupancy shall have the occupancy load of the room or space posted in a conspicuous place, near the main exit or exit access doorway from the room or space. Posted signs shall be of an approved legible permanent design and shall be maintained by the owner or authorized agent. (IFC 1004.3) 38: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding sprinkler heads. (IFC 901.4) 39: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13- 8.6.5.3.3) 40: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler doc: Cond -10/06 D07 -443 Printed: 02 -12 -2008 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers Kemper or any other representative designated and/or recognized by the City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #2050) 41: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2051. 42: Maintain fire alarm system audible /visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible /visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2051) 43: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2051) (IFC 104.2) 44: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206 - 431 -3670) is required for this project. 45: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 46: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 47: In occupancies of Groups A, E, I and R -1 and dormitories in Group R -2, curtains, draperies, hangings and other decorative materials suspended from walls or ceilings shall be flame resistant in accordance with NFPA 701 or be noncombustible. Where required to be flame resistant, decorative materials shall be tested by an approved agency and pass Test 1, as described in NFPA 701, or such materials shall be noncombustible. Reports of test results shall be prepared in accordance with NFPA 701 and furnished to the fire code official upon request. (IFC 805.1, 805.2) 48: In order to provide you with the fastest police and fire protection under emergency conditions, please post your suite, room or apartment number in a conspicuous place near the main entry door. (IFC 505.1) 49: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2050 and #2051) 50: To schedule all construction fire - related inspections send an e -mail to freinsprequest ©ci.tukwila.wa.us. Include your name, telephone number, permit number, project name and address and type of inspection requested. 51: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 52: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. * *continued on next page ** doc: Cond -10/06 007 -443 Printed: 02 -12 -2008 Signature: Print Name: fir+ kert City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us I hereby certify that I have read these conditions and will comply with them as outlined. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other work or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. 6�l . Lyo Date: / �i /o doc: Cond -10/06 007 -443 Printed: 02 -12 -2008 Name: ,f Mailing Address: 4 44 " I ' or X101 E -Mail Address: Contact Person: Company Name: CITY OF TUKWIL . Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us QAApplicationsWorms- Applications On Line\3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Building Permit No. 0 ) 4113 Mechanical Permit No. 1 - 2.1p L I Plumbing/Gas Permit No. 1 32.8 Public Works Permit No. FO 1 (For office use only) Project No. Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** SITE LOCATION 1 Site Address: Ge' COOVACEO 'PK q Tenant Name: Property Owners Name: W �f j Fb — S) Mailing Address: 4 8 1 1 Ie PA-- ' ax3E City i �a mil_._ ►. Company Name: e ek3 1 CI Ot-1 Mailing Address: l r t E 2 Contractor Registration Number:' 1CO1 133 1 A Mailing Address: 14{ 1+ .( Or 4r10 Contact Person: l 1P i.SP% King Co Assessor's Tax No.: Y1 2r' , " Suite Number: 1C, Floor: 1'J/ City New Tenant: tJ — V\ State LU .... Yes L ..No c6 Zip CONTACT PERSON who do "we °contact when your perm is ready to be issued Day Telephone: 1C 1 0 - 03`76 City State Zip C--4 Fax Number: 4(Y Z — , GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION (Contractor Infoematiion for Mechanical (pg 4) for Plumbing" and Gas Piping (pg 5)) • sr State Zip E -Mail Address: J . COt--A Fax Number: 4 ') & 1 " bel rig Expiration Date: 1 l 1 VG l Day Telephone: 4ZO 88t — l City State Zip Day Telephone: 4o ' ce `lp, E -Mail Address: �j • C-t Fax Number: 4 10'7 ,C6- G E1 INFER OF RECORD = All plans mi st be et st ampe d by E o f Company Name: f ,I 1 — �1 O 6 Mailing Address: I ` ,` Thi= eO #6.4) Co ki X J) 014 43 i. City n State Zip Contact Person: � Ckk. 3O\ E4i ~ Day Telephone: Q4' co �:..? E -Mail Address: . C11 . "-Si e V Ki- —1� � • Fax Number: 61 4 - . 0Z 4 0 Page 1 of 6 BUILDING PERMIT INFOR! N.TION — 206 -431 -3670 Q:\Applications\Forms- Applications On Linen -2006 - Permit Appliation.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $A ,00C) Existing Building Valuation: $ Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): I�i4P'1T" Will there be new rack storage? RI.... Yes ❑.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. ,-p<0 &E3'' '7-- Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below 1" 'Floor 2 3`° Floor Floors Basemen Accessory Structure* died 'Garage A l .Detached Garage ttached,C 0 Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck Existing NIA t-A/P> TQ!D.. N JA N /A JA o If Interior Remodel 2c Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC -'5 Type of Occupancy per IBC /.-2 PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) "*V/. *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): l- /P Floor area of principal dwelling: Nh Floor area of accessory dwelling: Jl. * Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. " Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: 12 Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes gi No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: Sprinklers ❑ Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes fg No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 x 11 " paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On - site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Page 2 of 6 PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT IltRMATION — 206 - 433 -0179 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Water District ❑ ...Tukwila 0... Water District #125 ❑ ...Water Availability Provided Sewer District ❑ ...Tukwila ❑ ... Sewer Use Certificate Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply): ❑ ...Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34 ") ❑ ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) ❑ ...Bond ❑ .. Insurance ❑ .. Easement(s) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): ❑ ...Right -of -way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours ❑ ...Right -of -way Use - No Disturbance ❑ ...Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right -of -way Non Right -of -way ❑ ...Total Cut ❑ ...Total Fill cubic yards cubic yards Q: Applications\Forms- Applications On Line3 -2006 - Permit Appliestion.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Call before you Dig: 1- 800 -424 -5555 Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. ❑ .. Highline 0... ValVue ❑ .. Renton 0... Sewer Availability Provided ❑ .. Geotechnical Report ❑ .. Maintenance Agreement(s) ❑ .. Work in Flood Zone ❑ .. Storm Drainage ❑ ...Renton ❑ ...Seattle Septic System: ❑ On - site Septic System — For on - site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. ❑ .. Right - of - way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours ❑ .. Right -of -way Use — Potential Disturbance ❑ ...Sanitary Side Sewer ❑ .. Abandon Septic Tank ❑ .. Grease Interceptor ❑ ...Cap or Remove Utilities ❑ .. Curb Cut ❑ .. Channelization ❑ ...Frontage Improvements ❑ .. Pavement Cut ❑ .. Trench Excavation ❑ ...Traffic Control ❑ .. Looped Fire Line ❑ .. Utility Undergrounding ❑ ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection Irrigation Domestic Water ❑ ...Permanent Water Meter Size... WO # ❑ ...Temporary Water Meter Size .. WO # ❑ ...Water Only Meter Size 92 WO # ❑...Deduct Water Meter Size ❑...Sewer Main Extension Public Private ❑ ...Water Main Extension Public Private ❑ ... Traffic Impact Analysis ❑ ... Hold Harmless — (SAO) ❑ ...Hold Harmless — (ROW) If FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) ❑ ...Water ❑ ...Sewer ❑ ... Sewage Treatment Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: Water Meter Refund/Billing: Name: Mailing Address: City State Zip Day Telephone: City State Zip Page 3 of 6 Unit Type: Qty Unit Type: Qty Unit Type: Qty ` Boiler /Compressor: Qty Furnace<100K BTU Air Handling Unit >10,000 CFM Fire Damper 0 -3 HP /100,000 BTU Furnace>100K BTU Evaporator Cooler Diffuser 2,6 3 -15 HP /500,000 BTU Floor Furnace Ventilation Fan Connected to Single Duct Thermostat 15 -30 HP /1,000,000 BTU Suspended/Wall/Floor Mounted Heater 4 Ventilation System Wood/Gas Stove 30 -50 HP /1,750,000 BTU Appliance Vent ' Hood and Duct ' Emergency Generator 50+ HP /1,750,000 BTU Repair or Addition to Heat/Refrig/Cooling System 2 Incinerator - Domestic Other Mechanical Equipment Air Handling Unit <10,000 CFM Incinerator - Comm/Ind MECHANICAL PERMIT INF - 206 - 431 -3670 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR --- INFORMATION ��• l Company Name: Ut QO c L O tC) Mailing Address: ie° ( 'ar AVE 4V a Contact Person: Y e t56= -' E -Mail Address: fl t Coh-Y O(10 • C Contractor Registration Number: t 10,01 4 ` (323 Valuation of Mechanical work (contractor's bid price): $ i 0C) Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): I iONI OF +-N i C 4Ji G,V JT � ' nr.1 • 1 o 'At A-hxc 6 1--04 - (5? p<te. U1.1 rr. I 1 - �-d-Pc[tCo 1 -( Q 31 .Q . Use: Residential: New ....p Commercial: New .... Q: Applications\Forms- Applications On Linen -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Replacement .... ❑ Replacement .... ❑ V15E WA C I a,) City State Zip Day Telephone: 4 b - 88 ( ges Fax Number: 1 2�J 8 5 1- 69 79 Expiration Date: t 1 1 \ 6 ' 0j Fuel Type: Electric LI Gas... Other: Indicate type of mechanical work being installed and the quantity below: Page 4 of 6 Fixture Type: Qty Fixture. Type: Qty Fixture Type: Qty Fixture Type: Qty Bathtub or combination bath/shower Drinking fountain or water cooler (per head) Wash fountain Gas piping outlets E5 Bidet Food -waste grinder, commercial Receptor, indirect waste Clothes washer, domestic Floor drain 16 Sinks 4 Dental unit, cuspidor Shower, single head trap Urinals Dishwasher, domestic, with independent drain Lavatory 5 Water Closet Building sewer or trailer park sewer Rain water system — per drain (inside building) Water heater and/or vent 1 Additional medical gas inlets/outlets — six or more Industrial waste pretreatment interceptor, including its trap and vent, except for kitchen type grease interceptors Repair or alteration of water piping and/or water treating equipment Repair or alteration of drainage or vent piping Medical gas piping system serving one to five inlets/outlets for specific gas PLUMBING AND GAS PIPINPERMIT INFORMATION - 206- 41F3670 PLUMBING AND GAS PIPING CO TRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: 1 CC> CDv--1 Mailing Address: 1801 X321 -) k izE42, Contact Person: ` ---t '"e E -Mail Address: ,11 k O 1 Cfjhi° TA-07 • CQ Contractor Registration Number: 2'1) %C.,31 132.0 CC cyO _ P( QAApplications\Forms- Applications On Linen -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh T5F-4-413JuE coitit Indicate type of plumbing fixtures and/or gas piping outlets being installed and the quantity below: X005 City State Day Telephone: ‘I E6 —8 8 Fax Number: 4 2b — 83 — Expiration Date: i I Q Valuation of Plumbing work (contractor's bid price): $ ,OQO Valuation of Gas Piping work (contractor's bid price): $ e, 000 d /� /� Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): ��'(�l -tt C/A a e , 0 PY2 i d r - 6 Jew- To Building Use (per Int'l Building Code): Occupancy (per Int'l Building Code): bi - 2 Utilit Purveyor: Water: TU 3 4k 1.1" Sewer: `"rJkU Q Page 5 of 6 PERMIT APPLICATION NO S — Applicable to all permits in this application Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. 1 HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR AUTHORIZ AGENT: Signature: Print Name: Building and Mechanical Permit The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). Plumbing Permit The Building Official may grant one extension of time for an additional period not exceeding 180 days. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 103.4.3 Uniform Plumbing Code (current edition). I Date Application Accepted: 1 PlykoNEK Mailing Address:_f1 1 4344 ry' For *lot Q:ApplieationstForms- Applications On Line 3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Date: 111oIo' Day Telephone: 4ce' en -c 95 City State Zip Date Application Expires: Staff Initials: itt Page 6 of 6 Parcel No.: Address: Suite No: Applicant: Receipt No.: R08 -01247 Initials: JEM User ID: 1165 Payee: City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 2623049117 17250 SOUTHCENTER PY TUKW CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL HEIBERG, INC. TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Payment Check 22755 PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000/345.830 RECEIPT Amount ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code 58.00 Current Pmts 58.00 Total: $58.00 Permit Number: Status: Applied Date: Issue Date: Payment Amount: $58.00 D07 -443 ISSUED 12/05/2007 02/12/2008 Payment Date: 04/21/2008 10:41 AM Balance: $0.00 1397 04/21 9710 TOTAL 58.00 doc: Receipt -06 Printed: 04 -21 -2008 Receipt No.: R08 - 00386 Payee: RBI CONSTRUCTION ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us RECEIPT Parcel No.: 2623049117 Permit Number: D07 -443 Address: 17250 SOUTHCENTER PY TUKW Status: APPROVED Suite No: Applied Date: 12/05/2007 Applicant: CRIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL Issue Date: Initials: WER Payment Date: 02/12/2008 10:53 AM User ID: 1655 Balance: 50.00 TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Description Amount Payment Check 14748 2,971.48 BUILDING - NONRES 000/322.100 STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 000/386.904 Account Code Current Pmts Payment Amount: $2,971.48 2,966.98 4.50 Total: $2,971.48 , 0/6 cl doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 02 -12 -2008 Parcel No.: 2623049117 Permit Number: D07 -443 Address: 17250 SOUTHCENTER PY TUICW Status: PENDING Suite No: Applied Date: 12/05/2007 Applicant: CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL Issue Date: Receipt No.: R07 -02661 Initials: WER Payment Date: 12/05/2007 11:24 AM User ID: 1655 Balance: $2,971.48 Payee: FAUST HOWELL & ASSOCIATES V � City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: //www.ci.tukwila.wa.us RECEIPT TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Description Amount Payment Check 22845 1,928.54 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description PLAN CHECK - NONRES Account Code Current Pmts 000/345.830 1,928.54 Total: $1,928.54 Payment Amount: $1,928.54 5713 12/05 9710 TOTAL 2359.81 doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 12 -05 -2007 COMMENTS: r / � 7 �� ( / !..1 Address: 1ZS0 SS r ) /-e C--( c itzt /-el/ l , 4 / (, 4i 14-a . f 1,149) (di f Date Wa ted: c-- / -- ()Cr —a.m..: p.m. 4( /(i)//(i7) I S / Phone No: 70Co — r715- 73f7 Project: < � 51 A1 Gi .II Type of Inspection: �, r-,A f 2v; I •/ Address: 1ZS0 SS c Pate Called: Special Instructions: Date Wa ted: c-- / -- ()Cr —a.m..: p.m. Requester: Phone No: 70Co — r715- 73f7 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION ` V- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 El Approved per applicable codes. 0 Corrections required prior to approval. j inspectqf ' G� �\ )11 0 $58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: !Date: Date: j vt/ - 443 COMMENTS: Type Inspection: a t. ^7 A ress: / / J )( C—?1 JO Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wante d: G X Na? : le-PLAT )., ,re, )-- 5J ;"i 6 c___(✓� k ft� e � 4ce 1PQ c- 4 `--/ / fii A oL (p Ar r fre %rJ m /ifr JAv 1)/k f-b t i Proje : , Lress -. �pJ He A4( 4(.1 Type Inspection: a t. ^7 A ress: / / J )( C—?1 JO Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wante d: G z � � d� p.m. Requester: Phone No: INSPECTION RECORD n � Retain a copy with permit rl INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION F- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. Inspec ( $58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date: Project: A c _.„.// !, Type of Inspection: Address: i`7?S .5 cc, J Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: "- Z (.---- C,( �,m. p.m. Requester: Phone No: 03 4 /J INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. 0 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 1 lnspeqfr: It e _ Z' r 0 l ) $58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: COMMENTS: O f / \f/ - A "( e--‘ . e.-0J-e_f pr-f e-d / e fau tut Aivr; rp ecs - -J-_----(- 4' 1 ,e) fit SWLe.e9. pf 5 fe CJ . e p.m. Reques er: Phone No: 6 — 7/9 - 7357 Project: e Ai/20/ fl(/(111) Type of Inspection: _S 2,5Pcitea 1 / ..5 Date Called: Address: / 725 _Ceivi Special Instructions: .... ."- Date Wante : 4 / /0 A ? p.m. Reques er: Phone No: 6 — 7/9 - 7357 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PEW NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 981 88 (206)431-36 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. lnspet: Date:4_ t) $58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: COMMENTS: r 4' /( Address: / v S6yf41F p Date Called: Special Instructions: i) ill C r- . S ‘) L' p.m. E rejfi - J vu) ! n 4 3.; 7 -DJ " --- 6.6 v Ca % e u ''i (A-1 n p l Pro'ec : ( 7 /? /fXil' Type section: 1 �S F& 4' /( Address: / v S6yf41F / i Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: o _ `I — 7 `UG.� p.m. Requester: Phone No o 2- 6 — 7/9 - 7 3.; 7 �Y4 Approved per applicable codes. 1 lnspeqtr: 1 alp vJ INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT N CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 orrections required prior to approval. rate-4— 7- D t-/ $58.00 REINSPECTION FE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: COMMENTS: -k iLJF.f i) Ca A 'f , u' 4:-7:3 „ O O71 X-1 I f A c.. Projec : A Type of Inspection:_ , ` Address:) Called: Date C 9 lr' , I'� l ate c --- Special Instructions: Date nted: {/ � Oi p.m. Reg ester: Phone No: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. I I lnspe tor: El $58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: )Jr/ 443 Corrections required prior to approval. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. I I lnspe tor: El $58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: )Jr/ 443 Corrections required prior to approval. Project:, L E it Type of Inspection: Address: I'7 Z ' 5 �µ, � � Q� , cf pi-cwA Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: �i ;.m "1 ' �() p.m. Requester: P 7 o(9 _ ? t rn - `l 1=r3 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION (- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COM M ENTS: Inspect: \ 1 `' Date: 3 _ y El $58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: COMMENTS: Type of Insp�ttion: • ) SIoN - `"1 f / - d f 4 4 (- 2 ed A l // Z /I/ O $ l<)k i 'l -72e, / J -Jofel / Date Wanted: / 3 " — O 1 _/tYpe -e.1 A /11 fir av .&A ..r.___ i� - A 7 ,s i e 9 {-or 0e32/ Ai � Q a pA- i N, 1 1 £AJP r6( - Project: „ <_ < p off-- M(,?( Grt Type of Insp�ttion: • ) SIoN - `"1 Address: Date Called: Special Instructions: A )( �, (� • A J1 e.-e .4... 1 �� ` (1 l�"�1 �� 1 n l , , u 4 y �n S Phr Al Date Wanted: / 3 " — O 1 . -a.m.. P.m. Requester: Phone () - rill - r73 5r) INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. Inspect r: A At �, i l U d $58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date: Ova -443 Project: C p&./LE "MI' /OA/ Type of Inspection: ,..5-11--. /7 / (7/7€7..- Address: / 77 56 5or tr./. tCalled: Special Instructions: Date Want d: //�� -2 / 2_ L?'-) / e<r p.m. Requestt Phone t -7 5 - 73 5 7 INSPECTION RECORD etain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION Tg- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 El Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: $58.00 R NSPECTION FEE REQUI ' ED 'rior to inspection. fee must be paid •300 Southcenter Blvd.. Sul e O. Call the schedule reinspection. No.: a WI vS6A/t"`z / d rte _ Date: 2 — 243- 4 'Date: Project: C_ LO-Pol-le Sprinklers: i›2 Type of Inspection: /RE' f=/NAL Address: / ?2 5u Suite #: /Dg C.e f y Contact Person: , - ,-,a I^ c.7 Jah 7e -,c Special Instructions: 4 .7 _ Phone No.: z 06 - 575 Needs Shift Inspection: 10/ Sprinklers: i›2 Fire Alarm: V-y Hood & Duct: A/ act w.ell2 Pre -Fire: ,.J ) Permits: PA - Occupancy Type: 4 .7 _ INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 08 -OYB' (7a -S-0 5 PERMIT NUMBERS Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 - 575 -4407 IX1 Approved per applicable codes. Inspector: %1 5 n Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: t4 c- �p-rcy GI 6 m7A/ ? - o� i /VA C___ Date: y/-2s/dg I Hrs.: / S n $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project: C N , 001 Ll::- Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Type of Inspection: Evv. Lt. Address: I -) 2 c o Suite #: t 0E, S . C . ky Contact Person: G Special Instructions: Phone No.: 'lob - 315. - kO&. I Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre F Ee: Permits: Occupancy Type: INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT PERMIT NUMBERS 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 - 575 -4407 I I Approved per applicable codes. 'Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 7v i)i) L/ H-T _ /)ln A/o/ / FT /CP. C GK 1 in/ Ex7 145 Inspector: I Date: Hrs.: / rs.. n $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project: C 4 „ t74, -,-,_ IjV\ ic N Ge_ Type of Inspection: S Pie , Ntz (.0__ --- Address: q2 C c Suite #: 10? (' . t y Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: INSPECTION NUMBER n Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 Do-LK) vs-- S -oss PERMIT NUMBERS 444 Andover Park East. Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 n Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: E NHS C . 7 4)0 CYI- TO C Inspector: Wt 1 .; I512_ Date: 31 1 lob Hrs.: Z $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing Report Number: 84654 Description: Epoxy Grouting (Rebar) Project: Southcenter Square Address: 17200 Southcenter Parkway, TO Client: Wig Properties LLC — SS Conforms CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION REPORT RECEIVED µay 0 9 7048 Permit Num Job Number. Client Address: Copies to: Owner X Contractor X Architect X Building Dept. Technical Responsibility: X Engineer D07 -443 4811 134 Place SE, Bellevue Inspector and Date Remarks Dusty Johnston Inspected cleaning of approximately (65) 5" deep holes into existing slab and the epoxy grouting of 4/16/2008 #4 slab dowels using Hilti HY150 epoxy (expires 11/2008) according to manufacturer's directions. Dowels placed per CTI Engineering, PLLC drawing dated 3/19/2008. David Lyal, Technical Director This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report, except in full, without written permission from our firm is strictly prohibited. Page 1 of 1 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 - Phone (206) 725 - 4600 or 1 888 - OTTO - 4 - US - Fax (206) 723 - 2221 Fonn No.: ADMIN -63-01 (Rev 05/03) OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION REPORT RECrrVED 'APR 0 2 7 ooal CQMMUraiTY DEVELOPMENT Report Number: 71970 Description: Epoxy Grouting (Rebar) Project: Southcenter Square Permit Number: D07 -443 Address: 17200 Southcenter Parkway, Tukwila Job Number. 06-683 Client: Wig Properties LLC - SS Client Address: 4811 134"' Place SE, Bellevue Inspector and Date Remarks Ross Bogle Arrived on site to perform inspection of epoxy grouted dowels at interior walls for shotcrete located 3/4/2008 on grids T1, V1, and W1 at line 5.3. Dowels were epoxy grouted for slab on grade level, columns and overhead slab level. #4 rebar was used, and overhead same, but at end walls and columns horizontal #5 rebar was used. Rebar is 60 grade from Nucor. All holes were blown and brushed clear of debris before epoxy was applied. Hilti HIT -RE 500 -SD epoxy (ICC -ES ESR- 2322), expires 10/2008. Rebar embedment was 4" at 18" on center. Overhead rebar held in place with the aid of nail driven along side rebar until the epoxy was dry. Epoxy grouting at the above locations was as per approved plans. All extra holes were filled with epoxy. Conforms Copies to: Owner X Contractor X Architect X Building Dept. Technical Responsibility: X Engineer David Lyal, Technical Director This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report, except in full, without written permission from our firm is strictly prohibited. Page 1 of 1 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 - Phone (206) 725 - 4600 or 1 888 - OTTO - 4 - US - Fax (206) 723 - 2221 Form No.: ADMIN- -63 -01 (Rev 05/03) 1 iCflJ M The Noise Control Solution Tectum Interior Wall Panels offer an effective, permanent and attractive solution for any kind of activity that produces undesirable noise levels within an enclosed space. They are abuse resistant and are able to withstand the impact of thrown or kicked balls in gyms, yet are lightweight. Tectum acoustical wall panels are easy to install in new construction and in existing buildings for effective sound control. Up to too NRC can be achieved. Furring strips installed horizontally (when using vertical panels) are recommended and should be a maximum of 24" o.c. when using 1 "thick panels. SIZES, FINISHES Tectum Interior Wall Panels are available 1 ",1 and 2" thick in widths of 23 / ", 31 / and 47 with long edges beveled. 1 1 / 2 " and 2" panels are also available with T &G edges in widths of 23 ", 31" and 47" for interlocking continuous paneling. 4'to 12' lengths are available in 1' increments. Tectum Interior Wall Panels are available in natural, painted white or custom colors and can easily be field painted without losing their acoustical efficiency. U E t x Furring Strips 2q " 0. t (rL Dori MTG. D-20 - laid on 'i, "furring strips Beveled Edge TECTUM Wall Panel 2 x Furring Strips 2 O.C. OCF 2' /,"(R -8) Noise barrier batts • MTG. C -40 - laid on 1.6" furring strips Beveled Edge TECTUM Wall Panel all MTG. A - Laid directly against wall surface Beveled Edge TECTUM Wall Panel Ix Furring Strips 2 ".4 OCF 1'703 Fiberglass TECTUMZ The Noise Control Solution MTG. C -2o - laid on . " furring strips Beveled Edge TECTUM Wall Panel P.O. Box 3002 NEWARK, OH 43058 105 S. 6TH ST. NEWARK, OH 43055 The Noise Control Solution TECTUM ACOUSTICAL PERFORMANCE TECTUM CEILING TILE Panel Type 1 ,, , " 2" 2 " 2 " 2" TECTUM PRODUCT Panel Type Standard Tectum Tile Kerfed SOUND ABSORPTION COEFFICIENTS 125 250 500 1000 .06 .13 .24 .45 .07 .15 .36 .16 .43 1.00 .32 .70 1.09 .07 .22 .48 .15 .26 .62 .24 .57 1.17 .40 .84 1.18 .15 .26 .62 .15 .36 .74 .24 .67 1.14 .42 .89 1.19 Nominal Thickness (inches) ENVIRONMENTAL STATEMENT Tectum panels are made from sustainable domestic, renewable raw materials. The wood excelsior is harvested from new forest growth that reaches maturity in 25 -30 years. Tectum Inc. only purchases excelsior from companies that are part of the Sustainable Forestry Initiatives (SFI) Program. This program is a comprehensive system of objectives and performance measures that integrates the perpetual growing and harvesting of trees with the protection of wildlife, plants, soil, and water quality. The primary source of magnesium oxide used in the binder is seawater. The silicate used is made from sand. Tectum Inc. recovers waste magnesium and recycles water during the manufacturing process. The recovered magnesium waste is used in the manufacturing of magnesium sulfate, a primary ingredient in the binder. These recovery programs have been successful in reducing the water Actual Size (inches) 47'4 x 72 to 144 in 12" increments 23,31,47x72 to 144 in 12" increments 23'1, x 48 to 144 in 12° increments V-line 1, 1'i,, 2 23'1,, 31'1,, 47 x 72 to 144 in 12" increments Edge Detail .65 1.05 .93 .82 .83 .87 .84 .94 .82 .87 .85 Long Edges Beveled T &G Edges Square Ends BKR, Bevel, Kerfed, Rabbeted Square Ends Long Edges Beveled consumed and in reducing the magnesium requirement for the manufacture of magnesium sulfate. Tectum products continue to meet the needs of owners, architects, and engineers that require "green" building products. TECTUM PRODUCTS AND LEED The Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEEDS) Green Building Rating System represents the U.S. Green Building Council's effort to provide a national standard for what constitutes a "green building." Through its use as a design guideline and third -party certification tool, it aims to improve occupant well- being, environmental performance and economic returns of buildings using established and innovative practices, standards and technologies. The LEED building rating system has been established to evaluate every aspect of the construction process and building components used in new existing buildings. 2000 4000 NRC Mounting .82 .64 A ,._.,, .71 .81 .45 D -20 .79 .98 .80 C -20 .76 .94 .85 C-40 .64 .96 .55 A .70 .91 .60 0 -20 .93 .87 .90 C -20 .94 .88 .95 C-40 .62 .92 .60 A .82 .92 .70 D -20 1.06 .96 .95 C -20 1.08 .94 1.00 C-40 Factory Light Flame Weight Finish Reflectance Spread LBS/SF White, Natural, .75 / .60 0-25 1.63 2.53 3.3 Custom Colors White, Natural, .75 / .60 0-25 2.53 3.3 Custom Colors White, Natural, .75 / .60 0-25 1.63 Custom Colors White, Natural, .75 1.60 0-25 1.63 2.53 3.3 Custom Colors While the main emphasis is on energy efficiency, conservation and the overall "health" of the building, the use of "green" products contributes favorably to the overall rating of a building. Six rating categories make up the project checklist. Four of the six categories are not applicable to Tectum products. Categories four and five, Materials and Resources and Indoor Environmental Quality, consist of io elements applicable to the use of Tectum products. Tectum products contribute favorably in all ten areas to the overall positive rating of the building. For more information, see Marketing Bulletin M -81, available on our website. Tectum is proud to have its products listed in the GreenSpec Directory`* published by Building Green from the editors of Environmental Building News. Tectum'" roof deck is noted on page 69, section 3511 and Tectum'" interior products are listed on page 230, section 9512. Pub. *Tio2 Poo ,,Establishment Inspection Report orm C Business Name: Address Item Number 11 2 -5 0 Sot.wyr " ,�I( - )3C.41 General Health Record ID PIE t It City Date C, s OBSERVATIONS and CORRLCTION ACTIONS Violations cited in this area must be corrected with the time frame specified. P ri>etii 4 )11 a'\ S�f �:(..`) CNN 4 , y : I' 61-,k re. Operator: P >Cit- ZIP Time in f t, 74.11 3S m Seats / Checkouts '2 Office Office Time 1C1;j I)e('Mi r: l t) i (, J.i'1Jr'v.it." z) 1,'fi t 9 l ii1 1 A „ S i - , j• ��t .. t�P� eY tit /-7 /0 i�• Frio I fPCV�rR () ( r rr „ i 1,, 1■(s..-t„ SC I I AID hci�, h c' M a &id js ra l C r� S 10 br. I_ J Fr f 11 j a r' F 1 0 �f �• . h r t 1K. ti nhArtil A 1 4. 1).1•) ) CI. ,.a ss. .. I1`I° _rf0br' c' ii ( (r(zn tit ' f (t, . ti{ 0 • t� ) '' (4 ,1 f,v i.r , ih � e lens the/ / ! 1 0 (*( rt” ,N 4'\ { Cvr t wr ce, Cry r ^� h G7"x.. 1 0 tot \ 4 rl ) 1 { fir,. ri ,r qi -, tai I 1 0 E. Comments Regulatory Authority (Printed Name) K PR 1( .fi i t L I• f_t) 'NI 4 (Signature) Page Phone: ( ) Activity Time m Points — 328 ft s - to • 4 fe e. . ATTENTION We only approve your application for a permanent food service establishment from the Department of Public Health Seattle & King County. Other permits and inspections may be required by other agencies. Operating this establishment without these permits and inspections may result in legal action by the appropriate agencies. Based on an inspection this day, the above items are violations, which must be corrected in the time specified by the health officer. A food establishment permit may be suspended without warning, notice or hearing if the requirements of the food code and/or tffrectives of the health officer are rot met or if violations are not corrected in the time stated in this report The permit will be suspended if an imminent hazard exists or there are 90 or more red critical points or If there are 120 or more total points. The health officer will provide an opportunity to an appeal on the validity of a suspension or the findings of an inspection report if a written request is filed with the health officer within ten (10) days of the suspension or inspection. The tiling of an appeal does not stay the effectiveness of a suspension. The completed inspection form is a public document that must be made available to any person who requests h under the provision of the Public Disclosure Act (42.17.260 RCW). of Travel Time m Service 1280 Scheduled 1290 Return 1260 Fld PI Rvw 1300 Complaint 1330 Illness I In). 1340 Permit Inv. 1360 ieid Educ. 12 re -0perat. 106 HACCP 0 Results 01 0 Satisfact 02 0 Unsatisfact. 03 Complete 04 IIII O Incomplete Action 04 0 Suspend 07 iii 10 0 Disapprv'd 26 0 Fol/up Rq'd 0 Trans Fat 71100 Early 08 71200 Early 09 71300May 2008 71400 Feb 2009 7150 0 Documnts Menu Label 72000 Applies 72100 EarlyAdopt 72200Fi/e Items 7230 0 Advisory 7240 0 Menu Bd 72500 Pt of Order 7260 0 Equivalent 72700 Accuracy Red Critical Points Blue Points Total Points iv /1 Person in Charge (Printed Name) (Signature) J '/ PH4078.3 (Rev, 11/07) Public Health Seattle & King Coun Internal Cooking Temperatures 140°F: Plant foods for hot holding 145 °F for 15 seconds: Unpasteurized eggs ▪ Fish, except as listed below > Meat, except as listed below Pork, except as listed below • Commercially raised game animals, rabbits 155 °F for 15 seconds: > Ground or comminuted meats or fish Injected meats - Ratites (ostrich, rhea, and emu) 165 °F for 15 seconds: ▪ Poultry • Stuffed fish, meat, pork, pasta, ratites, or poultry • Stuffing containing fish, meat, or poultry Wild game animals Reheat to 165 °F for hot holding Holding Temperatures 41°F or less; 140 °F or greater Options for Cooling Potentially Hazardous Foods (PHF): 1. Cool food in thicknesses no greater than 2 inches, uncov- ered, refrigerated at 41 °F, and protected from contamination or 2. Cool from 140 °F to 41°F within 6 hours, making sure the food cools to 70 °F within the first 2 hours. Suggested methods to meet time and temperature criteria: > Shallow pans Rapid cooling equipment • Stir cooling food frequently > Ice bath • Pans (such as stainless steel) that maximize heat transfer Trans Fat and Menu Labeling 7110 Early Adopter 08 - Frying, sauteing, grilling oils and spreads are trans fat free 7120 Early Adopter 09 - No food products contain artificial trans fat 7130 Using frying oils or spreads containing artificial trans fat after May 2008 7140 Distributing, holding, using any food item containing artificial trans fat, except original, sealed package after Feb. 2009 7150 Original labels, manufacturer's documentation where there are no labels 7200 Menu Labeling Required 7210 Menu Labeling complete before August 1, 2008 7220 Total calories, sodium, saturated fat, trans fat and carbohy- drates on menu for standard menu items 7230 Advisory on menu or at point of order (menu board) 7240 Calories on menu board 7250 Sodium, saturated fat, trans fat, and carbohydrates at point of order. 7260 Equalivent information not as approved 7270 Nutrition information source; analysis information; accuracy References Chapter 246 -215 WAC 2001 FDA Food Code Chapter 246 -217 WAC CKC BOH Title 5 Chapter 69.06 Revised Code of Washington Food Safety Training Requirement All food workers must have a valid Washington Food Worker Card (FWC) and copies must be available upon request. New employees without valid food worker cards must be given food safety training before beginning food handling duties. The training must be documented and kept onsite. Food workers must have a FWC within 14 calendar days of hire. Initial FWCs are valid for 2 years and renewal cards are valid for 3 years. To qualify for a renewal, the FWC must be renewed up to 60 days before the card expires. Food worker card information: 206-296-4791. Restriction & Notification of ill Food Workers Healthy food workers are important factors in foodborne illness prevention. Food workers must inform the Person in Charge (PIC) if they have: Symptoms of a gastrointestinal infection (such as diarrhea, vomiting or jaundice) A diagnosed illness from Salmonella, Shigella, Shiga toxin - producing E. coli, hepatitis A, or any other illness that can be transmitted from a food worker through food > Infected, uncovered wounds • Discharges from the eyes, nose, or mouth (persistent sneezing, coughing or runny nose) The PIC must restrict food workers with these conditions from working with exposed food and clean equipment. Notification The Person in Charge must notify the Regulatory Authority if a food worker has jaundice or a diagnosed illness that can be transmitted through food. Handwashing & Preventing Bare Hand Contact Handwashing must take at least 20 seconds and include a 10 -15 second scrub, thorough rinse, and complete dry. Bare hand contact with ready -to -eat foods is prohibited. Single -use gloves, tongs, utensils, or other approved methods must be used when handling ready -to -eat foods (RTE). Imminent Health Hazards A food establishment must immediately stop operations and notify the Regulatory Authority if an imminent health hazard may exist due to: > Fire Flood > Loss of electricity > Lack of hot water or loss of water service Sewage backup > Misuse of toxic or poisonous materials . - Onset of an apparent foodborne illness outbreak > Any circumstance that may endanger public health District Offices Alder Square Downtown 1404 Central Ave. S. 401 Fifth Ave., Suite 1100 Suite 101 Seattle, WA 98104 Kent, WA 98032 206 - 296 -4632 206 - 296 -4708 www.kingcounty.gov /health/ Northshore 10808 N.E. 145th St. Bothell, WA 98011 206 - 296 -9791 PH -0078 Beck (Rev. 11!071 • ��{tas eek-r �, ins• 190p5, AocAtite,tv-f _4,601A, effli � pV 5 4- . r o I. � The USG drywall suspension system allows you to create unique curved, domed, and conventional flat drywall ceilings. The system assembles quickly and easily for faster installation, reducing labor costs. System accessories and integrated straight and curved components offer easy transitions to vertical, horizontal, or curved surfaces. Plus, the USG drywall suspension system has a lifetime limited warranty when used with SHEITRROCK brand gypsum panels. Pages 2 Overview Components Accessories 8 System Applications 44 Application Guide Specifications Technical Service 800 USG.4YOU Web Site www.usg.com Understand Your System Design Your System Specify Your System For More Information User's Guide Ck',pol Or) 1 USG Drywall Suspension System Drywall Suspension System 2 USG Drywall Suspension System Simplicity TheUSG drywall suspension system is a pre - engineered drywall ceiling system specifically created to simplify the design and construction of flat and curved drywall ceilings. Custom curved main tees combine with our family of straight tees to give you the ability to design breathtaking drywall ceilings simply. Savings Thisunique, pre - engineered system can reduce installed costs up to 40% versus conventional cold- rolled channel or steel stud drywall ceiling installations. And, the system requires 12 -gauge hanger wire instead of 9- gauge, allowing faster installation. Rexibility Usingstandard parts, drywall barrel vaults, archways, valleys, waves, serpentines, and domes easily transition to flat ceilings, soffits, and acoustical ceiling suspension systems. All main tees (straight and curved) can be field cut to specific lengths. The system is fully compatible with most USG Dom® Brand acoustical suspension systems. More than 30 UL fire -rated designs are available for flat ceilings. The system accepts Type F light fixtures and Type G lay -in fixtures. Quality USGdrywall suspension system components come with a 10 -year warranty and a lifetime limited warranty when you use SHrl=mmoac gypsum panels. Innovation The USG drywall suspension system Estimator is available to help you design domes, vaults, and other curved surfaces electronically. This intuitive, on -line tool can instantly generate a complete bill of materials and detailed Installation instructions based on the dimensions you input. For more information, go to www.usg.com and select Resources > Online Tools. Additional Resources For Information about systems and materials complementary to the USG drywall suspension system, see the following USG literature: Wall- to-Wall drywall suspension system for corridors and small rooms (AC3236) The Gypsum Construction Handbook 0117) USG product selection guide (SA927) SHEErmoac gypsum panels submittal (WB1473) Interior finishing products catalog (J1424) Guide to achieving a Level 5 finish (J1829) SHEErnoac brand TUFF-HroE primer - surfacer submittal (J1613) Drywall Suspension System 2 USG Drywall Suspension System Design Tools Heavy -duty, fire -rated systems for all flat ceiling applications increase flexibility; available in 1 -1/2" and 15/16" face width for fiat ceilings, and 1 -1/2" face width for curved ceilings. Integral reversible end detail for flat ceilings with fast, locked -in connections. Oncx- RaEasE'" clip for faster installation; eliminates wire tying; removes without tools; speeds rework. Easier screw penetration on all components. Suitable for Interior and exterior applications. Easily transitions from soffits, flat and curved surfaces; also transitions to acoustical ceilings. More than 30 UL- listed fire - resistant designs (the most designs in the industry) are available. Lifetime limited warranty (30 year; see SC2102) on suspension system when used with SHEErnoac gypsum panels. 10 -year on suspension system. Lower -cost Type G fixtures can be used in a drywall installation. Easier to work with than the 9 -gauge wire commonly provided with sys- tems by other manufacturers. Estimator System Benefits The USG drywall suspension system gives you distinct advantages over conventional drywall ceiling installation by providing Integral system components that allow you to design unique drywall ceilings. Main toes Main -tee splices Cross tees Knurled -face components Galvanized steel System flexibility UL designs Lifetime limited warranty Standard 10 -year warranty Accepts 'Pipe F or G fixtures 12 -gauge wire TheUSG drywall suspension system is the first pre- engineered, patented system designed for creating domed ceilings. Now vaults and domes are easier to specify and build —and installation time is cut almost in half. The new on -line USG drywall suspension system Estimator helps you create perfect domed and vaulted ceilings of almost any size. Becausewe've eliminated the guesswork of field bending, you are assured a precisely curved finished product that meets your exact design requirements. With the USG drywall suspension system Estimator, all curved parts are to your specifications to cut and fasten together quildy and easily. Now it works: Go to Resources > Online Tools at www.usg.com and click "USG Drywall Suspension System Estimator." Simply enter the information required —type of ceiling, dimensions, and other construction details. The Estimator quickly generates a complete bill of materials needed for the job, plus step -by -step, illustrated installation Instructions. See page 24 of this brochure for more information on how to create domed ceilings. 3 USG Drywall Suspension System ASTM Mass Length Heavy Duty 12' Heavy Duty Heavy Duty 12' 6' to 14' Heavy Duly 7' to 14' Heavy Duty 6' to 14', Custom 2' 26" 4' 5d' 2' 4' 8 ' 4' 12' 12' with DGLW tees only. 1.617" 1.617' 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1.617" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 7/8" 1" 1-5/8" Item No. DGLW26 DGLW26s DGL26 OGL26s DGW26s DGI14224 DGLW2624 06111424 DGLW50 DGL224 DGM24 D6824 OGCL4 D6=24 DGCM27' Class Class A Class A 4' Hanger Spacing 16.0 lbs./LF 16.0 lbsAF 16.0 lbsAF 16.0 lbs./LF 24.0 lbs/LF 7.4 lbsAF SYstem Components DGL Cross DGLW Tees Cross Channel Moldings DGL VII 1 1 The DGCM27 molding is for use System Components 4 USG Drywall Suspension System Rated Load DGSC-180—Splice Clip DGINC—Wall Attachment Clip All curved main tees are custom-made to meet design requirements and to dramatically simplify the process of building curved drywall ceilings. Whether designing barrel vaults, domes, archways, valleys, waves or serpentines, the curved grid allows for smooth transitions to flat ceilings, soffits or acoustical ceiling suspension systems. Below, in the item number nomenclature, 'mor is a placeholder for a custom radius in inches. For example, DGW6VT360 has a radius of 360 inches. Radius 3r-44" 45-60" 61"-239" 240"+ 31"-44" 61"-239" Arc Length 6' 8' 10' 12' 6' 8' 10' Height 1-1/2• 1 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2' 1-1/2" 1-1/2' DGTC-90—Thansition Clip DGC4, DGC6, DGC8--CourAsse Drywall Clip DGSP-180—Splice Plate Item No. DGW611Tux DGWEMixicc O 611/10Vitax O GY/12VI'm DGW6Tifxxx DGIV8Vrica DGIN101Phoct Class Class A Class A Class A Class A Class A Class A Class A • N, DGHUB—Dome Hub Rated Load 2' Hanger Spacing 16.0 lbsilf 16.0 lbsAF 16.0 lbsAF 'As tested per independent testing agency, valleys require hanger wire spacing of 2' on center. 4' Hanger Spadng 16.0 lbsAF 16.0 lbsAF 16.0 lbsAF 16.0 lbsAF Custom Curves System Components Accessories Curved Main Tees Vault valley IT 5 USG Drywall Suspension System Splice Plate DGSP -180 0 8111 a The splice plate connects factory cut ends of all curved main tees, both vaults an When building a dome, it connects tee to the dome hub. ,I „il Transition DGTC - s0 Gip Application A I are The transition clip securely joins two intersecting grid components, regardless of face width, at a 90 angle. Bend down tabs secure the clip to the grid. Screws required to provide a structural connection. ==L Application a Field Maned The transition clip has a slotted bend line to facilitate connecting grid members that are not in a line. goo I i • SQ V RI Dome Hub DG t es The dome hub serves as a base from which primary spokes are connected with splice plates. / Splice Clip Application A DGSC -too The primary purpose of the splice dip is to join two in -line main tees field -cut to length, either straight or curved. �, 0 .0 E. i � . , v , 6 System Accessories These are the accessories for the USG drywall suspension syOrn. Many of the accessories are multi- functional. Transitions from soffits, curved, or flat surfaces can be easier with the use of these accessodes. 6 USG Drywall Suspension System Mother common use of the splice clip Is joining twogrid tees that are intersecting off module, such as a utility opening. The link joining the bend down tabs on the clip is cut allowing it to be folded on the slotted bend line. The splice clip also is used to connect two main tees that are in line but intersecting at an angle, such as a flat ceiling transitioning to a vault This application requires not only cutting the connecting link but also separating the dip at the slotted bend line. The two halves are then rejoined with a pop -rivet or screw through the holes on the clip ends. Use top hole in clip for straight to vaults. Use bottom hole in clip for straight to valleys. The wall attachment dip acts as a spacer between the wall surface and the web of the grid when curved main tees need to be secured to the wall at a wall stud. This prevents twisting of the grid and insures a sound installation. COMPASSO suspension trim clips are available to match 4 ", 6; 8" 10" and 12" CoMPASSO trim. These clips are adjustable for both 1/2" and 5/8" drywall. The two portions of the clip are pivoted to accommodate CowPlbsso trim at any angle in relation to the grid. Splice Clip Application B DGSC -180 Wall Attachment Clip DGWC CarpAssd" Clips DGC4 DCC10 DGCB DGC12 DGC8 Application C Field Modfied 7 USG Drywall Suspension System flat Drywall Ceilings Drywall ceiling installation using the USG drywall suspension system is up to 50% faster than cold -rolled channel and hat- channel installation. Pre - engineered components are designed for maximum installation speed. Pre - indexed main -tee holes make measuring, aligning, and squaring the system much easier. drywall main tees — Main -tee and cross -tee spacing is provided In the table on page 30. — See pages 32 -35 for special requirements for fire rated assemblies. Note: These renderings and details are provided for illustrative purposes only and are not a substitute for certified architectural and engineering drawings, nor do they necessarily reflect national and local building code requirements. For additional information, see specifications on page 40 or call Technical Service at 1- 800 - USG -4YOU. S USG Drywall Suspension System 12 ga. hanger wires drywaA cross tees channel molding Perimeter detail —angle mowing Cross tee/main tee Intersection Perimeter detail — channel moiling 9 USG Drywall Suspension System Crossehannel detail lauded channel molding Transitions acoustical main tee Drywall to Acoustical Ceilings 12 ga. hanger v4re The new USG drywall suspension system is fully compatible with our Dorm brand Dr/DXL"", DXSS, DXW, and (crrwarcc " acoustical suspension systems, making it easy to transition between flat drywall and acoustical ceilings. Flush or offset transitions are possible. Additional cross tees are necessary at drywall edge to provide adequate support (as shown on next page). Note: These renderings and details are provided for illustrative purposes only and are not a substitute for certified architectural and engineering drawings, nor do they necessarily reflect national and local building code requirements. For additional information, see specifications on page 40 or call Technical Service at 1- 800 - USG -4YOU. 10 USG Drywall Suspension System acoustical /acoustical main tees 4' -0• acoustical cross bees attach cross mechanical tees i fostereers additional 2' drywall cross tee (off module) attach with mechanical fasteners Cross tees wwwwwv hanger I �I wires I I acoustical ceiling —� q �• tees drywat \ cross I I I drywall ceiling \ line of drywall ---." �. extra drywall cross tees gypsum Panel support - off module; attach to I'_______ rr adjacent slots in tee • - IIIII■,.._ main \ , drywall main Drywall -to- acoustical transition —held -cart connection Drywall-to-acoustical transition sass tee -.!� Ste�ac Mum Panel acoustical drywall cross tee MSS ic• iii"%.,,,.. splice c f � d rywall ` drywall main tee Mk acoustical main tee �' bead 2' to 4' acousliosl acoustical cross tee main tee additional cross drywall tee drywall drywall drywat crass tee main bee crass tee 1 ! 1 , . -' -; ' ".. I �'; drywall bead • SHEETROCK acoustical ceiling drywall ceiling MBA D 0 9 Drywall-to- acoustical transition— factory -end connection Flush transition Standard offset drywall acoustical channel molding main tee channel moldi r tee main tee 4• main tee - 3" cross tee IF �i 0I(y° 1SfS� Wel I - -7 * ." ,i..1 acoustical panel SHOTHOCK gypsum panel SHEElAOCI( gypsum pane I . • .- Ki?...ti acoustical - I I { . -1 /i -.l Stumm drywall bead gypsum panel Ms' or 15 /18 11 DSc Drywall Suspension System Boxed Soffits Flat Drywall Ceilings The USG drywall suspension system is the best choice for designing and building soffits. Soffits can now be built with a much lower cost than with metal stud construction. Soffit suspension system components are identical to the components used in flat surface areas. — In some instances, hanger wires, bracing, and grid components have been omitted or truncated for clarity. For additional information, please contact Technical Service. — When constructing soffits, bracing of the drywall suspension and/or additional hanger wires may be necessary to ensure stability and structural performance during and after drywall attachment. - The maximum vertical soffit height is 48" with cross tees spaced 24" on center. (Maximum unsupported drywall area 48" x 24"). Intermediate cross tees are not necessary when soffit dimensions do not exceed 24 ". — When used in soffit construction, all Transition Clips are to have a minimum of 4 screws for attachment. Note: These renderings and details are provided for illustrative purposes only and are not a substitute for certified architectural and engineering drawings, nor do they necessarily reflect national and local building code requirements. For additional information, see specifications on page 40 or call Technical Service at 1- 800-USG-4Y0U. 12 USG Drywall Suspension System 90 outside corner with main tee at bottom edge 90' outside corner using transition dip 90' bride corner angle molding 90' Inside corner with channel molding at top edge Sir:EmoCK gypsum panel main tee or aces tee transition clip main tee or cross tee 13 USG Drywall Suspension System 90' outside corner with field -cut tee Curved Soffits Curved Drywall Ceilings Design and build soffits easier, quicker and more economically using the USG drywall suspension system. Construct curved soffits with curved main tees. Create vaults, valleys, and combinations, and shift from horizontal or vertical straight areas with ease. For added flexibility, grid members can be field -art and joined. — In some instances, hanger wires and bracing have been omitted and components truncated for clarity. For additional information, please contact Technical Service. — When constructing curved soffits, bracing of the drywall suspension and/or additional hanger wires may be necessary to ensure stability and structural performance during and after drywall attachment. See page 19 for hanger wire spacing requirements. — The maximum vertical soffit Is 48" with cross tees spaced 24" on center. (Maximum unsupported drywall area 48" x 241. Intermediate cross tees are not necessary when soffit dimensions do not exceed 24 ". — All Transition or Splice Clips are to have a minimum of 4 screws for attachment Note: These renderings and details are provided for illustrative purposes only and are not a substitute for certified architectural and engineering drawings, nor do they necessarily reflect national and local building code requirements. For additional information, see specifications on page 48 or call Technical Service at 1- 800- USG -4YOU. 14 USG Drywan Suspension System 15 USG Drywall Suspension System Corridors Wall-to-Wall System 16 USG Drywall Suspension System channel molding The USG wall -to -wall drywall suspension system Is designed to create conventional flat drywall ceilings in corridors and similar spaces with spans of less than 14 ft This framing solution Is easier to work with than black iron and furring channels or drywall studs, and it helps to reduce labor costs. The system assembles quickly and easily, framing narrower spaces efficiently and with a minimum of components. System accessories and integrated straight components offer easy transitions to vertical, horizontal, or curved surfaces. The wall- to-wall drywall suspension system includes 6', 8', 10', 12' and 14' double -web, rotary stitched knurled tees, and 12" knurled angle molding. Tees are tested In accordance with the uniform load test procedures outlined In ASTM Standard C635, and certified by an ICBO listed testing agency. Loads are limited to L/240 of each span, per ASTM C645. Hanger Wire Scrap Steel Studs •" 114 3. Spliced tees can be supported with scrap wall angle or steel studs. Scrap Wall Angles 4. Field - assembled perpendicular support splice clips or tee scraps. Support Requirements Support Options Main -Tee Splice Options' Short spans require no vertical supports; spans exceeding six feet can be supported with hanger wire or various field - assembled options. Vertical supports can be attached to each tee or to a field - assembled perpen- dicular support, 4' o.c. 17 USG Drywall Suspension System Moira Bradshaw - RE: Chipotle Southcenter rgozea pArmW mvra, mommetrmm ,.. wz„zt a is = 2 .;.;, r, , ; M ., ,, ✓rte <,Z INIMZO z m MT.0,i PX =MMINECO t From: "Adriana Mahoney" <amahoney @fhaarchitects.coin> To: "'Moira Bradshaw ' <mbradshaw @ci.tukwila.wa.us> Date: 01/02/2008 1:25 PM Subject: RE: Chipotle Southcenter Yes, the film can be installed in the inside, the person who supplied me the sample even suggested. We will do that. ADRIANA MAHONEY FHA ARCHITECTS 14344 Y STREET, SUITE 101 OMAHA, NE 68136 P. 402- 895-0878 EXT. 284 F. 402 -895 -9561 WWW.FHAARCHITECTS.COM From: Moira Bradshaw [mailto :mbradshaw @ci.tukwila.wa.us] Sent: Wednesday, January 02, 2008 11:53 AM To: amahoney @fhaarchitects.com Subject: Chipotle Southcenter Adriana - Thank you for sending the sample. I went by Southcenter Square and looked at the application. The color is correct. What I noticed is that the film was applied on the outside and would be subject to scratching. Do you know if it can be applied on the inside? Kind Regards, Moira Carr Bradshaw, AICP Senior Planner, DCD City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 Tukwila WA 98188 Phone: (206) 431- 3651 Page 1 of 1 D� 0/3 file: / /C:\Documents and Settings\Moira\Local Settings \Temp\XPGrpWise \477B90C4tuk -... 01/02/2008 January 2, 2008 Adriana Mahoney 14344 Y St #101 Omaha NE 68137 Cizy of Tukwila Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director RE: CORRECTION LETTER #1 Development Permit Application Number D07 -443 Chipotle Mexican Grill —17250 Southcenter Py Dear Ms. Mahoney, Steven M. Mullet, Mayor This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permits) can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Department. At this time the Fire, Planning, and Public Works Departments have no comments. Building Department: Allen Johannessen at 206 433 -7163 if you have questions regarding the attached memo. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections/revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. Sincerely, Q ( R 011 WI L Bill Rambo Permit Technician encl File No. D07 -443 P:\Pernut Center\Correction Letters \2007\D07 -443 Correction Ur #1.DOC wer 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Building Division Review Memo Date: December 17, 2007 Project Name: Chipotle Mexican Grill Permit #: D07 -443 Plan Review: Allen Johannessen, Plans Examiner Tukwila Building Division Allen Johannessen, Plan Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and/or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. Our occupant calculation based on the IBC plumbing Table for the required number of bathroom fixtures indicates one additional fixture shall be required for each bathroom. The occupant count is based on the square footage of the dining area, which shall include the patio area. Revise plan to show additional bathroom fixtures. (2006 IBC Chapter 29 and Table 2902.1 of Washington State Amendments for group A and B) 2. Page A -160 Plumbing fixture calculations are base on International Plumbing Code. Revise plumbing codes to show compliance with 2006 Uniform Plumbing Code. Revise calculations to be consistent with required changes mentioned in item 1 above. 3. The occupant loads indicate bathrooms are included in the occupant count. Bathrooms are not required to be included in the occupant load. Please adjust occupant count accordingly. (IBC Section 1002 Floor Area Net.) 4. The emergency means of egress illumination shall be provided at exterior egress components of exit discharge until exit discharge is accomplished; in this case out side of the building and patio area. Please identify emergency pathway lighting and all emergency lighting to include exterior egress. (IBC Section 1006 & 1003.3 #3.) Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 -431- 3670. No further comments at this time. DEC 31 2 007 FHA Architects ..�;,,,,, Faust, Howell Associates, Inc. o � VE LO P keNT 14344 Y Street, Suite 101 - Omaha, Nebraska 68137 -2805 - (402) 895 -0878 - FAX (402) 895 -9561 TRANSMITTAL LETTER TO: City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 -2544 ATTN: Moira Carr Bradshaw Phone: 206 - 431 -3651 PROJECT: Chipotle Southcenter PROJECT NO.: 070207 DATE: 122707 WE TRANSMIT VIA: UPS ground THE FOLLOWING: QUANTITY DATE DESCRIPTION I Sample of Duranodic window tinting REMARKS: Moira, I talked to the architect who did the Petco at Southcenter like you suggested, he gave the name of the distributor and installer of the window film they used on their glass. I enclosed a sample of the film. Please contact me know if you have more questions. COPIES TO: w /enclosures File Yes sent by Adriana Mahoney N:\Projects \Chipotle \070207 - Southercenter #2 (Tukwilla, WA)\ CYA \COrr\mbradshaw122707trans.DOC REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may include additional plan review fees FILE CO Permit No. Piar review approval is subject to errors and . .•,, ssl Approval of construction documents does not = + e the violation of = • adopted code or ordinance. Rec. of approved i ii • .. and conditions Is a o� '4cdge By .lo ,r bat D City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVI 600 S- 162 -33 mil @ 24 O.C. BULKHEAD WALL PARALLEL TO JOIST SCALE: 1 "=1''4e Chipotle Mexican Grill Southcenter Square Tukwilla, WA METAL:OOF DECK 8 SCREWS BOTH SIDES @ EA. STUD 7 CONT. W! (2) #10 SCREWS @ EACH BRACE "STRONG BACK" EITHER SIDE 600 5- 162 -54 mil CONT. W!3 #10 SCREWS EACH STUD BRACE 8' O.C. 32 S- 162 -30 mil D CONT. 362 T- 200-54 W! (2) 1 #10 SCREWS @ 12" 0.q. ▪ ti • . f3 ^ ; 0 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA APR 1 2008 PERMIT CE METAL BAR JOIST, TYP. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 1 7 200 CI Of TukwilF B I S ING DP /1- — 362S:162:33 mil @' 24" O.C. 4 #10 SCREWS EA. STUD 150 AN -30 mil METAL ANGLE W! #8 SCREWS EA. STUD 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST s(irr Iii A SI' NGTON ! I jiver REVISION NOI» -DDS- -LW3 SCALE: ? =1'-0" Chipotle Mexican Grill Southcenter Square Tukwilla, WA I=1 #8 SCREWS BOTH SIDES @ EA. STUD "STRONG BACK" EITHER SIDE 600 S- 162-54 mil CO1T. W/3 #10 SCREWS EACH STUD ^�1 t METAL BAR JOIST BRACE 8' O.C. 32 S- 162-30 mU 600 S -162 -33 mil @24 "O.C. 0 CITY OF TUKKIMLA BULKHEAD WALL PERPENDICULAR TO JOIST APR 1520 PERMIT CE TOP OF ROOF DECK CONT. 362 T-00-54 WI (2) #10 SCREWS 12" O.C. ii 600 S162 -54m1I @ 4' O.C. ED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 1 7 2008 t•Of .Tukwila BUILDIN DIVISION 362S- 125-33 mil @ 24" O.C. 4 #10 SCREWS EA. STUD 150 AN-30 m1 METAL ANGLE W/ #8 SCREWS EA. STUD 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HA'IAN FAUST 1GTON REVISIO NO1 I PO--y1$ Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Waits per ft " Area in ft Allowed x Area J ftacy- -Fac+- Fpari k 4,0ve Ian i.3 s a 70 / ©p 6e /1o,,r Fors4 - f�a ).3 1SotoL i 97 B Ground Floor B1 - Recessed can, 1- CFI, 4 23 92 " From Table 15-1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Total Allowed Watts 3D (0 1 Location Fixture Description # of Fixtures Watts /Fixture Watts Proposed Ground Floor A - Fluorescent troffer, 4 - T8, elec. ballast 11 70 770 Ground Floor B - Recessed can, 1- PAR38 10 60 600 Ground Floor B1 - Recessed can, 1- CFI, 4 23 92 Ground Floor C - Wall wash, 1- T -8 4 32 128 Ground Floor Cl - Wall wash, 1- T -8 1 17 17 Ground Floor D - Wall light, 1- CFL 2 16 32 Ground Floor H - Hood light, 1- MR -16 8 25 200 Ground Floor J - Down Light, 1- PAR20 12 50 600 Ground Floor J1 - Down Light, 1- PAR20 CFL 12 14 168 Ground Floor L - Decorative Light, 1- PAR20 3 50 150 Ground Floor L1 - Decorative Light, 1- PAR20 CFL 3 14 42 Ground Floor N - Down & Decorative Light, 2 - PAR20 CFL 2 28 56 Ground Floor R - Down Light, 1- PAR 20 4 50 200 Total 3055 w CITY OF TUKWILA - BUILDING DIVISION 2006 Wasington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Project Info Project Description Project Address 17 ZSD Applicant Name: i)2P Jpc A �, Applicant Address: 14-? / i ► or # O1 A,1 Applicant Phone: te - 88 - ce'le D Fo! R Z COMPLIANCE Buildingpftpatt leat /lL e; a It ‘2w 'w a ,j i- ' 2 5 i s r. �s ❑ New Building ❑ Addition ® Alteration ❑ Plait!* y Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. Interior Lighting Summary 2O08 Washington State Nonraslden11e1 Energy Code Compliance Forms Compliance Option o Prescriptive Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting ❑ Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Proposed Lighting Wattage FILE COPY r1. LR.F° ".1,4,4qm X07- 443 RECEIVE DEC 052001 PERMIT CEN i Use LPA (Witt) use LPA (1Ntst) Automotive facility 0.9 Office buildings, office/administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools, hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches) 1.0 _Convention center 12 Penitentiary and other Group 1 -3 Occupancies 1.0 Courthouse 1.2 Police and fire stations 1.0 Cafeterias, fast food establishments restaurants/bars 1.3 Post office 1.1 Domutory 1.0 Hetall' ", retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.5 Exercise center 1.0 School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 1.2 Gymnasia", assembly spaces' 1.0 t heater, motion picture 1.2 Health care clinic 1.0 1 heater, performing arts 1.6 Hospital, nursing homes, and other Group I-1 and 1-2 Occupancies 12 Iransportation 1.0 HoteUmotel 1.0 Warehouses ", storage areas 0.5 Hotel banquet/conference/exhibition hail ;' 2.0 Workshops 1.4 a . • ra ory spaces a spaces n • c ass le . laboratory" shall meet office and other appropriate categories) ing garages I. Laundries 1.2 Libranes' 1.3 Flans Submitted for l ommon Areas Only' Manufacturing facility 1.3 Matn floor building lobbies' (except mall concourses) 12 Museum 1.1 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies 0.8 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: O Warehouses, storage areas or aircraft storage hangers Other l' Qualification Checklist te: If occu an p cy type Is Other" and facture answer is checked, the number of fixtures in the space is not limited by Code. Clearly indicate these spaces on plans. lino( qualified. do LPA Calculations. Lighting Fixtures: (Section 1521) • • Check if 95% or more of fixtures comply with 1,2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. 1. Fluorescent fixtures which are non - lensed with a) 1 or 2 two lamps, b) reflector or louvers, e) 5-60 watt T-1, T -2, T-4, T -5, T-8 lamps, and d) hard -wired elec- tropic dimming ballasts. Screw -in compact fluorescent fixtures do not qualify. 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps < 150w c) electronic ballasts 3. LED lights. CITY OF TUKWILA - BUILDING DIVISION 2006 Wasington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Interior Lighting Summary (back) LTG -INT 00 20 Wash state Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised Judy 2007 -1 Unit Lightinfa Power Al lowance 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned -- specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by Iwo percent per foot of ceiling height above twenty feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be Increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twelve feet. 4) For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be Increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above nine feet. 6) Reserved. 7) For conference rooms end offices less than 1508 with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.10 w/ft may be used. 8) Reserved. 9) For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating over 5, 000, the Unit Lighting PowerAllowance for the court area is 2.60 WIft2. 10) Display window Illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by wails or at least three- quarter-height partitions (transparent or opaque). and lighting for free - standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional 1.5 W/11 of merchandise display luminaires are exempt provided that they comply with all three of the following: a) located on ceiling - mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling Itself (not on the wall). b) adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). c) fitted with LED, tungsten halogen, fluorescent, or high Intensity discharge lamps. This additional lighting power is allowed only If the lighting is actually installed. 11) Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the Interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only) of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not covered by racks. CITY OF TUKWILA - BUILDING DIVISION _ 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Lighting Power Allowance Adjustments LTG-LPA 2005 Washington Stale Nonresidential Energy Cods Compliance Forms Project Address 'Date Use this form if you are daiming any ceiling height adjustments for your Lighting Power Allowances for Interior lighting. The Occupancy Description should agree with the "Use" listed on Code Table 15 -1. Identify the appropriate Ceiling Height Limit (9 feet, 12 feet or 20 feet) on which the adjustment Is based. The Adjusted LPA is calculated from this number and from the Allowed Watts per ft Carry the Adjusted LPA to the corresponding "Allowed Watts per ft location on LTG -SUM. Adjusted Lighting Power Allowances (Interior) "" From Table 15-1 based on exceptions listed In footnotes Revised July 2007 Location (floorfroom no.) Occupancy Description - Fa <� fvpd: alookm_ ) a . Allowed Watts per ft h3 Ceiling Height for this room Itf! Ceiling Height limit for this exception° IA Adjusted LPA Watts per ft 1735 Envelope Requirements (enter values as applicable) Minimum insulation R- values Roofs Over Attic All Other Roofs FILE CI Opaque Wails r Building Depar mgucy , 2L2'.3 Below Grade Walls permit No. Floors Over Unconditioned Space v. Slabs -on -Grade PI2r r'\i!c ' r; '2i :. t' - 1' - Radiant Floors ^,r ) ' ' MadmumU- factors Opaque Doors i Vertical Glazing Overhead Glazing Maximum SHGC (orSC) VerticaUOverhead Glazing Project Info P roject Address ��.�bcc Glazing Area Calculation Note: Below grade waits may be included in the Gross Exterior Wall Area If they are insulated to the level required for opaque walls. a r � x r~ 4 > a _ ' � �. tOpc COMPLIANCE `' ` °. r1 - 11't ->e Concrete /��aso Option y �'jy l� O yes Check here If using this option and if project meets all requirements for the ConcretelNtasonry Option. See Derision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Enter requirements for each qualifying no assembly below. r Building Depar mgucy , 2L2'.3 Applicant Name: Applicant Address: I '1 . ► Ori id1 o- C-+e Applicant Phone: 40Z - CS - V) Space Heat Type 0 Electric resistance 10 All other (see over for definitions) Glazing Area Calculation Note: Below grade waits may be included in the Gross Exterior Wall Area If they are insulated to the level required for opaque walls. Total Glazing Area Electronic version: these values are automatically taken from ENV -UA -1. (rough opening) Gross Exterior (vertical & overhd) divkied by Wall Area times 100 equals % Glazing c., � O / e 6 7 X 100 = r �' Concrete /��aso Option y �'jy l� O yes Check here If using this option and if project meets all requirements for the ConcretelNtasonry Option. See Derision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Enter requirements for each qualifying no assembly below. O ye Check here it using semi-heated path and If project meets all requirements for semi- heated spaces Semi- Heated Path as defined in section 1310. Requires other fuel heating and qualifying thermostat. Only wan g no insulation requirement is reduced (2006 change). Only available in presutptive path. Opaque Concrete/Masonry Wall Requirements Wall Maximum U -factor is 0.15 (R5.7 continuous ins) CMU block walls with insulated cores comply if project qualifies for Concrete/Masonry Option, list walls with HC 2 9.0 Btulft'•'F below (other walls must meet Opaque Walt requirements). Use descriptions and values from Table 10-9 in the Code. Wail Description l latiaff R value & position) U- factor ULU U 5 z0 CITY OF TUKWILA - BUILDING DIVISION 2006 Washi .ton State Nonresidential Ene ! Code Corn•lience Form Climate Zone 1 Envelope Summary ENV -SUM 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Coda Compliance Forms Project Description 1. Assemblies with metal framing must comply with overall U- factors Notes: I ❑ New Building ❑ Addition act Alteration pY TO7 4H3 1 iur,.rdu Compliance Option ❑ Prescriptive ❑ Component Performance (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications) Seattle EnvStd ❑ Systems Analysis i E 07 PERMIT CENTEh Component Version Date SeattleEnvStd.EXE 1.01 10/26/2007 eaDataStructureSeattie.DLL 1.01 11/15/2002 eaEnvStdSeattle.DLL 1.01 11/15/2002 Envelope Compliance Test Results Software Components Information Project Summary Information DCLU Project Number. Name: Chipotle_- _Southcenter Square, WA DCLU Address: 17250 Southcenter Parkway City /State/Zip: Seattle, Washington 98188 Description: New restaurant going into an existing shell building Climate Location: Seattle - Tacoma WSCMO AP, Washington Seattle climate data is used for compliance Floor Area (ft 2323 Gross Wall Area (ft 1975 Window Area (ft 560 Window as Percent of Gross Wall Area: 28.3% Gross Roof Area (ft 2323 Skylight Area (ft 0 Skylight as Percent of Gross Roof Area: 0.0% Door Area (ft 0 Total fenestration area as percent of wall: 28.3% Compliance Summary — COMPLIES with the 2002 Seattle Energy Code EPF Proposed Standard Margin Roofs Skylights Exterior Walls and Windows Below -Grade Walls Floors Slabs Daylighting Potential Total 111 159 48 0 0 0 425 433 0 0 0 0 0 0 200 258 736 850 8 0 0 0 58 113 Opaque Construction Schedule Code Description Net Area/Length U- factor HC R-Cav R -Shth C -1 User Defined -Wall, Above Grade -Mass, Interior 1415 Insulation -Solid Concrete -1 in. Metal Clips at 24 in. o.c. Horiz. and 16 in. o.c. Vert. -R -11.2, 2 in. frame - Exterior Wall (User Defined) 0.089 n.a. 11.0 0.0 C -2 User Defined - Roof -All Other Roof -Steel Truss 2323 0.035 n.a. 30.0 0.0 Framed -12 ft-R -30 Cavity + R -0 (none) Sheathing -Roof (User Defined) Total 3738 Fenestration Schedule Chipotle _- _Southcenter_Square,_WA Code Description Area U- factor SHGC SC Tvis G -1 User Defined- Window - Default -Any Frame - Double - Window 560 0.560* 0.714* 0.830* 1.000* (User Defined) Total Area 560 * User defined value Space Category: Dining_Room Floor Area (ft 1122 Gross Wall Area (ft 1887 Window Area (ft 560 2002 Seattle Energy Code 11/02/07 Page 1 Envelope Compliance Test Results Window as Percent of Gross Wall Area: 29.7% Gross Roof Area (ft 1122 Skylight Area (ft 0 Skylight as Percent of Gross Roof Area: 0.0% Door Area (ft 0 Total fenestration area as percent of wall: 29.7% Surfaces Name Type Const. Code Area Orient Notes North_Wall Wall NorthWest_W Wall all West_WaII Wall East Wall Wall Roof Roof Total C-1 C -1 - C -1 C -1 C -2 1125 North n.a. 537 Northwest n.a. 175 50 1122 3009 West East n/a n.a. n.a. n.a. Openings Name Type Const. Code Area Orient. Notes North_Window Window G -1 s_w /overhang North_Window Window G -1 68 North n.a. s_above_overh ang NW_Windows Window G -1 _w /overhang NW_windows_ Window G -1 61 Northwest n.a. above_overha ng Total 221 North Opaque Overhang PF = 0.55 210 Northwest Opaque Overhang PF = 0.48 560 Space Category: Kitchen Floor Area (ft 1011 Gross Wall Area (ft 88 Window Area (ft 0 Window as Percent of Gross Wall Area: 0.0% Gross Roof Area (ft 1011 Skylight Area (ft 0 Skylight as Percent of Gross Roof Area: 0.0% Door Area (ft 0 Total fenestration area as percent of wall: 0.0% Surfaces Name North_Wall Wall Roof Total Openings Type Const. Code Area Orient Notes Roof C-1 C -2 88 1011 1099 North n/a n.a. n.a. Name Type Const. Code Area Orient. Notes Total 0 Space Category: Restrooms Floor Area (ft 130 Gross Wall Area (ft 0 Window Area (ft 0 Window as Percent of Gross Walt Area: 0.0% Gross Roof Area (ft 130 Skylight Area (ft 0 Skylight as Percent of Gross Roof Area: 0.0% Door Area (ft 0 Surfaces 2002 Seattle Energy Code 11/02/07 Chipotle_- _Southcenter Square,_WA Page 2 Envelope Compliance Test Results Openings Space Category: Office Floor Area (ft 60 Gross Wall Area (ft 0 Window Area (ft 0 Window as Percent of Gross Wall Area: 0.0% Gross Roof Area (ft 60 Skylight Area (ft 0 Skylight as Percent of Gross Roof Area: 0.0% Door Area (ft 0 Surfaces Name Roof Total Openings Chipotie= _Southcenter Square,_WA Name Type Const. Code Area Orient Notes Roof Total Roof C -2 130 130 n/a n.a. Name Type Const. Code Area Orient. Notes Total 0 Type Const. Code Area Orient Notes Roof C -2 60 60 n/a n.a. Name Type Const. Code Area Orient. Notes Total 0 2002 Seattle Energy Code 11/02/07 Page 3 CITY OF TUKWILA - BUILDING DIVISION 2006 Washin :ton State Nonresidential Fester Code Co 'Hance Form Envelope Summary (back) Climate Zone.1.' ENV -SUM 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Rums Decision Flowchart for Prescriptive Option Use this flowchart to determine if project qualifies for the optional Prescriptive Option. if not, either the Component Performance or Systems Analysis Options must be used. 1302 Space Heat Type: For the purpose of determining bunting envelope requirements. the following two categories canprise all space healing types Other: Alt other space heating systems including gas. said feet, oil, and propane space healing systems end those systems listed In the exception to electric resistance. (continued at right) All Insulation Installed? Below Grd Wag (ext) R -10 Below Grd Wall (oth) R -19 Roof Over Attic R -30 Alt Other Roof R -21 Raised Floor R -19 Slab -On -Grade R -10 Radiant Floor R -10 Opaque Door U -0.60 No ass Wa Criteria OK? (below) Yes f AG Mass Wall Insulation Req. Mass Wall U0.15/R5.7c1 CMU Block Ins. Cores Wood Frame R19 Metal Framed R19 fes Above Grade Wan R19 Glazing Criteria Met? Glazing Vert OH Area % Wal UVaI SHGC 0-30% 0.55 0.70 0.45 30-45% 0.45 0.60 0.40 v.45% Not Allowed Yes I Prescriptive Yes Path Allowed Component Performance, Systems Analysis, or EnvStd Required Electric Resistance: Space heating systems which use electric resistance elements as the printery heating system including baseboard. radiant. and forced air teams where the total electric resistance heat capacity exceeds 1.0 Will of the gross conditioned floor area. Exception: Heat pumps and terminal electric resistance heating in variable Sr i volume distribution systems Ye All insulation Installed? Below Grd Wall (ext) Below Grd Wall (olh) Roof Over Attic All Other Roof Raised Floor Slab -On -Grade Radiant Floor Opaque Door Wood R -10 12.19 12.36 fb30 R-30 R -10 R -10 U-0.60 1 Glazing Cry Met? Glazing Vert OH Area % Wei (Nat SHGC 0-30% 0.40 0.60 0.40 '30 Not Allowed Yes— Yes 1P AG Mass Wall Insulation Req. Mass Walt U0.15iR5.7ci CMU Block Ins. Cores Wood Frame R19 Metal Framed U0.062 Concrete/Masonry Option* Assembly Description Wall Heat Capacity (HC) Assy.Tag HC" Area (sf) HC x Area Metal R -10 U -0.062 U -0.031 U -0.034 U-0.029 R -10 R -10 u-o so Lilo— No+ Revised July 2007 •1f the area weighted heat capacity (HC) of the total above grade wall is a minimum of 9.0, the Concrete Masonry Option may be used. For framed walls, assume HC=1.0 unless calculations are provided; for all other walls, use Section 1009. Project Address Date Space Heat Type 0 Electric resistance 0 All other For Building Department Use Glazing Area as % gross exterior wall area Prop. I Max.Target Concrete/Masonry Option 0 Yes 0 No Notes: If glazing area exceeds maximum allowed in Table, then calculate adjusted areas on back (over). Building Component List components by assembly. ID & page # Proposed UA U- factor x Area (A) = UA (U x A) Target UA U- factor x Area (A) = UA (U x A) 6ulzai Ig U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: Glazing % Electric Resist Other Heating 0-30% 0.40 0.55 >30 -45% see note above 0.45 -- 11= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: Oat ng:% .Electric Resist. Other Heating 040% 0.6 0.7 >30 -45% see note above 0.6 Overheat Oth.Roots U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: Opaque Doors U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: •: •::',-.: ' Electric Resist. Other.Heating , _ ... ' ;0:60 " • - -, 0:60 : JOAO s}oo}I R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: : ,Pelfti(c_Rgsist': :O tea.Ong - •.0 '0313:: ' 0036 sold Jay1O R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: • :i. l0r4t1O Reslst ' Othec.Heating -. ;0034= " - 0.046 ,sIIUM anbado R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: 'Note: sum of Target Areas here should equal Target Opaque Wall Area (see back) ** ** ::. € :.:.; -.:':;Electric sist:.:Othel•Heating ',Frame ; '10:06 :0:062" *rame N -.. - 06 : "' 4109 - Mass Wait=`s • " =• • - : Q 15:' :. : :: `±i s e et hia ss; gva . rtteria:.:: ' _4',. • apRJ0 Mgae R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: Note: if insulated to levels required for opaque walls, list above with opaque walls 7 - , .°i_ "_ ` :: - = =FJe iie.lies` . 0.PPOte - atirng •:r ttblrs: _ , ,0'062 - :. '0062"- :' :j 4t{s :.: _ .` Q7 , - ,0:_07, =:. JOAO 00 14 R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID -- ;E(er�tdc eslst.” AtherHeatlrig _ _ ' :i : = .... .. .. . _ : I spaii3 -uagaIg R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: :: .. _ • " •:Fisch c tesl,St Otherlfeaiing ::: : .;:_: :FO_T�''. • =054:•. 'irjseeT k.1;(orra For CMU walls, indicate core insulation material. Totals Totals 2006 Washin • ton State Nonresidential Fyne •■ Code Corn •lianc a orm Envelope UA Calculations .Climate Zone Washingion Stale Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms To comply: 1) Proposed Total UA shall not exceed Target Total UA. 2) Proposed Total Area shall equal Target Total Area. Revised July 2007 Glazing List components by assembly ID & page i/ Proposed SHGC SHGC' x Area (A) = SHGC x A Target SHGC SHGC x Area (A) = SHGC x A 6uj ego ID: ID: ID: ID: ID: • ID: • Glazing % Electric Resist. Other Heating 0-30% 0.4 0.45 >30 -45% not allowed 0.4 *Note: Manufacturer's SC may be used in lieu of Totals' Totals Cumae. Zone 1 ` ENVSHGC 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compfance Farms or compliance: Proposed total SHGC x A shall not exceed Target total SHGC x A NOTE: Since 1997 SHGC compliance for vertical and overhead glazing is allowed to be calculated together. Target Area . AdjustmentCalculations .... If the total amount of glazing area as a % of gross exiedorwall area (calculated on ENV -SUM1) exceeds the moxlmum allowed in Table 13 -1, thee this calculation must be submitted Use the resulting areas In the Target UA and SHGC calculations above. Glazing Area Opaque Area Gross Exterior Wall Area Roofs over Attica Other Roofs Walls 2006 Washin • ton State Nonresidential Ener• Code Corn • liance Form Proposed Areas: Numbered values are used In calculations below. Roots over Attics Other Roofs Walls 1OGa OGa VG= X Max Glazing Area (table 13-1) Target 06 Area In Roofs over Attica 8 leaser Proposed Opaque Area P axed 06 Area ♦ 100 Max OG Remaining I = Maximum Target Glazing Area Target OG Area h Other Roots 8 lesser Target VG Area Target 05 Area Target Opaque Area Pm Deed Opp ue Area Proposed VG Area Target VG Area Target Opaque Area Note: If there Is more than one type of wag, the ergot Area may be distributed among them, and separate Target Opaque Areas found. If the Target Areas for Opaque Walls listed on the front must equal the total calculated here. Revised July 2007 Note: 05 = overhead glazing VG = vertical glazing For Target OG's. the lesser values are used both here and below. I Target Areas OK I Target values in shaded boxes are used In the appilcabte Target UA calculations on the front. Target VG Area and Total Target 06 Area are also used In the applicable Target SHGC calculations above. Building Permit Plans' Checklist- :: ENV -CHK 2006 Washington Slate Nonresiderdial E nergy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Address 'Date The following information is necessary to check a building permit application for compliance with the building envelope requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component • Information Required Location on Plans Building Department I Notes GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1301 -1314) 1301 Scope Unconditioned spaces identified on plans If allowed 1302 Space heat type: It "Other". indicate on plans that electric resistance heat is not allowed 1310.2 Semi - heated spaces Semi-heated spaces Identified on plans R allowed 1311 Insulation 1311.1 InsuL installation indicate densities and clearances 1311.2 Roof /ceiling instil. Indicate R -value on root sections far attics and other roofs; Indicate dearances for attic insulation; Indicate baffles If cave vents installed; Indicate face stapling of faced baits 1311.3 Wall Insulation Indicate R -value on wall sections Indicate face stapling of faced balls; indicate above grade exterior insulation is protected; Indicate loose -811 core Insulation for masonry walls as necess; Indicate heat capacity of masonry walls It masonry option Is used F73: 1311.4 Floor insulation Indicate R -value on floor sections; Indicate substantial contact with surface; indicate supports not more than 24" o.c.; indicate that insulation does not block airflow through foundation vents 1311.5 Slab - on-grade floor Indicate R -value on wall section or foundation detail; Indicate slab Insulation extends down vertically 24" from top; Indicate above grade exterior Insulation is protected 1311.6 Radiant floor Indicate R -value on wall section or foundation delaa/ Indicate slab Insulation extends down vertically 36" torn the top; Indicate above grade axterlorinstdation Is protected; Indicate insulation also under entire slab where req'd. by Official 1312 Glazing and doors Provide calculation of glazing area Qrrduding both vertical vertical and overhead) as percent of gross wall area 1312.1 U faders indicate glazing and door U- factors on glazing and door schedule (provide area - weighted talc Cations as necessary); indicate if values am NFRC or default, if values are default then specify frame type, glazing layers, gapwldl h.. low-e coatings, gas things 1312.2 SHGC & SC Indicate glazing solar heat gain coefficient or shading coefficient on glazing schedule (provide area - weighted calculations as necessary) 1313 Moisture control 1313.1 Vapor retarders Indicate vapor retarders on warm side 1313.2 Rooflcaling vap.reL Indicate vapor retarder on roof sector; Indicate yap. retard. with sealed seams for non -wood abuc. 1313.3 Wall vapor retarder Indicate vapor retarder on wall section 1313.4 Floor vapor retarder Indicate vapor retarder on Roar section 1313.5 Crawl space hap. ref Indicate six mh black polyethylene overlapped 12" on ground 1314 Air leakage 1314.1 Bldg. enveL sealing Indicate seating, caulking. gaskefng, and weagwrstrippirg 1314.2 Glazing/door sealing Indicate weatherstripping 1314.3 Assemb. as ducts indicate sealing, caulking and gasketing 1314.4 Recessed lighting Fixturr Indicate IC rating, AMA E283 certlkation, and gaskettng or caning to calling PRESCRIPTIVEICOMPONENT PERFORMANCE (Sections 1320 -23 or 1330.34) I Envelope Sum. Form Completed and attached. Provide component performance worksheet If necessary o is shown for any queskion, provide explanation: 4 Building Permit Plans Checklist ENV -CHK • Washington Stale Nonresidential Energy Code Compfante Forms Revised July 2007 Envelope - General Requirement 1311 Insulation 1311.1 Installation Requirements: All insulation materials shall be Installed according to the manufacturer's instructions to achieve proper densities, maintain clearances and maintain uniform R- values. To the maximum extent possible, Insulation shall extend over the full component area to the intended R- value. 1311.2 Roof /Cailing Insulation: Open -blown or poured loose -fill insulation may be used in attic spaces where the slope of the ceiling is not more than 3/12 and there is at least 30 inches of clear distance from the top of the bottom chord of the truss or ceiling joist to the underside of the sheathing at the roof ridge. When save vents are installed, baffling of the vent openings shall be provided so as to deflect the incoming air above the surface of the insulation. Where lighting fixtures are recessed into a suspended or exposed grid ceiling, the roof /ceiling assembly shall be insulated in a location other than directly on the suspended ceiling. EXCEPTION: Type IC rated recessed fighting fixtures. Where installed in wood framing, faced bait Insulation shall be face stapled. 1311.3 Wall Insulation: Exterior wall cavities isolated during framing shalt be fully insulated to the levels of the surrounding walls. When installed in wood framing, faced bait insulation shall be face stapled. Above grade exterior insulation shall be protected. 1311.4 Floor Insulation: Floor insulation shall be installed in a permanent manner In substantial contact with the surface being Insulated. Insulation supports shall be installed so spacing is not more than 24 inches on center. Installed insulation shall not block the airflow through foundation vents. 1311.5 Stab -On -Grade Floor: Stab -on -grade Insulation installed inside the foundation wall shall extend downward from the top of the slab a minimum distance of 24 inches or to the top of the footing, whichever is less. Insulation installed outside the foundation shall extend downward a minimum of 24 inches or to the frost line, whichever is greater. Above grade insulation shall be protected. EXCEPTION: For monolithic slabs, the insulation shall extend downward from the lop of the stab to the bottom of the footing. 1311.6 Radiant Floors (on or below grade): Stab -on- grade insulation shall extend downward from the top of the slab a minimum distance of 36 inches or downward to the top of the fooling and horizontal for an aggregate of not less than 36 inches. If required by the building official where soil conditions warrant such insulation, the entire area of a radiant floor shall be thermally isolated from the soil. Where a soil gas control system is provided below the radiant floor, which results In increased convective flaw below the radiant floor, the radiant floor shall be thermally isolated from the sub - floor gravel layer. 1312 Glazing and Doors 1312.1 Standard Procedure for Determination of Glazing and Door U- Factors: U- factors for glazing and doors shall be determined, certified and labeled in accordance with Standard RS -31 by a certified independent agency licensed by the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC). Compliance shall be based on the Residential or the Nonresidential Model Size. Product samples used for U- factor determinations shall be production line units or representative of units as purchased by the consumer or contractor. Unlabeled glazing and doors shall be assigned the default U- factor in Table 10 -6. 1312.2 Solar Heat Gain Coefficient and Shading Coefficient: Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC), shall be determined, certified and labeled in accordance with the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC) Standard by a certified, independent agency, licensed by the NFRC. EXCEPTION: Shading coefficients (SC) shall be an acceptable alternate for compliance with solar heat gain coefficient requirements. Shading coefficients for glazing shall be taken from Chapter 31 of Standard RS -1 or From the manufacturer's test data. 1313 Moisture Control 1313.1 Vapor Retarders: Vapor retarders shall be installed on the warm side (in winter) of insulation as required by this section. EXCEPTION: Vapor retarder installed with not more than 1/3 of the nominal R -value between It and the conditioned space. 1313.2 RooflCeliing Assemblies: Roof/ceiling assemblies where the ventilation space above the insulation is less than an average of 12 inches shall be provided with a vapor retarder. (For enclosed attics and enclosed rafter spaces, see Section 1203.2 of the international Building Code.) Roof /ceiling assemblies without a vented airspace, allowed only where neither the roof deck nor the roof structure are made of wood, shall provide a continuous vapor retarder with taped seams. EXCEPTION: Vapor retarders need not be provided where all of the insulation is installed between the roof membrane and the structural roof deck. 1313.3 Walls: Walls separating conditioned space from unconditioned space shall be provided with a vapor retarder. 1313.4 Floors: Floors separating conditioned space from unconditioned space shall be provided with a vapor retarder. 1313.5 Crawispaces: A ground cover of six mil (0.008 inch thick) black polyethylene or approved equal shall be laid over the ground within craw ►spaces. The ground cover shall be overlapped 12 inches minimum at the joints and shall extend to the foundation wail. EXCEPTION: The ground cover may be omitted In crawl spaces if the crawispace has a concrete slab floor with a minimum thickness of 3-1/2 Inches. 1314 Air Leakage 1314.1 Building Envelope: The requirements of this section shall apply to building elements separating conditioned from unconditioned spaces. Exterior joints around windows and door frames, openings between walls and foundation, between walls and roof and wall panels; openings at penetrations of utility services through walls, floors and roofs; and all other openings in the building envelope shall be sealed, caulked, gasketed or weatherstripped to limit air leakage. 1314.2 Glazing and Doors: Doors and operable glazing separating conditioned from unconditioned space shalt be weatherstripped. Fixed windows shall be tight fitting with glass retained by stops with sealant or caulking all around. EXCEPTION: Openings that are required to be Ore resistant. 1314.3 Building Assemblies Used as Ducts or Plenums: Building assemblies used as ducts or plenums shall be sealed, caulked and gasketed to limit air leakage. 1314.4 Recessed Lighting Fixtures: When installed in the building envelope, recessed lighting fixtures shall by Type IC rated, and certified under ASTM E283 to have no more than 2.0 cfm air movement from the conditioned space to the ceiling cavity. The lighting fixture shall be tested at 75 Pascals or 1.57 Ibs/ft pressure difference and have a label attached, showing compliance with this test method. Recessed fighting fixtures shalt be Installed with a gasket or caulk between the fixture and ceiling to prevent air leakage. ACTIVITY NUMBER: D07 -443 DATE: 04 -15 -08 PROJECT NAME: CHIPOTLE SITE ADDRESS: 17100 SOUTHCENTER PY Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # X Revision # 1 After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: J l But ing 'vision Public Works Comments: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28-02 'PERMIT COORD COPY APPROVALS R CORRECTIONS: PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP Fire Prevention Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Incomplete ❑ TUES/THURS ROU ING: Please Route Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Planning Division ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ DUE DATE: 04-1 7-08 Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: No further Review Required DATE: DUE DATE: 05-15-08 Approved Approved with Conditions ❑ Not Approved (attach comments) n Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Not Applicable ❑ n Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D07 -443 DATE: 01 -16 -08 PROJECT NAME: CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL SITE ADDRESS: 17250 SOUTHCENTER PY Original Plan Submittal X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Build ir i ion Public Works Complete Comments: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route Documents/routing slip.doc 2.28-02 PERMIT COORD COPY `- PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ❑ - a REVIEWER'S INITIALS: • APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Fire Prevention Structural DETERMINATIQN OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Incomplete Structural Review Required ❑ Planning Division ❑ Permit Coordinator n C DUE DATE: 01-22-08 Not Applicable ❑ Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: No further Review Required DATE: DATE: DUE DATE: 02 -19-08 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) 17 Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D07 -443 DATE: Response to Correction Letter # Revision # 12 -06 -07 PROJECT NAME: CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL SITE ADDRESS: 17250 SOUTHCENTER PY X Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # After Permit Issued DEPAR MENTS: **-1$ Buil ing i sion Public Works 141in IVA 11- DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 �EVIEW %ROUT PLAN ING {' yel f2- ✓ -V / Fire Prevention Pla'n'hTrig Di sion Structural Incomplete TUES/THURS RO TING: Please Route Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions REVIEWER'S INITIALS: SLIP Permit Coordinator yr DUE DATE: 12-11-07 Not Applicable Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: ❑ No further Review Required C DATE: n DUE DATE: 01 -08 -08 Not Approved (attach comments) Notation: DATE: Permit Center Use Only ,1 CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: 1 -0 G Departments issued corrections: Bldg Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: U4( REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS 0-1 11 `4 k( i Summary of Revision: 9001 - tit , f'912 9,14,Litg-otrp t4,0,j pc ftivitA (tz PA#A1AA. BCD - Ukr __ Received by: fl .rvie Og ccim REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: - Received by: PROJECT NAME: , PERMIT NO: p01- 1-114 SITE ADDRESS: 11 S 7 l ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE: 02 it REVISION LOG (please print) (please print) (please print) (please print) (please print) City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.ur Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fad etc. Date: 7 / ? ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ❑ Response to Correction Letter # X j Revision # after Permit is Issued X Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner # //W Project Name: D ,, AA MA Project Address: /7) OO SO✓�tce e,C T kw/ S vT 1 /O g Contact Person: DNC.k .74 k e /skip Phone Number: (02$0 6) 715- 7337 Summary of Revision: e (I /If S7 Iids w %l1 /Vo7 a / /ow us To 5v meraL s74dot (lurk: Gueo L tee • i -/-1►2 1)1-er L pot", L ec " , Sir) (Are_ Si v (S07' 0 -, eor'l 6D/- ----ke 7iq U-SS -7 So et +I Cur Pert 74L a tee 4 -3 Nett) drei. wi Sheet Number(s): 301 QeTa; L. 1 ay.) Of ,4-301 beTcar L #` 2 "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: tkr Entered in Permits Plus on 04114,1> \applications\forms- applications on linelrevision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: M Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director Plan Check/Permit Number: b 0 7 ~ 13 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWIIA APR 151008 PERMIT CENTER City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206- 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director i REVISION SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: Dom''( 14 t"vb Plan Check/Permit Number: D07 -443 ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ® Response to Correction Letter # 1 r ma ECEfV ED r - • �Wtt.t! ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued JAN 16 1008 ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner -"t raj t €-bNTpAA Project Name: Chipotle Mexican Grill Project Address: 17250 Southcenter Py Contact Person: Phone Number: 4P2- —OtXTc5 Summary of Revis; 2t)P/ 1/4-w L— '`J mei E. ( .,fl,. . AULar Altt .. p si ' •v' OF-‹ -ew1e7z&571'{ Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date o Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: 04' Entered in Permits Plus on \applications \forms- applications on line\revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 evision Kind of Fixture Fixture Units No. of Fixtures Total Fixture Units Public Private Public Private Bathtub and Shower 4 4 Shower, per head 2 2 Dishwasher . 2 2 Drinking fountain (each head) 1 .5 Hose bibb (interior) 2.5 2.5 I 'Z Clotheswasher or laundry tub 4 2 Sink, bar or lavatory 2 1 z 7 Sink, Clinic flushing 8 8 Sink, kitchen 3 2 3 Sink, other (service) 3 1.5 4 t i , " 1 Sink, wash fountain, circle spray 4 3 Urinal, flush valve, 1 GPF 5 2 Urinal, flush valve, >1 GPF 6 2 Water closet, tank or valve,1.6 GPF 6 3 _c) Water closet, tank or valve, >1.6 GPF 8 4 D0-/- 3 Non-Residential Sewer Use Certification Pursuant to King County Code 28.84, all sewer customers who establish a new service which uses metropolitan sewage facilities shall be subject to a capacity charge. The amount of the charge is established annually by the King County Council at a rate per month per residential customer or residential customer equivalent for a period of fifteen years. The purpose of the charge is to recover �costs o�f sewage treatment capacity for pe) 6 ` T e s E �.J (Last, First, Middle Initial) Subdivision Name Lot # Subdiv. # Block # Building Name (if applicable) Property Street Address t — cLe\-f 030E t05 City, State, ZIP 10 &LO U-+1i W ��f 6 Owner's Phone Number (4)ri 4 '/ i Owner's Mailing Address (if different from above) / ..- a 134-4h / ' - came (To be completed for all new sewer connections, reconnections or change of use of existing connections. This form does not apply to repairs or replacements of existing sewer connections within five years of disconnect.) new sewer customers. The charge is collected semi - annually. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. Questions regarding the capacity charge or this form should be referred to King County's Wastewater Treatment Division at (206) 684 -1740. A. Fixture Units Fixture Units x Number of Fixtures = Total Fixture Units Residential Customer Equivalent (RCE) 20 fixture units equal 1.0 RCE Total No. of Fixture Units _ 1058 (Rev. 1/03) 20 Total Fixture Units RCE tMnthl • Six Month' White — King County King County Property Tax ID #2p G3cY4— ` Party to be Billed (if different from owner) Party's Mailing Address: City or Sewer District C , ( OF - 11314..0 I IA Date of Connection 2 Side Sewer Permit # ?w0c>—�Oygg ,?_ 2 ) or Property Contact Phone # ( 3'1) 96 - ' 6 l Demolition of pre- existing building? P l Yes 0 No Type of building demolished WACeari.r." " e:0141:39/--g. Sewer disconnect date 1� i , ��C'� C X 2 B. Other Wastewater Flow (in addition to Fixture Units identified in Section A) Type of Facility /Process: Estimated Wastewater Discharge: Gallons /days Residential Customer Equivalents (RCE): 187 gallons per day equals 1.0 RCE Total Discharge (gavday) _ 187 C. Total Residential Customer Equivalents: (add A & B) A B a RCE Department of Natural Resources and Parks RCE DEC 0 5 2007 I certify that the information given is correct. I understand that the capacity charge levied will be based on this information and any deviation will require resubmission of corrected data for determination of a revised capacity charge. Signature of Owner/ Representative '�'� Print Name of Owner/ Representative Date Date X 107 Yellow — Local Sewer Agency Pink — Sewer Customer License Information License RBICOI *13203 Licensee Name R B I CONSTRUCTION INC Licensee Type CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR UBI 601046430 Ind. Ins. Account Id #7 Business Type CORPORATION Address 1 1807 132ND NE Address 2 City BELLEVUE County KING State WA Zip 98005 Phone 4258811985 Status ACTIVE Specialty 1 GENERAL Specialty 2 UNUSED Effective Date 9/23/1987 Expiration Date 11/16/2008 Suspend Date Separation Date Parent Company Previous License RESTABI166N1 Next License Associated License Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date WARD, RICHARD F Cancel Date 01/01/1980 Bond Amount WARD, MOIRA #7 01/01/1980 FC4723 Bond Information Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date #7 CBIC FC4723 04/09/2007 Until Cancelled $12,000.00 05/07/2007 WESTERN Look Up a Contractor, Electrician or Plumber License Detail Page 1 of 3 Washington State Department of Labor and Industries General/Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L &I to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. https: // fortress. wa. gov /lni/bbip /printer.aspx ?License= RBICOI* 13203 02/12/2008 10119107 REV. #1 0 REV #2 T ISSUE FOR CONS. REV. #3 7 REV. #4 0 10119107 11/30/07 01114108 10/19107 01114108 10119107 01/14108 10119107 01/14/08 10119107 10/19/07 11130107 01/14/08 10119107 11/30/07 10/19/07 11/30/07 01/14/08 10119107 01/14/08 10119107 10/19/07 01114108 ! FOR PERMIT REV. #1 0 REV #2 T ISSUE FOR CONS. REV. #3 7 REV. #4 0 10/19/07 11/30/07 01114108 10/19107 01/14/08 10119107 01/14/08 10/19107 11130/07 01/14/08 10119107 11.02.07 01114108 10/19107 01/14/08 10119107 01/14/08 10/19/07 01/14/08 10119107 11130/07 01/14108 10119107 01/14/08 10119107 01114108 10/19/07 01/14/08 10119107 01/14/08 10119107 11130/07 01/14/08 10119107 01/14/08 10119107 01/14/08 10119107 01/14/08 REGULATORY AGENCIES Planning & Zoning Department Building & Engineering Department Environmental Health Fire Department ABBREVIATIONS (N) (E) AFF ALUM ARCH BD BLDG CMU DIM EQ ELEC ELEV EP EXT EA EL FRP FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANEL GYP GC GALV GA HCP HOOD CONTROL PANEL HVAC HEATING AND VENTILATING INT GRAPHIC SYMBOLS A DOOR NUMBER DTI WINDOW TYPE 21 KITCHEN EQUIPMENT NUMBER ROOM /SPACE NUMBER FURNITURE NUMBER DINING 101 BOARD BUILDING INTERIOR City of Tukwila Planning and Zoning Department 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 -8548 Tel: (206) 431 -3684 Fax: (206) 431 -3665 Contact: Brandon J. Miles, Assistant Planner Building and Engineering Dept. City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 -8548 Tel: 206- 433 -7165 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Contact: Jennifer Marshall, Permit Technician Public Health Seattle & King County 1404 Central Avenue South, Suite 101 Kent, WA 98032 Tel: (206)205 -1903 / (206)296 -4708 Fax: 206296 -0163 Contact: Diane Agasid Bondoc, RS, Plans Examiner City of Tukwila Fire Department 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, WA 98188 Tel: (206)575 -4407 Contact: Al Metzler NEW CONSTRUCTION OR EQUIPMENT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION OR EQUIPMENT AT CENTER LINE DIAMETER OR ROUND ABOVE FINISH FLOOR ALUMINUM ARCHITECT(URAL) CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT DIMENSION(S) EQUAL ELECTRIC(AL) ELEVATION ELECTRICAL PANEL EXTERIOR EACH ELEVATION (VERTICAL HEIGHT) GYPSUM GENERAL CONTRACTOR GALVANIZED GAUGE 7 1 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT NUMBER WASHROOM & KITCHEN ACCESSORIES NUMB MECH MAX MIN MISC MFR PVC POS PREP w/ Liquor Control Water & Sewer Service Natural Gas Service Electrical Service Telephone NO NUMBER OSB ORIENTED STRAND BOARD OC ON CENTER R RADIUS STR STRUCTURE SIM SIMILAR TIP TYPICAL MECHANICAL MAXIMUM MINIMUM MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURER POLYVINYL CHLORIDE POINT OF SALE PREPARATION WITH A200 PLAN NORTH Washington State Liquor Control Board 3000 Pacific Ave. SE P.O. Box 9048 Olympia, WA 98507 -9048 Tel: (360)664 -1600 Fax: (360)753 -2710 Tukwila Water and Sewer 600 Minkler Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188 Tel: 206 - 433 - 1863 /Water Tel: 206 - 433 - 1864 /Sewer Puget Sound Energy 10885 NE 4th Street Bellevue, WA 98009 -9734 Tel: (425)452 -1234 Puget Sound Energy 10885 NE 4th Street Bellevue, WA 98009 -9734 Tel: (425)452 -1234 Qwest Tel: (800)244 -1111 ELEVATION REFERENCE PLAN NORTH SECTION /DETAIL REFERENCE WALL TYPE WALL SECTION REFERENCE ,-551 ,1 1E li ° i � Store No. # 1144 Southcenter Square 17100 Southcenter Parkway, Suite 108 Tukwila, WA 9E188 CODE AUTHORITIES BUILDING CODE: International Building Code 2006 with Washington Amendments MECHANICAL CODE: International Mechanical Code 2006 with Washington Amendments PLUMBING CODE: Uniform Plumbing Code 2006 with Washington Amendments ENERGY CODE: Washington State Energy Code BUILDING CODE DATA 1. OCCUPANCY GROUP: OCCUPANCY SEPARATION: 2. TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: 3. ALLOWABLE AREA: ACTUAL AREA: 4. ALLOWABLE NO. OF STORIES: ACTUAL NO. OF STORIES: ALLOWABLE BUILDING HEIGHT: ACTUAL BUILDING HEIGHT: 5. OCCUPANT LOAD, TENANT SPACE: 166th St *J1 'V 82nd St .0 1 76th St tvietviicken Heights S 172nd St S 173rd St _ �* 4, 164th St SeaTac 160th ..,k. i152 III A -2 1 HOUR V -B 7,650 S.F. 2,200 S.F. 1 60' -0" (EXISTING) DINING ROOM AND CIRCULATION: KITCHEN- COMMERCIAL: TOILET ROOMS AND CIRCULATION: TOTAL INTERIOR OCCUPANT LOAD: PATIO TOTAL INTERIOR OCCUPANT LOAD: SEATING: INTERIOR: PATIO: TOTAL SEATS: 6. MEANS OF EGRESS: 7. FIRE SPRINKLERS: 8. PLUMBING FIXTURES: WATER CLOSETS REQ'D PROV'D MEN (69): 2:25 -75 1 WOMEN (69): 2:26 -75 1 LAVATORIES REQ'D PROV'D 1:1 -200 1 1:1 -200 1 959 SF / 15 = 63 OCC. 1,025 SF / 200 = 5 OCC. 143 SF= 0 OCC. = 68 OCC. 1035 SF / 15 = 69 OCC. = 137 OCC. 50 SEATS 36 SEATS 86 SEATS TOTAL 2 REQUIRED, 3 PROVIDED FULLY SPRINKLERED URINALS REQ'D PROV'D 0 1 , 'Ii i Its I Ellta�1 t?1inkIer EII.td ./ Tr iland Dr St ELECTRICAL CODE: National Electrical Code 2005 with WAC amendments FIRE CODE: ACCESSIBILITY: 7. 180th ANSI A117.1 -2006 FILE COPY Permit No. Plan review approval is subject to errors and omissions. Approval of construction documents does not authorize the violation of any adopted code or Receipt of approved Flee d ? , ` adoliowledged: I L13 L. C Date: By , City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: U� echunica! ectricci! [i( lurrtbing gas Piping City of Tukwila L BLbll, -DING DIVISION aG� of work - ;i .... International Fire Code 2006 w/ Washington Amendments 18'1 Kent 0 of NOTE, Rev Sions include ,r . U r and may may ' �::� r' i�'i,' :, •_•; ..i?�1ir'TTi� ?I ---- _ lude dditional Dian f pee SHEET INDEX ARCHITECTURAL A000 COVER SHEET / PROJECT DATA A001 RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX A002 ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS A010 A011 A012 A013 Landlord: SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS A100 ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN A110 SLAB WORK PLAN A115 ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN A117 DOOR & HARDWARE SCHEDULE Al20 FINISH PLAN Al25 FINISH DETAILS A130 FIXTURES, FURNITURE, & EQUIPMENT PLAN A131 FIXTURES, FURNITURE, & EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE A140 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A141 LIGHTING DETAILS A150 ROOF PLAN A160 CODE REVIEW PLAN A200 ELEVATIONS: EXTERIOR A210 ELEVATIONS: INTERIOR/DINING A220 ELEVATIONS: INTERIOR/KITCHEN A225 ELEVATIONS: INTERIOR/LARGE SCALE A230 ELEVATIONS & ENLARGED PLAN: RESTROOMS A300 BUILDING SECTION 7 A301 WALL & CEILING DETAILS STRUCTURAL S100 ROOF FRAMING PLAN FIRE PROTECTION F100 FIRE PROTECTION PLAN MECHANICAL MP010 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS M100 HVAC PLAN • M200 HVAC SCHEDULES r , M300 HVAC DETAILS i y�� PLUMBING P100 P110 P200 P300 PLUMBING PLAN WATER & GAS PLUMBING PLAN WASTE & VENT PLUMBING SCHEDULE PLUMBING DETAILS ELECTRICAL E010 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E100 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN E110 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN E200 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES & DETAILS PROJECT INFORMATION Wig Properties Mon Wig 4811 134th Place SE Bellevue, WA 98006 Tel.: (425) 641 -2044 Fax: (425) 865 -8648 Cell. (425) 827 -2100 Architect: Harlan R. Faust 14344 Y Street Omaha, NE 68137 Contact: Harlan R. Faust Email: hfaust @fhaarchitects.com Tel.: (402) 895 -0878 Fax: (402) 895 -9561 Tenant: Chipotle 1543 Wazee Street, Suite 200 Denver, CO 80202 Contact: Todd Norlin Email: tnorlin @chipotle.com Tel.: (303) 390 -5652 Fax: (303) 595 -4014 A I■I■I■I■ail r mmEm ■ ■ ■ ■iriiii•IIM ENNI- - .WEITENIBENNITIrmm""-wiT, • • • MINKLER BOULEVARD 10/19107 10119107 10119107 10119/07 10/19/07 11/30/07 01/14/08 01/14/08 I 1 10119107 I I I I 1 10119107 J 1 01114108 I I 10119107 10119107 10119107 10/19/07 01114108 01/14/08 01/14/08 01/14/08 Structural: Swenson Say Faget, Inc. 2124 Third Avenue, Suite 100 Seattle, WA 98121 Contact: Matt Stabbert, P.E. Tel.: (206) 443 -6212 Fax: (206) 304 -5899 Mechanical Electrical Plumbing: National Engineering 784 Morrison Road Columbus, OH 43230 Contact:: Rich Jones, P.E. Email: rjones @nationalengineering.com Tel.: (614) 751 -9610 Fax: (614) 552 -5240 1 " I N N. z I ... 7 N �P • `d••15if i ■ @ ■iili 511•IP CORRECTION LTR# 7 Mme. < .�. NORTH A000 NO SCALE VICINITY MAP PROJECT LOCATION NORTH KEY PLAN NOT TO SCALE .:� • ,K .. CONSULTANT: COPY'IGHT 2n■ THIS •RAWINp A INSTRUMENT OF ER C' A AS UCH, REMAINS THE F' FERTY •F GHIPCTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN SE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. Issue Record: 10.19.07 Health Department 12.03.07 Buildinq Department 12 -04 -07 Bid Set 711.30.07 001.14.08 Drawn: AKT Checked: SRT Project No. 070207 - FHA Contents: Date of Last Print: 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST STATE 0. WASHI GTON 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, ❑ ❑L❑RAD❑ 8 02 02 PHoNE: (3 03) 595 -4 000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM Cover Sheet/ Project Data October 19, 2007 OwnerlEnergy Code City Comments CITY RECEIVED TUKWILA JAN 16 261_,3 PERMIT CENTER A 000 I— U CV - - N v ¢ I— � r - waou z o cr) �=oro D- ' < -moo :i: — o ISSUE FOR PERMIT REV. #1 V REV. #2 0 ISSUE FOR CONS. REV. #3 U REV. #4 0 10/19/07 10119/07 10/19/07 REGULATORY AGENCIES Planning & Zoning Department Building & Engineering Department Environmental Health Fire Department (N) (E) CP AFF ALUM ARCH BD BLDG CMU DIM EQ ELEC ELEV EP EXT EA EL GYP GC GALV GA HCP HOOD CONTROL PANEL HVAC HEATING AND VENTILATING INT INTERIOR DOOR NUMBER q� WINDOW TYPE DINING 101 9 City of Tukwila Planning and Zoning Department 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 -8548 Tel: (206) 431 -3684 Fax: (206) 431 -3665 Contact: Brandon J. Miles, Assistant Pia' ler Building and Engineering Dept. City of Tul Nila 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 -8548 Tel: 206 - 433 -7165 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Contact: Jennifer Marshall, Permit Techr .1ian Public Health Seattle & King County 1404 Central Avenue South, Suite 101 Kent, WA 98032 Tel: (206)205 -1903 / (206)296 -4708 Fax: 206296 -0163 Contact: Diane Agasid Bondoc, RS, Plar ; Examiner City of Tukwila Fire Department 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, WA 98188 Tel: (206)575 -4407 Contact: Al Metzler ABBREVIATIONS NEW CONSTRUCTION OR EQUIPMENT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION OR EQUIPMENT AT CENTER LINE DIAMETER OR ROUND ABOVE FINISH FLOOR ALUMINUM ARCHITECT(URAL) BOARD BUILDING CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT DIMENSION(S) EQUAL _ELECTRIC(_AL) ELEVATION ELECTRICAL PANEL EXTERIOR EACH ELEVATION (VERTICAL HEIGHT) FRP FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANEL GYPSUM GENERAL CONTRACTOR GALVANIZED GAUGE GRAPHIC SYMBOLS 21 KITCHEN EQUIPMENT NUMBER ROOM /SPACE NUMBER FURNITURE NUMBER MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT NUMBER WASHROOM & KITCHEN ACCESSORIES NUMBER MECH MAX MIN MISC M FR PVC POS PREP Liquor Control Water & Sewer Service Natural Gas Service Electrical Service Telephone MECHANICAL MAXIMUM MINIMUM MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURER NO NUMBER OSB ORIENTED STRAND BOARD OC ON CENTER POLYVINYL CHLORIDE POINT OF SALE PREPARATION R RADIUS SIR STRUCTURE SIM SIMILAR TYP TYPICAL W� WITH PLAN NORTH WI Washington State Liquor Control Board 3000 Pacific Ave. SE P.O. Box 9048 Olympia, WA 98507 -9048 Tel: (360)664 -1600 Fax: (360)753 -2710 Tukwila Water and Sewer 600 Minkler Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188 Tel: 206 -433- 1863/Water Tel: 206- 433 - 1864 /Sewer Puget Sound Energy 10885 NE 4th Street Bellevue, WA 98009 -9734 Tel: (425)452 -1234 Puget Sound Energy 10885 NE 4th Street Bellevue, WA 98009 -9734 Tel: (425)452 -1234 Qwest Tel: (800)244 -1111 ELEVATION REFERENCE PLAN NORTH SECTION /DETAIL REFERENCE WALL TYPE WALL SECTION REFERENCE BUILDING CODE: MECHANICAL CODE: PLUMBING CODE: ENERGY CODE: 1. OCCUPANCY GROUP: OCCUPANCY SEPARATION: 2. TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: 3. ALLOWABLE AREA: ACTUAL AREA: 4. ALLOWABLE NO. OF STORIES: ACTUAL NO. OF STORIES: ALLOWABLE BUILDING HEIGHT: ACTUAL BUILDING HEIGHT: SEATING: INTERIOR: PATIO: TOTAL SEATS: 6. MEANS OF EGRESS: 7. FIRE SPRINKLERS: 8. PLUMBING FIXTURES: MEN (37): WOMEN (37): S 166th St S 176th St t 182nd St L. Store No. # 1144 Southcenter Square 17100 Southcenter Parkway, Suite 108 Tukwila, WA 98188 CODE AUTHORITIES BUILDING CODE DATA 5. OCCUPANT LOAD, TENANT SPACE: DINING ROOM AND CIRCULATION: KITCHEN- COMMERCIAL: TOILET ROOMS AND CIRCULATION: TOTAL INTERIOR OCCUPANT LOAD: PATIO TOTAL INTERIOR OCCUPANT LOAD: WATER CLOSETS REQ'D PROV'D 1:1 -75 1 1:1 -75 1 International Building Code 2006 with Washington Amendments International Mechanical Code 2006 with Washington Amendments Uniform Plumbing Code 2006 with Washington Amendments Washington State Energy Code S 154th St hiciViicken . Heights S 172nd St S 1 7 3rd St SeaTac Lfl a1 - 4= LAVATORIES REQ'D PROV'D 1:1 -200 1 1:1 -200 1 S 1 80th If) NORTH lri -154 Str'ander l31'vd 53 A -2 1 HOUR V -B 7,650 S.F. 2,200 S.F. 1 1 40' -O" 60' -0" (EXISTING) 619 SF / 15 =42 OCC. 1,068 SF / 200 = 6 OCC. 143 SF / 100 = 2 OCC. = 50 OCC. 332 SF / 15 = 23 OCC. = 73 OCC. 50 SEATS 36 SEATS = 86 SEATS TOTAL 2 REQUIRED, 3 PROVIDED FULLY SPRINKLERED URINALS REQ'D PROV'D 0 0 VICINITY MAP ED NOSC.4lE NO SCALE 6111P,91� IiilllilGU rrlinkier Blvd C r. ELECTRICAL CODE: FIRE CODE: ACCESSIBILITY: National Electrical Code 2005 with WAC amendments International Fire Code 2006 w/ Washington Amendments ANSI A117.1 -2006 187 I� Ir'lillt� Rent PROS EC I LOCATION SHEET INDEX APPROi/E® ARCHITECTURAL � Z 3 SualECr ro oFIaINANCE A000 COVER SHEET / PROJECT DATA I t S -3 A001 RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX NOV 2 9 2007 A002 ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS Landlord: I A PREEQPE 1 G iNSPECTO® BY A100 ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN E ° C cou ° i J TH A110 SLAB WORK PLAN P T d , ' r''; '' pR CF: A115 ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR IjLA O OPERA a PL ACCT PUN A117 DOOR & HARDWARE SCHEDU I T iS Pe.:',..:' 1 b; - ;' r ' '. y A sc � Al20 FINISH PLAN'S �;-; oJ /A . alta ,'r , y` r.. ,6y.e, y; Al25 FINISH DETAILS 11,)1v. A130 FIXTURES, FURNITURE, & EQUIPMENTP "°'' A131 FIXTURES, FURNITURE, & EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE A140 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A141 LIGHTING DETAILS A150 ROOF PLAN A160 CODE REVIEW PLAN A010 A011 A012 A013 A200 ELEVATIONS: EXTERIOR A210 ELEVATIONS: INTERIOR/DINING A220 ELEVATIONS: INTERIOR/KITCHEN A225 ELEVATIONS: INTERIOR/LARGE SCALE A230 ELEVATIONS & ENLARGED PLAN: RESTROOMS A300 BUILDING SECTION STRUCTURAL S100 ROOF FRAMING PLAN FIRE PROTECTION F100 FIRE PROTECTION PLAN MECHANICAL MP010 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS M100 HVAC PLAN M200 HVAC SCHEDULES M300 HVAC DETAILS PLUMBING P100 PLUMBING PLAN WATER & GAS P110 PLUMBING PLAN WASTE & VENT P200 PLUMBING SCHEDULE P300 PLUMBING DETAILS ELECTRICAL E010 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E100 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN E110 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN E200 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES & DETAILS .7o+ PROJECT INFORMATION SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS Wig Properties Mon Wig 4811 134th Place SE Bellevue, WA 98006 Tel.: (425) 641 -2044 Fax: (425) 865 -8648 Cell. (425) 827 -2100 Tenant: Architect: NORTH 2 A000 ,�. NOT TO SCALE • 1, Harlan R. Faust 14344 Y Street Omaha, NE 68137 Contact: Harlan R. Faust Email: hfaust @fhaarchitects.com Tel.: (402) 895 -0878 Fax: (402) 895 -9561 Chipotle 1543 Wazee Street, Suite 200 Denver, CO 80202 Contact: Todd Norlin Email: tnorlin @chipotle.com Tel.: (303) 390 -5652 Fax: (303) 595 -4014 KEY PLAN APPLICANT COPY MINKLER BOULEVARD 10/19/07 10119/07 "'119/07 10/19/07 10/19/07 10119/07 . 0119/07 X0119107 O/19107 10/19/07 10/19/07 10/19/07 10/19/07 10/19/07 10/19/07 10/19107 10119/07 10/19107 10/19/07 10/19/07 110/191071 1 10/19/07 1 I I I I I 1 10/19107 1 1 1 1 10/19107 10/19/07 10/19/07 10/19/07 10/19107 10/19107 10/19/07 10/19/07 10/19/07 10/19/07 10119/07 10/19107 10/19/07 Structural: Mechanical Electrical Plumbing: Swenson Say Faget, Inc. 2124 Third Avenue, Suite 100 Seattle, WA 98121 Contact: Matt Stabbert, P.E. Tel.: (206) 443 -6212 Fax: (206) 304 -5899 National Engineering 784 Morrison Road Columbus, OH 43230 Contact:: Rich Jones, P.E. Email: rjones @nationalengineering.com Tel.: (614) 751 -9610 Fax: (614) 552 -5240 I N i 7 I / N. I 7 N Iz_ N CONSULTANT: Issue Record: Revisions: Drawn: AKT Checked: SRT Project No. 070207-FHA Contents: Cover Sheet/ Project Data Date of Last Print October 19, 2007 RECEIV OCT 2 2007 C SQUAPr REGISTERED I ARCHITECT HARLAN R FAUST TATS - .}4 TON CCPYRI. HT 2 n n 7 IS D •.WIN I . N INSTRUMENT OF S "VIC �, . AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PRO - _ - Y OF CHIPCTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE Or THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, C ❑L❑RAD❑ 8 02 ❑2 PHONE: (3 03) 595 -400❑ FAX: (303) 595 -4 014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPDTLE.0 ❑M 11.19.07 Building /Health A 000 r 1 23 1 O TYP. 23 1 ▪ '0 L — J TYP, Food equipment that is certified for sanitation by an American National Standards Institute (ANSI)- accredited certification prog (NSF Approved) will be deemed to comply with the food code equipment & utensil materials; construction and design requirements, PLUMBING SYSTEMS SHALL BE DESIGNED, CONSTRUCTED AND INSTALLED LAW (APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, AND ,, E, AN D TO STATUES, ' REGULATIONS AND ORI INANCES) • DRAINBOARDS, UTENSIL K..;,' ACKS, OR TABLES LARGE ENOUGH TO ACCOMMODATE ALL SOILED AND CLEANED ITEMS, SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR • NECESSARY UTENSIL I HOLDING t . . BEFORE CLEANING AND AFTER SANITIZING. 0' \ 23 3 ' -0 1„ BE ADVISED THAT THE NEW WASHINGTON STATE FOOD CODE REQUIRES COMMERCIAL REFRIGERATION TO HOLD FOOD AT 41 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT OR BELOW !!! (DOWN FROM 45 DEGREES) RESTROOM & KITCHEN HAND WASH SINKS SHALL BE EQUIPPED PROVIDE AT A TEMPERATURE OFATLEAST100 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT THROUGH A MIXING VALVE OR COMBINATION FAUCETS SELF CLOSING OR OR COMBINATION FAUCET. )y ETS SHALL PROVIDE A FLOW OF WATER FOR AT LEAST 15 SECONDS . . WAREWASHING /DISHWASHING SINK .. COMPARTMENTS SHALL BE LARGE ENOUGH ACCOMMODATE E LARG 'E5T IMMERSION OF THE EQUIPMENT AND UTENSILS. , 5' -6" NORTH SCALE: 114" = 1' -0" LOCKERS OR OTHER SUITABLE FACILITIES SHALL BE PROV IDED FOR THE ORDERLY STORAGE OF EMPLOYEES' CLOTH ING AND OTHER POSSESSIONS. FOOD S ERVICE OPERATION AREA FLOORS, FLOOR COVERINGS, AND CEILINGS SHALL COVERINGS, WALLS, ALL BE DESIGNED CONSTRUCTED AND INSTALLED SO THEY ARE SMOOTH, DURABLE AND EASILY CLEANABLE. • HOT WATER GENERATION AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE SUFFICIENT TO MEET THE PEAK HOT WATER DEMANDS THROUGHOUT THE FOOD ESTABLISHMENT. III A130 1 EQUIPMENT PLAN A PRE - OPENING INSPECTION BY THE K G COUN ri HEALTH L SPAR E "` 10 OPERA f P. hPPECANT PLAN SET 9S '• w„ t yVAL/ L 5444,u; r NO 'CHANGES SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT HEALTH DEPARTMENT APPROVAL SUBJECTP O 0 VD O RDINANCE NOV 2 2 2007 Dept- v 'U. i s H co lay ,� • H,Itf, AN r SI 67z3 Era it! 13 2' 2' -6" 2' -6" 54 On AA 11 1' -2" �►�►�aw u�rr100,1 t 6" PVC CHASE BLOW 1 / INTERIOR RAIUNG, SEE SHED - A115 FOR DIMENSIONS T0441i Prs S}yr, Ik(PdS Islet 1 kSLc MOT 5ir6c. 1IRCI IMEN1u2II111IiP1lM6 ®I ®,3101® ®IIF311E31uf31aI01n u.II.II■1■II ■IIuIE7 I 4J - , 11 - 4 9 • ) r - 6" PVC CHASE Wk ✓ f CO2 FILL PORT VERIFY LOCATION WITH CHIPOTLE C.M. NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX (SHEETA001) PRIOR TO AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONSULTANT: \ C❑ N INSTRUMENT OF SERVI - - NO ASSUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT 15 LIMITED AND CAN SE EXTENDED ONLY EY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 8 ❑2 ❑2 PH ❑NE: (3 03) 595 -4000 FAX: (3 03) 595-4014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIP❑TLE.0 ❑M Issue Record: 11.19.07 Building /Health Revisions: Drawn: AKT Checked: SRT Project No. 070207 - FHA Contents: Fixtures, Furniture & Equipment Plan Date of Last Print 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST STATE OF WASHINGTON October 19, 2007 A 130 10 o7 RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX UTILITY CONNECTIONS ITEM # DESCRIPTION PROVIDE INSTALL ELECT. GAS WATER SEWER REMARKS KITCHEN EQUIPMENT 0 STAINLESS STEEL WORK TABLE (1, 1A & 18) TES TES - - - - MOUNTED ON (4) CASTERS, ALL CASTERS TO BE SWIVEL TYPE, FRONT (2) CASTERS TO HAVE BRAKE @ TORTILLA PRESS TES T BY GC, RE ELEC. _ - - GC TO STORE IN WALK-IN COOLER UNTIL FINAL INSTALLATION 3 HOT FOOD TABLE ( 3,3A & 38 ) TES TES BY GC, RE ELEC. - - INDIRECT BY GC, REMECht DRAIN TO FLOOR SINK, RE: MECH. 0 PREP REFRIGERATOR (4 & 4A) TES TES RE YGC,. - - - CONDUIT & J -BOXES BLENDER TES T BY GC, RE ELEC. _ _ - GC TO STORE IN WALK-IN COOLER UNTIL FINAL INSTALLATION 0 STAINLESS STEEL SHELF TES TES - - - - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL 0 REACH IN REFRIGERATOR TES TES BY GC, RE ELEC. - - - - STAINLESS STEEL CHIP CABINET TES TES - - - - _ _ V UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR TES TES BY GC RE ELEC. - - - T 10 ICE MAKER TES TES BY GC RE ELEC. - CWBYGC, HE MECH. INDIRECTBYGC, RE MECH DRAIN ICE MAKER TO FLOOR SINK, RE: MECH. REFRIGERATION BY TENANT. 11 GAS GROOVED GRIDDLE TES TES - BY GC, RE MECH. _ - SHELVING 12 GAS RANGE TES TES - BY GC, RE MECH. _ - SECURITY SYSTEMS 0' STAINLESS STEEL WORK TABLE FOR RICE COOKER TES TES - - - - - ® GAS RICE COOKER TES TES - BY GC, RE MECH. _ - - 15 GAS FRYER TES TES 72 HR. SECURITY DVR BY GC, RE MECH. - - _ 16 MOBILE WARMER (16 & 16A) TES TES RE BY GC, ELEC. - T.B.D. - RE ELEC. 17 STAINLESS STEEL PREP TABLE TES TES - - - - MOUNTED ON (4) CASTERS, ALL CASTERS TO BE SWIVEL TYPE, FRONT (2) CASTERS TO HAVE BRAKE 18 STAINLESS STEEL 4 COMPARTMENT SINK TES GC - - HW&CW CH. GC, RE MEE INDRRECTBYGC, SEE "CHEMICAL DISPENSING EQUIPMENT" THIS SHEET 19 WALL MOUNTED STAINLESS STEEL HANDSINK TES GC - - HwR E M E C H GC, DIREE PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL 20 STAINLESS STEEL CHEF'S TABLE TES GC - - HW REMECH. GC, INDIRECT RMECHGC DIRECT DRAIN FOR HANDSINK, INDIRECT DRAIN TO FLOOR SINK FOR VEG. WASHING PREP SINK. FILLER PIECE AT END OF TABLE AS REQUIRED PROVIDED BY GC 21 WALK -IN COOLER WCS GC BY GC, RE ELEC. _ - INDIRECT Gc, DRAIN COOLER TO FLOOR SINK, RE: MECH. REFRIGERATION BY TENANT. 22 STAINLESS STEEL DRAIN TRAY TES GC - - - INDIRECT BY GC, RE MECH DRAIN TO FLOOR SINK BELOW 23 COMMERCIAL FOOD PROCESSOR TES T BY GC, RE ELEC. _ - - STORES BENEATH PREP TABLE, LOCATE CENTER OF ELEC OUTLET ABOVE TABLE AT 66" A F.F., GC TO STORE IN WALK-IN COOLER UNTIL FINAL INSTALLATION 24 STAINLESS STEEL DRINK HOLDER (SPEED -RAK) TES GC - - - - USED TO HOLD EMPLOYEE DRINKS IN KITCHEN AREA 25 BAIN MARES (25A & 25B) TES GC - - - - INSTALLED @ THE UTENSIL COUNTER 0' NAPKIN DISPENSER/SALSA CADDY TES GC - - - - INSTALLED @ THE UTENSIL COUNTER 27 CUP DISPENSER (27A, 27B & 27C) TES GC - - - - INSTALLED @ THE POS COUNTER 28 LID DISPENSER TES GC - - - - INSTALLED @ THE UTENSIL COUNTER 29 ICED TEA DISPENSER TES T - - - - GC TO STORE IN WALK -IN COOLER UNTIL FINAL INSTALLATION 30 — 0 WIRE SHELVING /DUNNAGE RACK TES TES - - - - MOUNTED ON (4) CASTERS, ALL CASTERS TO BE SWIVEL TYPE, FRONT (2) CASTERS TO HAVE BRAKE 0' WALL MOUNTED WIRE SHELVING (36, 36A & 36B) TES TES - - - - _ 3 WALL MOUNTED WIRE SHELVING (KITCHEN) TES TES - - - - GC 38 STAINLESS STEEL WORK TABLE AT COOK LINE TES TES - - - - MOUNTED ON (4) CASTERS, ALL CASTERS TO BE SWIVEL TYPE, FRONT (2) CASTERS TO HAVE BRAKE ® STAINLESS STEEL MENU HOLDER TES GC - - - - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL 42 UNDERCOUNTER WIRE SHELVING TES TES - - - - MOUNTED ON (4) CASTERS, ALL CASTERS TO BE SWIVEL TYPE, FRONT (2) CASTERS TO HAVE BRAKE 43 INSULATED BLACK 1/3 PAN TES GC - - - - INSTALLED @ THE UTENSIL COUNTER ® FRP CLOSURE TRIM ABOVE WALK -IN CLR. GC GC - - - - - ~� WASHROOM ACCESSORIES .. GRAB BARS WA GC TGS GC . _ PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL d PROVIDE BLOCKING ABOVE MENU BOARD ASSEMBLY FOR T -BAR INSTALLATION. WA GC EXTERIOR SIGNAGE TSV TSV d MIRROR WA GC REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS OF THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SIGN LOCATIONS, SIZES, & DESCRIPTIONS. GC TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTION. KITCHEN EXHAUST HOOD & RELATED EQUIPMENT PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL Q PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER WA GC - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL Q WASTE RECEPTACLE WA GC HS RE ELEC. - - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL Q RECESS MOUNTED EXTRA ROLL DISPENSER WA GC MAKE UP AIR UNIT & CURBS HS GC BY E RE ELLEE C. 0' UTILITY SHELF (WOMEN'S BATHROOM) WA GC ROOF TOP UNITS & CURBS RTU PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL 0 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL WA GC CURB PROVIDED BY TRANE, INSTALLED BY GC EXHAUST FANS & CURBS RTU /HS 13 RE BY E - - - CURB PROVIDED BY GC, INSTALLED BY GC TEST & BALANCE SYSTEM 'a STAINLESS STEEL HAND SINK TES GC - - HW&CWBYGC, RE MECH. DIRECT BY GC, RE MECH LAVATORY SHIPPED BYTES WITH BUILT IN SOAP DISPENSER f5 PIPE SAFETY COVERS WA GC GC BY GC, RE ELEC. - - MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT 1 POINT OF SALE SYSTEM T TCC BY GC, RE ELEC. CASH DRAWER MOUNTED BELOW P05 COUNTER, CASH DRAWER PROVIDED BY TENANT & INSTALLED BY GC 2 CASH DROP BOX SSS GC - . . - DROP BOX MOUNTED BELOW P05 COUNTER 3 SAFE SSS GC _ _ INSTALLED IN OFFICE 4 SODA SYSTEM DISPENSER SPS SPS RE ELEC RE ME MECH. INDIRECT MECfcc, DRAIN TO FLOOR SINK, CC TO PROVIDE (4) 4" ADJUSTABLE LEGS TO SUPPORT DISPENSER ON FLOOR 5 SODA SYSTEM SYRUP RACK WI CARBONATOR & SHELF SPS SPS BY GC, RE ELEC. - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL (FOR SHELF ( SHELF) 6 BULK CO2 TANK CO2 CO2 _ - - - 7 WATER HEATER GC GC BY GC, RE ELEC. BY GC, RE MECH. CWBYGC, RE MECH. INDIRECT BY GC, RE MECH. DRAIN WATER HEATER TO FLOOR DRAIN, RE: MECH. 8 MOP SINK GC GC . - - FIXTURE SUPPLIED BY TES, SEE P200 PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE 9 TANK TYPE SOAP DISPENSER WA GC . - - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL 10 ROLL PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER WA GC . - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL 11 B & W FRAMED PHOTOGRAPHS PHS GC . . - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING IN WALLS AT ALL PHOTOGRAPH LOCATIONS, REFER TO ARCH. FLOOR PLANS & ELEVATIONS FOR PHOTOGRAPH LOCATIONS 12 ARTWORK (PLYWOOD & METAL SCULPTURE) AS GC - . . PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING IN WALLS AT ALL ARTWORK LOCATIONS, REFER TO ARCH, FLOOR PLANS & ELEVATIONS FOR ARTWORK LOCATIONS 13 LICENSE & PERMIT FRAME TMS GC _ _ _ PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING IN WALL, LOCATE AND MOUNT AS DIRECTED BY CHIPOTLE 14 POP DISPLAY T GC . _ VERIFY LOCATION AND MOUNT AS DIRECTED BY CHIPOTLE 15 FIRST AID KIT T GC - - _ 16 FIRE EXTINGUISHER GC GC _ _ PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING IN WALLS AT FIRE EXTINGUISHER LOCATION 17 1 36" GRAB BAR WA GC _ - - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL 19 HAT & COAT STRIPS WA GC _ _ - PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL 20 21 BULLETIN BOARD T GC - - - - MOUNT AS DIRECTED BY CHIPOTLE 22 MOP STRIP (22A) T GC _ _ . PROVIDE PLYWOOD BACKING TO MOUNT TO WALL FURNITURE (1A -1D) DINING TABLES TMS GC - - - - © BOOTHS SEATING TMS GC - - - - Q DINING CHAIRS AS GC - - - - 7 -9 BAR TOP, BAR SEAT, FOOTRAIL TMS GC - - - - 10-11 CHILDREN'S HIGH CHAIR, OFFICE CHAIR T GC - - - - IUD PATIO TABLES & CHAIRS PF GC - - - - 14 TRASH SURROUND TMS GC - - - - TRASH CAN PROVIDED BY TUNDRA IN SMALLWARES PACKAGE. CD PHONE SYSTEM TELEPHONES T TCC - - - - TELEPHONE PANEL BOARD GC GC - - . 1 - 24" X 36" BOARD ABOVE CEILING, RE: ELEC. ABBREVIATIONS - VERIFY EXACT SUPPLIER USED FOR EACH PROJECT IN FIELD REFERENCE MANUAL PRIOR TO CALLING CONTACT AS ART AND CHAIRS SUPPLIER: 1)MAYATEK, INC., CONTACT: BRUCE GUESWEL (970 461 -9893) OR FOR CHAIRS: 2)TLT, INC., CONTACT: KEITH GIRDLEY (931 739 -6300 EXT 24) ASS ALARM SYSTEM SUPPLIER: 1)CHECKPOINT SECURITY SYSTEMS, CONTACT: JASON DOYLE (877 241 -3350) OR 2) WESTEC INTERACTIVE, CONTACT: JASON ABLES (817 312 -2100) CO2 NuCO2, CONTACT: JACK THOMAS (303 470 -6784) CS CHEMICAL SUPPLIER: KAY CHEMICAL, CONTACT: CELESTE LEJEUNE (800 333 -4300 EXT 2737) GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR HS HOOD SUPPLIER: 1)CAPTIVE -AIRE SYSTEMS INC., CONTACT: JASON AGIN /NICK HALM (720 570 -0981) OR 2) GREENHECK, CONTACT: LAURINDA BRAUN (800 434 -2072) IS INTERIOR SIGNAGE: PLATTE VALLEY SIGNS, CONTACT: SUSAN BRILLHART (303 752 -3120) MSS MUSIC SYSTEMS SUPPLIER: MUZAK, CONTACT: RANDY MULLIS (803 396 -3010) PATIO FURNITURE: EMU AMERICA, CONTACT: CAROL HUGHES (303 744 -3200) PHOTOGRAPHY SUPPLIER: STEVEN ADAMS PHOTOGRAPHY, CONTACT: STEVEN ADAMS (303 571 -5404) PT DUCT PRESSURE TEST: ENVIROMATIC,INC. DON PFLEIDERER (800 325 -8476) RTU ROOF TOP UNITS: THE TRANE COMPANY, CONTACT: CHERYL SYKES (303 228 -2838) SPS SODA POP SUPPLIER: COCA COLA USA, CONTACT: GREG FAISON (800 531 -2238 EXT 3913) PF PHS SSS SECURITY SYSTEM SUPPLIER: ENVYSION, CONTACTS: ROB HERRON (303 590 -2380) AND CHRIS JENSEN (303 590 - 2378). T TENANT (CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL) T.B.D. SEE FIELD REFERENCE MANUAL TAB TENANT'S TEST & BALANCE VENDOR: 1)NATIONAL TAB, DAN HERTENSTEIN (866 904 -6822) OR 2) MELINK CORPORATION, CONTACT: TAMMY MUNCY (513 965 -7300 EXT 111) TENANT'S CABLING CONTRACTOR: NCR, CONTACT: PATRICK PIERCE (303 420 -6329) TENANT'S KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER: 1) QUALSERV, CONTACT: AMY ROTH OR SCOTT GERDES (800 477 -1414) 2) W WEST, CONTACT: CORY SANDERS (303 289 -9378 EX. 15) TGS TENANT'S GRAPHIC SUPPLIER: FLORIDA PLASTICS, CONTACT: DANIEL PEROUT (708 876 -1227) TLS TENANT'S LIGHT /LAMP SUPPLIER: CONSERV -A -WATT, CONTACT SAM AQUISTO (303 629 -0066) TMS TENANT'S MILLWORK SUPPLIER: 1) WISCONSIN BUILT, CONTACT: MARK WISSELL (608 764 -8661) OR 2) QUALSERV, CONTACT: MIKE BARTHOL (816 218 -6478) TRS TENANT'S RAILING SUPPLIER: 1) CENTRAL DENVER IRONWORKS, CONTACT: NANCY FIRESTONE (303 433 -3180) or 2) TURNIPSEED INTERNATIONAL, CONTACT LEITH MARTIN (800 277 -1327) TSV TENANT'S SIGN VENDOR: 1) ADOON SIGNS, CONTACT: ROB KINKELAAR (970 472 -2120) OR 2) COAST SIGNS, CONTACT: DALE GORDON (714 520 -9144) OR 3) NORTH SHORE NEON, CONTACT: MICHAEL COLAMUSSI (631 667 -2500) VAR VARIES WA WASHROOM ACCESSORIES: FIELD TECHNOLOGIES, CONTACT: ROGER SIMPSON (303 935 -9561) WCS TENANT'S WALK -IN COOLER SUPPLIER: 1) BALTZER & ASSOCIATES /NOR -LAKE, CONTACT: TERRY BALTZER (303 480 -0554) OR 2) NOR -LAKE INC., CONTACT: GAYLE GERHARDT (800 955 -5253 EXT. 4534) TCC TES CONSULTANT: 416 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST STAT OF WASHINGTON x li HT 2. 07 THIS OR : WIN /IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 Revisions: Drawn: CRB Checked: SRT Contents: 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO B 02 02 PHONE: (3031 595 -4000 Fax: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM Project No. 070207 - FHA Health Department Building Department Bid Set Responsibility Matrix Date of Last Print: October 19, 2007 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 16 PEHMIT CLNTER A 001 T UTILITY CONNECTIONS ITEM # DESCRIPTION PROVIDE INSTALL ELECT. GAS WATER SEWER REMARKS CHEMICAL DISPENSING EQUIPMENT SOAP & SANITIZING DISPENSERS @ 4 COMP, SINK CS GC - - GC - EACH DISPENSER COMES W/ BUILT -IN 1" AIR GAP BACKFLOW PREVENTER. CONNECT TO 4 COMP. SINK WATER SPRAYER DEGREASER, SANITIZER, & GLASS CLEANER DISPENSERS @ MOP SINK CS GC - - GC - EACH DISPENSER COMES W/ BUILT -IN 1' AIR GAP BACKFLOW PREVENTER. INSTALL "QUICK CONNECT' DEVICE TO MOP SINK SOUND SYSTEM SPEAKERS, SUBWOOFERS & WIRING MSS MSS _ _ _ . CONDUIT & J -BOXES GC GC - . - - GC TO FOLLOW SPEAKER & SUBWOOFER LAYOUT BY MUZAK FOR ROUTING CONDUIT AND INSTALLING J - BOXES AUDIO SYSTEM EQUIPMENT MSS MSS . _ - _ MANAGER'S OFFICE EQUIPMENT FILE CABINET T GC _ _ - - COMPUTER SYSTEM (MONITOR, CPU, & BACK UP POWER SUPPLY) .T TCC - - _ _ FINAL CONNECTIONS TO LIEBERT UNIT BY TENANT'S CABLING CONTRACTOR PRINTER/COPIER/FAX MACHINE T T _ . . - COUNTERTOP TMS GC - - - SHELVING TMS GC - - - SECURITY SYSTEMS CLOSED CIRCUIT T.V. CAMERAS SSS SSS RE ELEC. _ - GC TO PROVIDE CONDUIT FROM CAMERA TO MANAGER'S OFFICE. GC TO PROVIDE J -BOX AT BOTH ENDS OF CONDUIT RUN. SECURITY MONITOR SSS SSS RE ELEC. - - - ___ 72 HR. SECURITY DVR SSS SSS RE ELEC. _ . . SECURITY ALARM & MOTION DETECTORS T.B.D. T.B.D. RE ELEC. _ - - GC RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING SEQUENCING OF PREWIRING WITH COMPLETION OF INTERIOR FINISHES (GYP BD FINISHES), PLUMBING FIXTURES TOILETS GC GC - _ CWBYGC, RE MECH. DIRECT BY GC, RE MECH. URINALS GC GC - _ CwsrGC, RE MECH. DIRECT GC, RE MECH. _��AM _Miff � . TES GC - - Hw& cwBYGC, RE MECH. DIRECT GC, RE MECH. W I_ _...1.t �± FAUCETS @ LAVATORIES TES GC - - - - WA w FAUCETS @ HAND SINKS TES GC - - - - tr s FAUCETS @ 4 COMPARTMENT SINK TES GC - - - - GC TO PROVIDE CONNECTION FOR CHEMICAL DISPENSING EQUIPMENT FAUCETS @ MOP SINK TES GC - - - - GC TO PROVIDE CONNECTION FOR CHEMICAL DISPENSING EQUIPMENT FAUCETS @ CHEF'S TABLE SINK TES .GC - - - - FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM: (FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, FIRE SPRINKLER, AND ALL OTHER CODE REQUIRED FIRE PROTECTION EQUIP.) COMPLETE SYSTEM GC 1 G BY GC, RE ELEC. BY GC, RE MECH. - WHEN REQUIRED, DESIGN -BUILD BY TENANT CONTRACTOR CASEWORK & MISC. METAL WORK UTENSIL COUNTER TMS GC . . - WDIRRFC1 EY GC RE MECH, COORDINATE FLOOR DRAIN INSTALLATION WITH UTENSIL COUNTER INSTALLATION SERVING COUNTER WALL TMS GC . - _ . INCLUDES FRP, SNEEZE GUARD GLASS, ANGLES, AND ALL WALL FINISHES BOOTH SEATING TMS GC . . - - CORRUGATED WAINSCOTS & HALFWALLS, METAL BASE TRIM TMS GC _ _ - INTERIOR & EXTERIOR RAILINGS TRS GC - - _ . GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL INTEGRATED PATIO LIGHTS WHEN CALLED FOR. SEE DETAILS ON SHEET A115, GALVANIZED WAINSCOT & DIAMOND PLATE GC GC . - _ DIAMOND PLATE FOR COOLER ONLY STAINLESS STEEL PANELS I BASE @ COOKING /SERVING GC GC _ _ - - WOOD CAPS AT WAINSCOTS & HALFWALLS TMS GC . - - - DOOR & INTERIOR SIGNAGE INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL SIGNS IS GC . . - - MENU BOARD, VINYL ENTRY DOOR SIGNS, TRASH SURROUND DECAL TGS GC . _ - . PROVIDE BLOCKING ABOVE MENU BOARD ASSEMBLY FOR T -BAR INSTALLATION. EXTERIOR BUILDING SIGNAGE AND AWNINGS EXTERIOR SIGNAGE TSV TSV RE E ELEC. - - REFER TO EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS OF THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SIGN LOCATIONS, SIZES, & DESCRIPTIONS. GC TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTION. KITCHEN EXHAUST HOOD & RELATED EQUIPMENT KITCHEN EXHAUST HOOD HS GC G E ELEE C. RE - :'. . k':. � �° ANSUL BOX & FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM HS HS RE ELEC. - - - J~< i - L ��• % ',5 COL-. � E ��... +�' k HOOD INTERLOCK BY G.C. GC E a -. k.. :L. ;,, HVAC EQUIPMENT , ..° 7,:, MAKE UP AIR UNIT & CURBS HS GC BY E RE ELLEE C. BY EC, RE ME CH. EY RE MEE CH. EY RE ME EC, CH. CURB PROVIDED BY TRANE INSTALLED BY GC l ^ ,' ,) r ROOF TOP UNITS & CURBS RTU GC BY RE ELLEE C. E BY C, RE MEECH. BY GC, RE MECH. BY E C, RE ME CH. CURB PROVIDED BY TRANE, INSTALLED BY GC EXHAUST FANS & CURBS RTU /HS GC RE BY E - - - CURB PROVIDED BY GC, INSTALLED BY GC TEST & BALANCE SYSTEM TB - - - - - PROVIDE HVAC TEST & BALANCE PER TENANT'S NATIONAL ACCOUNT PROGRAM. , 1 ` ' LIGHTING FIXTURES & LAMPS ALL INTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURES (EXCEPT KEYLESS) & LAMPS TLS GC BY GC, RE ELEC. - - CAREFULLY REVIEW THE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON SHEET E100. ABBREVIATIONS - VERIFY EXACT SUPPLIER USED FOR EACH PROJECT IN FIELD REFERENCE MANUAL PRIOR TO CALLING CONTACT AS ART AND CHAIRS SUPPLIER: 1)MAYATEK, INC., CONTACT: BRUCE GUESWEL (970 461 -9893) OR FOR CHAIRS: 2)TLT, INC., CONTACT: KEITH GIRDLEY (931 739 -6300 EXT 24) ASS ALARM SYSTEM SUPPLIER: 1)CHECKPOINT SECURITY SYSTEMS, CONTACT: JASON DOYLE (877 241 -3350) OR 2) WESTEC INTERACTIVE, CONTACT: JASON ABLES (817 312 -2100) CO2 NuCO2, CONTACT: JACK THOMAS (303 470 -6784) CS CHEMICAL SUPPLIER: KAY CHEMICAL, CONTACT: CELESTE LEJEUNE (800 333 -4300 EXT 2737) GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR HS HOOD SUPPLIER: 1)CAPTIVE -AIRE SYSTEMS INC., CONTACT: JASON AGIN /NICK HALM (720 570 -0981) OR 2) GREENHECK, CONTACT: LAURINDA BRAUN (800 434 -2072) IS INTERIOR SIGNAGE: PLATTE VALLEY SIGNS, CONTACT: SUSAN BRILLHART (303 752 -3120) MSS MUSIC SYSTEMS SUPPLIER: MUZAK, CONTACT: RANDY MULLIS (803 396 -3010) PATIO FURNITURE: EMU AMERICA, CONTACT: CAROL HUGHES (303 744 -3200) PHOTOGRAPHY SUPPLIER: STEVEN ADAMS PHOTOGRAPHY, CONTACT: STEVEN ADAMS (303 571 -5404) PT DUCT PRESSURE TEST: ENVIROMATIC,INC. DON PFLEIDERER (800 325 -8476) RTU ROOF TOP UNITS: THE TRANE COMPANY, CONTACT: CHERYL SYKES (303 228 -2838) SPS SODA POP SUPPLIER: COCA COLA USA, CONTACT: GREG FAISON (800 531 -2238 EXT 3913) PF PHS SSS SECURITY SYSTEM SUPPLIER: ENVYSION, CONTACTS: ROB HERRON (303 590 -2380) AND CHRIS JENSEN (303 590 - 2378). T TENANT (CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL) T.B.D. SEE FIELD REFERENCE MANUAL TAB TENANT'S TEST & BALANCE VENDOR: 1)NATIONAL TAB, DAN HERTENSTEIN (866 904 -6822) OR 2) MELINK CORPORATION, CONTACT: TAMMY MUNCY (513 965 -7300 EXT 111) TENANT'S CABLING CONTRACTOR: NCR, CONTACT: PATRICK PIERCE (303 420 -6329) TENANT'S KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER: 1) QUALSERV, CONTACT: AMY ROTH OR SCOTT GERDES (800 477 -1414) 2) W WEST, CONTACT: CORY SANDERS (303 289 -9378 EX. 15) TGS TENANT'S GRAPHIC SUPPLIER: FLORIDA PLASTICS, CONTACT: DANIEL PEROUT (708 876 -1227) TLS TENANT'S LIGHT /LAMP SUPPLIER: CONSERV -A -WATT, CONTACT SAM AQUISTO (303 629 -0066) TMS TENANT'S MILLWORK SUPPLIER: 1) WISCONSIN BUILT, CONTACT: MARK WISSELL (608 764 -8661) OR 2) QUALSERV, CONTACT: MIKE BARTHOL (816 218 -6478) TRS TENANT'S RAILING SUPPLIER: 1) CENTRAL DENVER IRONWORKS, CONTACT: NANCY FIRESTONE (303 433 -3180) or 2) TURNIPSEED INTERNATIONAL, CONTACT LEITH MARTIN (800 277 -1327) TSV TENANT'S SIGN VENDOR: 1) ADOON SIGNS, CONTACT: ROB KINKELAAR (970 472 -2120) OR 2) COAST SIGNS, CONTACT: DALE GORDON (714 520 -9144) OR 3) NORTH SHORE NEON, CONTACT: MICHAEL COLAMUSSI (631 667 -2500) VAR VARIES WA WASHROOM ACCESSORIES: FIELD TECHNOLOGIES, CONTACT: ROGER SIMPSON (303 935 -9561) WCS TENANT'S WALK -IN COOLER SUPPLIER: 1) BALTZER & ASSOCIATES /NOR -LAKE, CONTACT: TERRY BALTZER (303 480 -0554) OR 2) NOR -LAKE INC., CONTACT: GAYLE GERHARDT (800 955 -5253 EXT. 4534) TCC TES CONSULTANT: 416 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST STAT OF WASHINGTON x li HT 2. 07 THIS OR : WIN /IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 Revisions: Drawn: CRB Checked: SRT Contents: 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO B 02 02 PHONE: (3031 595 -4000 Fax: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM Project No. 070207 - FHA Health Department Building Department Bid Set Responsibility Matrix Date of Last Print: October 19, 2007 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 16 PEHMIT CLNTER A 001 T A.D.A.A.G. INTERIOR ACCESSIBILITY COMPONENTS THIS TENANT SPACE IS REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE AS SET FORTH IN THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1994. MAINTAIN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ITS ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES (A.D.A.), ( A.D.A.A.G.). 1. FOOD SERVICE LINES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH OF 36" WITH TRAY SLIDES MOUNTED NO HIGHER THAN 34" ABOVE THE FLOOR. IF SELF - SERVICE SHELVES ARE PROVIDED, AT LEAST 50% OF EACH TYPE MUST BE WITHIN REACH RANGES SPECIFIED IN A.D.A.A.G. SECTIONS 4.2.5 AND 4.2.6. 36 mm 1. ACCESSIBLE RAMPS SHALL COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 4.8. 2. IF A RAMP HAS A RISE GREATER THAN 6" OR A HORIZONTAL PROJECTION GREATER ", rl"°IIar�, ■ � q� 1�1ti1C °�droop / _ �� \\ �Irdl� ELVATItrI SELTiW ELEVATION SECTION THAN 72 THEN IT SHALL HAVE HANDRAILS ON BOTH SIDES. HANDRAILS ARE NOT r REQUIRED ADJACENT TO ASSEMBLY SEATING AREAS. CLEAR SPACE BETWEEN A .12 min 1 i 12 (tin �2 m n 36 um 3� 2. SELF - SERVICE SHELVES AND DISPENSING DEVICES FOR DISHWARE, CONDIMENTS, f `��' Mmlm °m" N��laa HANDRAIL AND AN ADJACENT WALL SHALL BE 1- 1/2 ". i. - k Sb°e m A Li_ OW� r 11111 �i ��. . aq- FOOD AND BEVERAGES SHALL BE INSTALLED TO COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 4.2. lip VA 1 DD 3. THE CROSS SLOPE OF RAMP SURFACES SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 1:50. . 12AD. i. o "P <" - \ - . HANDRAIL FOOD SERVICE LINES TABLEWARE AREAS aDU. COMPONENTS OF A SINGLE RAMP RUN AND SAMPLE RAMP DIMENSIONS EXAMPLES RAILING WRN EXTENDED PLATZCRM OF EDGE PROTECTION AND EXTENSIONS x 1. CONTROLS & OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 4.27. 2. ALL CONTROLS & OPERATING MECHANISMS WHICH ARE INTENDED FOR NORMAL USE BY BUILDING OCCUPANTS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A.D.A.A.G. COMPLIANT CLEAR FLOOR,;. SPACES & SHALL BE PLACED WITHIN 1" OF THE REQUIRED FORWARD OR SIDE APPROACH , 16 max 10 mar 1. _ '' Side Reach 1. ACCESSIBLE STAIRS SHALL COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 4.9. 2. ACCESSIBLE STAIRS SHALL HAVE UNIFORM RISER HEIGHTS AND UNIFORM TREAD WIDTHS ALONG EACH RUN. =NA war ■ III 1■1 ■ FS . Y n,„....15/ r iiii - 30 -r I� '� �'', - • 3. THE CLEAR SPACE BETWEEN HANDRAILS AND WALL SHALL BE 1 -1/2'I . HANDRAIL ■ ■ REACH RANGES (48" A.F.F. = FORWARD - 54' A.F.F. = SIDE APPROACH) k k CLEAR FLOOR SPACE HIGH PARALLEL APPROACH REACH SIDE REACH SIDE \ AND LOW SIDE HIGH LIMITS REACH REACH FORWARD FORWARD LIMIT J REACH GRIPPING SURFACES SHALL BE UNINTERRUPTED BY NEWEL POSTS, OTHER CONSTRUCTION ELEMENTS, OR OBSTRUCTIONS. THE TOP OF HANDRAIL GRIPPING SURFACES SHALL BE INSTALLED BETWEEN 34" AND 38" ABOVE STAIR NOSINGS. EXTENSION REQUIRED AT EACH TOP RISER - Y IS THE MINIMUM HANDRAIL EXTENSION OF 12 IN PWS THE WIDTH OF ONE TREAD THAT IS REQUIRED AT EACH BOTTOM RISER ELEVATION OF CENTER HANDRAIL EXTENSION AT BOTTOM OF RUN EXTENSION AT TOP OF RUN NOTE: XIS THE MINIMUM HANDRAIL PLAN 1. ELEMENTS OF ACCESSIBLE RESTROOMS SHALL COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTIONS 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19, AND 4.22. 3 mei 4 .., 32 nun 3fi mn I ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE SHALL COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 4.30. 2. LETTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL HAVE A WIDTH -TO- HEIGHT RATIO BETWEEN 3:5 AND 1:1 AND A STROKE - WIDTH -TO- HEIGHT RATIO BETWEEN 1:5 AND 1:10. 3. CHARACTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL BE SIZED ACCORDING TO THE VIEWING DISTANCE FROM WHICH THEY ARE TO BE READ. THE MINIMUM HEIGHT IS MEASURED USING AN UPPER -CASE X. LOWER CASE CHARACTERS ARE PERMITTED, SIGNS INSTALLED OVER 80" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CHARACTER HEIGHT OF 3. ". . 4. LETTERS AND NUMERALS SHALL BE RAISED 1/32 ", UPPER -CASE SANS SERIF OR SIMPLE SERIF TYPE, AND SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED WITH GRADE 2 BRAILLE. RAISED CHARACTERS SHALL BE AT LEAST 5/8" HIGH, BUT NO HIGHER THAN 2 ". PICTOGRAMS SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY THE EQUIVALENT VERBAL DESCRIPTION PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW THE PICTOGRAM. THE BORDER DIMENSION OF THE PICTOGRAM SHALL BE 6" MINIMUM IN HEIGHT. 5. THE CHARACTERS AND BACKGROUND OF SIGNS SHALL BE EGGSHELL, MATTE, OR OTHER NON-GLARE FINISH. CHARACTERS AND SYMBOLS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND - EITHER LIGHT CHARACTERS ON A DARK ," door booDan _ ' . 3 3 8 1 8 s ; C / E $ 2. ACCESSIBLE URINALS SHALL BE STALL -TYPE OR WALL -HUNG WITH AN ELONGATED RIM AT A MAXIMUM OF 17" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. URINALS SHALL HAVE A 30" x 48" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE TO ALLOW A FRONT APPROACH AND THE FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE HAND - OPERATED WITH THE CONTROLS INSTALLED NO HIGHER THAT 44" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. I m° """ "° L'"_i � m - _ _ J� I! 1 E 1 ' LY 1 ` ax ° 13 I27_ 12 36 mun s<m 4 m O: ~ -. � , mmlllll� ° ; ' , , �IMwPp s2 56 min w -nu^ DN -4 � 1 � " ` " � '"'""° II °" - _ I 48 min _ _ 4 1IMI az "° W °°A°p w �� 4 T8 min t I SPACE AT WATER p, min 60 mil 48 3. HOT WATER LINES AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSULATED OR 111 111 OTHERWISE CONFIGURED TO PROTECT AGAINST CONTACT. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP CLEAR FLOOR OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER LAVATORIES. 4. EXAMPLES OF ACCESSIBLE FAUCETS INCLUDE: LEVER OPERATED, PUSH -TYPE, AND CLOSETS BACK WALL SIDE WALL STANDARD STALL STANDARD STALL GRAB BARS AT WATER CLOSETS T TALES X 119 3° "" 3o mmk ��mm ,� "" (END OF ROW) ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED. IF SELF - CLOSING VALVES ARE USED, THE FAUCET SHALL REMAIN OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. r i I I � i -- IG lnr � - / ( � ` U L•J _.`� r .. IL :I �L - -- 71 9 mmc :�.c w � ■ •�� BACKGROUND OR DARK CHARACTERS ON A LIGHT BACKGROUND. 6. WHERE PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION IS PROVIDED FOR ROOMS AND SPACES, SIGNS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR, INCLUDING DOUBLE -LEAF DOOR SIGNS SHALL BE PL ACED ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 60" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE SIGN. MOUNTING LOCATION FOR SUCH SIGNAGE SHALL BE SO THAT A PERSON MAY APPROACH WITHIN 3" OF SIGNAGE WITHOUT ENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR STANDING WITHIN THE SWING OF A DOOR. INTERNAT • OF DISPLAY �I �II�I i 1111 I ry M 111 v I 11 ? 191 .0 11. 1m }1 , I II I , lA " ' ` , III I a y I I `I^ M Af l 6 + I I I} il Ik 'II+� { + IF l i 1 1 �' ! I I � ONS - OF ACCESSIBILITY 0.1 � r I 9 el 5. THE DIAMETER OR WIDTH OF THE GRIPPING SURFACES OF A GRAB BAR SHALL BE 1 -1/4" TO 1 -1/2" OR THE SHAPE TO PROVIDE EQUIVALENT GRIPPING SURFACE. THE SPACE BETWEEN THE WALL AND THE GRAB BAR SHALL BE 1 -1/2 ". THE GRAB BAR ASSEMBLY SHALL BE CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING BENDING STRESSES, SHEAR STRESSES, SHEAR FORCES, AND TENSILE FORCES OF UP TO 250 LBF.. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS. CLEAR AT 6. MOUNTING HEIGHTS TO OPERATING CONTROLS FOR RESTROOM ACCESSORIES NOT SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THE A.D.A.A.G. SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REACH RANGES SPECIFIED IN A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 4.2.5.. �-�- 48 nml I1 6 mar mom L. - nnn11� 8 mac � r �. k;» �-� s I ` FLOOR SPACE LAVATORY LAVATORIES dwN °W Pm°n pmNFmrnmm ai°a III VI VI SPOUT T AND FREE- STANDING BUILT-IN FOUNTAIN CLEAR FLOOR KNEE A FOUNTAIN OR COOLER OR COOLER SPACE KNEE CLEARANCE CLEARANCE DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLERS INMIr NNW ... ::: Al III ` I rd 1 I l W K '''' � ■ MINI. .:;.. M N -1 1 6 1 Ty I ! !y 1 , � 1 I i i I A,' T _. �c INTERNATIONAL - _ _ BLS L CONDIT SYMBOL ACCESSIBILITY ONAL SYMBOL 1. ACCESSIBLE DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 4.13. 2. THRESHOLD AT DOORWAYS SHALL NOT EXCEED 3/4" IN HEIGHT FOR EXTERIOR SLIDING DOORS OR 1/2" IN HEIGHT FOR OTHER TYPES OF DOORS. RAISED THRESHOLDS AND NOTE: ALL DOORS IN ALCOVES SHALL COMPLY { x { WITH THE CLEARANCES FOR FRONT APPROACHES. y 54 mil 1. WHERE FIXED TABLES (OR DINING COUNTERS WHERE FOOD IS CONSUMED BUT THERE IS NO SERVICE) ARE PROVIDED, AT LEAST 5 %, BUT NOT LESS THAN ONE, OF THE FIXED TABLES (OR A PORTION OF THE DINING COUNTER) SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE AND SHALL COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 4.32. , 2. IN ESTABLISHMENTS WHERE SEPARATE AREAS ARE DESIGNATED FOR SMOKING AND NON - SMOKING PATRONS, THE NUMBER OF ACCESSIBLE FIXED TABLES (OR COUNTERS) SHALL BE PROPORTIONALLY DISTRIBUTED BETWEEN THE SMOKING AND NON - SMOKING AREAS. 3. WHERE FOOD OR DRINK IS SERVED AT COUNTERS EXCEEDING 34" IN HEIGHT FOR CONSUMPTION BY CUSTOMERS SEATED ON STOOLS OR STANDING AT THE COUNTER, A PORTION OF THE MAIN COUNTER WHICH IS 60" IN LENGTH MINIMUM SHALL BE PROVIDED IN COMPLIANCE WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 4.32 OR SERVICE SHALL BE AVAILABLE AT ACCESSIBLE TABLES WITHIN THE SAME AREA. , �r 101 . • • LI 3 • . - . • • • "" fl I I - - � i ' i 1 I - -I s I I FLOOR LEVEL CHANGES AT DOORWAYS SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1 :2. 3. HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES, LOCKS, AND OTHER OPERATING DEVICES ON ACCESSIBLE DOORS SHALL HAVE A SHAPE THAT IS EASY TO GRASP WITH ONE HAND AND DOES NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, TIGHT PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST TO OPERATE. LEVER - OPERATED MECHANISMS, PUSH -TYPE MECHANISMS, AND U- SHAPED HANDLES ARE ACCEPTABLE DESIGNS. HARDWARE REQUIRED FOR ACCESSIBLE DOOR PASSAGE SHALL BE MOUNTED NO HIGHER THAN 48" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. CLEAR DOORWAY 4. IF A DOOR HAS A CLOSER, THEN THE SWEEP PERIOD OF THE CLOSER SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 70 °, THE DOOR WILL TAKE AT LEAST 3 { $ WIDTH FRONT 1 8 24 ' I I I I I X =12 IN IF DOOR HAS NOT Y= 60 IN; IFY =saIN. DOORS Hinge x j min. Pefeared �� NOTE: BOTHACLOSERANDLATCH. APPROACHES - SWINGING x 24i" "l X= 361N X = 42 Side +o�a I MINIMUM IN MINIMUM Approaches I IF NOTE: Y = 48 1N MIN DOOR HAS BOTH ALATCH AND CLOSER. - Swinging Doors MUM IF 4. AT LEAST 5% OF ALL TABLE SEATING SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 4.32 5. ACCESSIBLE SEATING AT TABLES AND /OR COUNTERS SHALL CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING DIMENSIONAL CRITERIA: KNEE CLEARANCE SHALL BE 27" HIGH, 30" WIDE, AND 19" DEEP; TABLE HEIGHT SHALL BE 28" TO 34" r '7 ' = -- ' ` -J Eillii■ r- L_ ■ NM I _ �� Y � t d r- .° 6-✓4- -.. �,.. F -.I lid IL�a-IEi ' 0-- _ p a- TABLES 4 J / '; 7 �-° s_ r � = �� _ _ 'r SE TO OF T S OR MOVE TO A POINT 3" FROM THE LATCH, MEASURED TO THE LEADING EDGE ,_1 5. ACCESSIBLE DOORS THAT ARE NOT FIRE DOORS OR EXTERIOR HINGED DOORS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM FORCE FOR PUSHING OR PULLING THE DOOR OPEN OF 5 LBF. THIS FORCE DOES NOT APPLY TO THE FORCE REQUIRED TO RETRACT LATCH BOLTS OR DISENGAGE OTHER DEVICES THAT MAY HOLD A DOOR IN A CLOSED POSITION. NOTE: Y= 54 � I -- - I �! IN MINIMUM -- I <� L I I �/ I ) ansim IF DOOR HAS CLOSER. NOTE: Y= 48 LATCH SIDE APPROACHES - SWINGING DOORS -, IN MINIMUM c ( rte IF DOOR HAS CLOSER. TWO M �, r. 1 HINGED DOORS IN SERIES 3o 30 FOR 36 ,9 19 36 MINIMUM CLEARANCES SEATING AND 1. ALL WALKS, HALLS, CORRIDORS, AISLES, SKYWALKS, TUNNELS, AND OTHER SPACES s p , , 7--,,,,,-,, 7 ,• x t _ ' -� °' =. ` I THAT ARE PART OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL COMPLY WITH A.D.A.A.G. SECTION 4.3. {32 { 0� n L� 1 2 min 36 min 12 mm •E ( \ I I i y r LJ V J, Imo- IV O'Lobby 4 ma' 11 I 2. AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL CONNECT ACCESSIBLE BUILDING OR FACILITY ENTRANCES WITH ALL ACCESSIBLE SPACES AND ELEMENTS. ! ' ' ! � l / , � ■ � I - \�., III: E , I II � 1* a iry ' , 3. AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE WITH A RUNNING SLOPE GREATER THAN 1:20 IS A RAMP AND } 36 min } $ r •� Oh I •�' � � 1I 4 1I 1 I mn I 42 min • k x 42 mi k SHALL COMPLY WITH 4.8. NOWHERE SHALL THE CROSS SLOPE OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE EXCEED 1:50. MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH 60 -IN FOR SINGLE WHEELCHAIR _ E 36 n } ,o nda DIAMETER NOTE: DIMENSIONS SHOWN APPLY WHEN X<48IN SPACE T- SHAPED SPACE FOR 180° TURNS CHANGES IN LEVEL CHANGES IN LEVEL 90° TURN TURN AROUND AN OBSTRUCTION WALKING PARALLEL TO A WALL ADDITIONAL ACCESSIBILITY COMPONENTS IN ADDITION TO ALL A.D.A. /A.D.A.A.G. REQUIREMENTS, THIS FACILITY SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL JURISDICTION FOR ACCESSIBILITY AS LISTED BELOW. * WHERE INFORMATION LISTED /SHOWN IN THIS SECTION CONFLICTS WITH THE A.D.A.A.G. INTERIOR ACCESSIBILITY COMPONENTS, THE MORE RESTRICTIVE OF THE TWO REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE FOLLOWED. ,.- - • . _ __. _ �E mti..IDERNAIIDS CONSULTANT: COP ' IGHT ❑ T HI D a E NG IS AN INSTRUMENT OF VICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPDTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND GAN BE EXTENDED ONLY EY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPDTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. Issue Record: 10.19.07 Health Department 12.03.07 Building Department 12 -04 -07 Bid Set Revisions: Drawn: AKT Checked: SRT Project No. Contents: Date of Last Print 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST STATE OF WASHINGTON 070207 - FHA Accessibility Requirements October 19, 2007 A 002 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 802 02 PHONE: (3 03) 595 -4000 FAX: (3 03) 595-4014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM of -14 -05 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 1 6 `Lai PERMIT CENTER DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY 1.1 Contract Documents: A. B. 12 Scope of Work: 1.2 Submittals: 1.3 Requests For Information Contractor shall use the following Tenant provided documents in the negotiation and execution of the Work. Contact Tenant's office for copies of these documents: 1. Chipotle Instructions to Bidders. 2. Construction Contract for Chipotle Mexican Grill. Definitions: 1. The term "Owner" used in these documents refers to the building Owner /Landlord. 2. The term "Tenant" used in these documents refer to the restaurant Tenant, ChipotleMexican Grill, Inc. 3. The term "Contractor" used in these documents refers to the entity responsible for performing the Work under Construction Contract for Chipotle Mexican Grill. A. The Work shall include construction of the site and building facilities as shown and specified in these Specifications and Drawings. B. When required and necessary, the Tenant will provide a subsurface exploration report as an attachment the bidding documents. SECTION 01300 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 1.1 Coordination: A. Immediately inform the Architect of discrepancies between the information indicated in the Contract Documents and existing project conditions, and of discrepancies between information indicated on the architectural, structural, mechanical, plumbing and electrical documents. B. Upon completion of selective demolition work, field measure the property and confirm that the overall dimensions match dimensions indicated on the drawings. Immediately mg . m diately inform the Architect if discrepancies occur. C. Prior to fabrication and installation of new components, field verify all existing and new dimensions and installation conditions that may affect the Work. Do not scale the drawings to establish locations of items that are not located using dimensions. 1. All dimensions are to rough face of stud or centerline of structure, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Verify that all Subcontractors have reviewed and coordinated locations of their equipment and furnishings exposed to view with the architectural drawings. Review questions with the Architect. D. Coordinate new work indicated on the Contract Documents with new work that may be provided by the Owner and Tenant under separate contracts. E. Coordinate the work of Vendors, Contractors and Subcontractors providing fixtures, furniture and equipment identified as "by Tenant" in these drawings and specifications. 1. Notify the Tenant in timely fashion if any problems develop with the performance of these Vendors, Contractors or Subcontractors. F. Coordinate the scheduling, sequencing, and the work of all trades and Subcontractors to assure efficient and orderly sequences of installation of interdependent construction elements. G. Verify that the utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with the building utility services. Coordinate work of the various specification sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service such equipment. H. Coordinate the installation and physical space requirements of plumbing, mechanical and electrical work that are indicated diagrammatically on the drawings. Follow routing shown for piping, ducts and conduit as closely as practical. Install runs parallel with and perpendicular to the line of the building. Utilize spaces as efficiently as possible to maximize accessibility for other work installation and for maintenance and for repair. 1. Conceal piping, ducts and conduit within the construction, except as otherwise indicated. 2. Coordinate locations of registers, fixtures and outlets with finish elements. I. Coordinate completion and cleanup work of all trades and Subcontractors in preparation for Substantial Completion. J. To minimize disruption of Tenant's activities after Tenant occupancy of the property, coordinate access to the property with the Tenant's Construction Manager for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. A. When indicated on the drawings, submit shop drawings, product data and samples to the Architect for acceptance. Make submittals in time to allow ten days for review and return, unless material shortages or delivery schedule necessitate special handling. Provide submittals as follows: 1. Shop drawings: Submit five (5) copies of each sheet of shop drawings. 2. Product data: Submit five (5) copies of each type of product data. 3. Architect will retain three (3) copies of accepted shop drawings and product data and return two (2) copies to the Contractor for Contractor's use. 4. Samples: Submit three (3) sets each of physical samples, or three sets each of manufacturer's color and finish samples, or charts and color plates for acceptance immediately following approval of subcontractors furnishing the required materials. 5. Architect will retain two (2) sets of physical samples /color and finish samples /charts and color plates and return one (1) set to the Contractor for Contractor's use. A. In the event that the general contractor, or a subcontractor, at any tier, determines that some portion of the drawings, specifications, or other contract documents requires a clarification or interpretation by the architect, the general contractor shall submit a Request For Information in writing to the architect. Requests for Information may only be submitted by the general contractor and may only be submitted to the architect The general contractor shall clearly and concisely set forth the issue for which clarification or interpretation is sought and why a response is needed from the architect or the architect's consultants. In the Request for Information, the general contractor shall set forth an interpretation or understanding of the requirement along with an explanation of why such an understanding was reached. B. The architect will review all Requests for Information to determine whether they are Requests for Information within the meaning of this term. If the architect determines that the document is not a request for information, it will be returned to the general contractor, un- reviewed as to content, for re- submittal in the proper form and in the proper manner. Responses to Requests for Information shall be issued upon receipt, but no later that five (5) working days of receipt of the Request from the general contractor; unless the architect determines that a longer amount of time is necessary to provide an adequate response. If a longer amount of time is determined necessary by the architect, the architect will, within five (5) working days of receipt of the Request, notify the general contractor of the anticipated response time. If the general contractor submits a Request for Information on an activity with five (5) working days or less of float on the current project schedule the general contractor shall not be entitled to any time extension due to the time it takes the architect to respond to the Request provided that the architect responds within the parameters set forth above. C. Responses to Requests for Information from the architect will not change any requirements of the contract documents. In the event that the general contractor believes that a response to a Request For Information will cause a change to the requirements of the contract documents, the general contractor shall immediately give written notice to the architect and the tenant stating that the general contractor considers the response to be a Change Order. Failure to give such written notice immediately shall waive the general contractors (or any subcontractors) right to seek additional time or cost under the Administrative Requirements of these contract documents. -Y SECTION 01400 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1.1 Regulatory Requirements: A. Perform all work in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal building codes, plumbing codes, mechanical codes, electrical codes, ordinances and rules and regulations governing food service establishments. B. Comply with local, state and federal requirements governing accessibility. C. Obtain all required demolition and erosion control permits required by authorities having jurisdiction. 1.2 Quality Control: A. Maintain quality control over manufacturers, suppliers, products, services, site conditions and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. B. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and applicable trade standards. C. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and complying with specified requirements. 1. Request clarification from the Architect before proceeding, where manufacturer's instructions conflict with the Contract Documents, D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work, except when more stringent tolerances, codes or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of the specified quality. F. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed, sized and installed to withstand stress, vibration, physical distortion or disfigurement. 1.3 Testing: A. Employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform inspections, tests and other services when required. B. Include inspection and tests as indicated in the specification sections, drawings, and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Test concrete in accordance with Section 03300 and drawing requirements. 2. Test structural steel in accordance with Section 05110 and drawing requirements. SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.1 Provide temporary facilities and controls as shown and specified: A. Codes and Standards: Provide temporary construction facilities and controls complying with all applicable local, State and Federal local laws, regulations and codes and utility company requirements. B. Temporary Heating, Ventilating and Cooling: 1. Provide, pay for and maintain all temporary heating, ventilating and cooling equipment and facilities required during the progress of the work to protect materials, finished work, and equipment against damage from low and high temperatures and humidity. 2. Provide temporary heating, ventilating and cooling when the outside temperature and humidity is low /high enough to damage or affect in any way the performance or quality of material and product stored in the building, in any temporary storage area, or any material or product incorporated into the work. 3. Provide temporary heating, ventilating and cooling when the outside temperature and humidity is low /high enough to significantly slow or hamper effectiveness of workers and to provide suitable working conditions. C. Temporary Electrical Lighting and Power: 1. Provide, pay for and maintain all temporary electrical service for lighting and power required during the progress of the work. Include all necessary wiring, fuses, disconnect switches, safety devices, junction boxes, panels, ground fault protections, and transformer if required. Include cost for providing temporary electric generators in the Contract Sum, if temporary electric service is not available for use during progress of the work. 2. Temporary service and lighting and power items and installations shall conform to the requirements of the NFPA National Electric Code and OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970. D. Water: Provide, pay for and maintain all temporary water required during the progress of the work. Include all necessary storage tanks, piping, valves, fittings, hose and hose connections during construction and testing. E. Temporary Toilets: Provide, pay for and maintain temporary toilet facilities for use by the Contractor, Contractor's employees and all Subcontractors and Subcontractors' employees. Comply with all local requirements for installation, use and maintenance of temporary toilet facilities. F. Barriers and Enclosures: 1. Provide temporary construction barriers in accordance with project requirements. Exercise all necessary precautions to protect adjacent properties, outside project contact limits, during progress of the work. Take special precautions to avoid damage to existing overhead and underground utilities and services owned or operated by the Owner or by public or private utility companies. 2. Provide temporary weather -tight enclosures at exterior openings to provide acceptable working conditions and protection of materials and to allow for temporary heating, ventilating and cooling. G. Field Office, Telephone and Facsimile: 1. Provide and maintain a temporary field office at the project site during progress of the work. A designated area within the existing building will be available for use as a temporary field office. Verify area size and location with the Tenant. 2. Maintain copies of permits, approved shop drawings, specifications, addenda and record documents at field office. 3. Provide temporary telephone service and facsimile service to field office throughout progress of the work. H. Safety and Security 1. Provide and maintain all necessary safety provisions for protection and safety of the project work, workers and general public. 2. Provide and maintain operable fire extinguishing devices in well- marked, accessible locations throughout the project. Provide types, quantities and locations in compliance with governing codes and ordinances. 3. Provide all necessary security bafflers and enclosures to protect the work and Tenant's operations from unauthorized entry of persons, vandalism and theft. Provide doors, when required, with self - closing hardware and locks. Cleaning 1. During Construction: Provide an approved on site container for the use of all Contractors and Subcontractors for the collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish. Execute periodic cleaning to keep the work, the site and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris, resulting from construction operations. Remove crates and cartons in which materials, equipment, or fixtures are received to on -site containers daily. a. Maintain the property in a clean and orderly condition. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from the site on a daily basis and dispose of at legal disposal areas away from the site. 2. Dust Control: a. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums and other similar closed or remote spaces prior to covering or enclosing the space. b. Sweep and vacuum clean interior surfaces before start of surface finishing and painting. Continue cleaning on an as- needed basis until finishing and painting is completed. c. Cleaning operations shall be acceptable to the Tenant's Construction Manager. SECTION J1630 - SUBSTITUTIONS 1.1 General: 1.1 Preparation: 1.3 Cleaning 1.4 Starting and Adjusting: 1.5 Contract Closeout: A. Products, including materials, equipment and systems described in the Contract Documents establish the standards of required function, dimension, appearance, quality and performance of the Work. Base all bids on the "Standards" indicated. B. Requests by the Contractor for changes in products, manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, installers, and methods of construction required by the Contract Documents are considered requests for "substitutions:" Substitutions will be considered only under the following conditions: 1. The indicated "Standard" cannot be provided within the Contract Time 2. The indicated "Standard" cannot receive necessary approval by the governing authority. 3. A substantial advantage is offered the Owner, in terms of cost, time, energy conservation or other considerations of merit as determined by the Architect. C. Submit each request for substitution to the Architect. Identify the product, manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, installer or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each request. Identify related Specification Section and Drawing numbers. Provide documentation as directed by the Architect. D. Substitutions will not be considered when indicated on shop drawings or product data submittals without separate written request, when requested directly by subcontractor, manufacturer, fabricator, or supplier, or when acceptance will require substantial revision of the Contract Documents. E. Substitute products, manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, and installers shall not be used for the Project without Tenant and Architect's written acceptance. SECTION 01700 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS A. Protection of existing construction: Use all necessary care and appropriate means and methods to protect and prevent damage to existing construction and property not part of the Contract Work. Repair and refinish or replace construction and property damaged during construction work, at Contractor's expense. 1.2 Selective Demolition: Provide selective demolition as shown and specified. A. Preparation: 1. Coordinate work of this Section with work of various Contractors and Tenant's staff. 2. Maintain protected access at all times. 3. Erect and maintain weatherproof closures at exterior openings. 4. Erect and maintain dust -proof interior partitions to prevent spread of dust or fumes. 5. Erect and maintain barricades, enclosures, bracing, shoring, lights, warning signs and guards necessary for worker and public safety and protection of property. 6. Disconnect, remove and cap designated utility services. Identify and mark locations of disconnected and capped utilities at the project site and on Project Record Documents. 7. Notify and coordinate with the Tenant's Construction Manager and the building Owner for any demolition occurring outside the lease limit. 8. Coordinate hours of operation and construction access with the Tenant's Construction Manager and the building Owner. B. Selective Demolition 1. Remove existing construction to accommodate new construction as indicated. 2. Perform selective demolition in an orderly, systematic and careful manner with least possible disturbance to public and adjacent property. Use of explosives is prohibited. 3. Immediately remove from the site and legally dispose of demolished materials, except as indicated otherwise. Do not burn or bury materials on the project site. A. Final Cleaning: Perform final cleaning upon completion of project work. 1. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, tools, equipment and temporary construction facilities from the site. 2. Clean exterior grounds; remove stains, spills and foreign materials from paved areas, power wash and sweep clean. Rake clean landscaped surfaces of the grounds. 3. Remove temporary protection and labels not required to remain. 4. Clean all finished surfaces. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other foreign materials from exposed interior and exterior surfaces. a. Clean all plumbing, fire protection and electrical fixtures and equipment including ceiling area elevated ductwork and lighting fixtures. b. Clean permanent equipment filters and replace temporary disposable filters in mechanical units used during construction. c. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if mechanical units were operated without filters during construction. 5. Clean interior and exterior glazing and mirrors, polish transparent and glossy surfaces and clean floors with appropriate materials and equipment. 6. Remove waste, foreign material and debris from roofs, areaways and drainage systems. 7. Before Tenant occupancy, conduct an inspection, with the Tenant, of exposed interior and exterior surfaces at all work areas, to verify that the entire work is clean. A. Prior to Substantial Completion, coordinate the start -up, test and balance, placement in operation and adjustment all systems, controls and equipment to verify proper operation. All systems shall be complete and operating prior to final inspection. A. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit one operation and maintenance manual, bound in 8 -1/2" x 11" text pages, three D side ring capacity expansion binders with durable plastic covers. 1. Subdivide the binder contents internally with permanent dividers logically organized as described below. Provide tab titles clearly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs. 2. Provide a table of contents with each product or system description identified. 3. Provide a directory listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the project Architect/Engineer, Contractor, Subcontractors and major equipment suppliers. 4. Prepare operations and maintenance instructions arranged by system and subdivided by specification section. Identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of project Subcontractors and suppliers. For each category, identify the following: a. Significant design criteria. b. List of equipment. c. Parts list for each component. d. Operating instructions. e. Maintenance instructions for each equipment item and systems. f. Maintenance instructions for special finishes, including recommended cleaning methods and materials and special precautions for identifying detrimental agents. 5. Submit operations and maintenance data to the Tenant with final application for payment in accordance with Exhibit C of the Construction Contract. B. Record /As Built Documents: 1. Prepare and maintain on site one set of the following record /as built documents: a. Contract Documents. b. Construction Documents. c. d. e. Change orders and other modifications to the Contract. Shop drawings, product data, and samples. Construction schedule. 2. Store record /as built documents separate from documents used for construction. 3. Record actual revisions to the Work, concurrently with construction progress. 4. Legibly mark and record a description of actual products installed at each specification section, including the following: a. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. b. Approved product substitutions or alternates utilized. C. Changes made by addenda, change orders, and other modifications. 5. Legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including the following: a. Measured depths of foundations in relation to finish first main floor datum. b. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. c. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the work. d. Field changes of dimension and detail. e. Details not on original Contract Document drawings. 2.1 Materials: 3.1 Installation A. B. 2.1 Materials: 3.1 Installation 6. Submit record /as built documents to the Tenant with final application for payment in accordance with Exhibit C of the Construction Contract. C. Warranties and Bonds: 1. Compile warranties and bonds required by the Contract Documents. 2. Submit duplicate copies of warranties and bonds to the Tenant with final application for payment in accordance with Exhibit C of the Construction Contract. B. Maintenance Materials and Spare Parts: 1. Provide extra maintenance materials and spare parts in quantities indicated in the specification sections. 2. Place in location as directed by the Tenant's Construction Manager. DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION 1.1 General: Provide site construction work, including services, utilities, earthwork, paving and landscaping in accordance with the site construction work drawings and details. DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1.1 General: Provide cast -in -place concrete work in accordance with the General Structural Notes, structural drawing and details. Follow shell building documents for secifications, joints and geotech. A. Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to the following: 1. ACI 117 "Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." 2. ACI 301 "Structural Concrete for Buildings." 3. ACI 305R "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting." 4. ACI 306R "Recommended C 306 Practice for Cold Weather Concreting." 5. ACI 315 "Details and Detailing Concrete of Reinforcement." 6. ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." A. Under Slab Vapor Retarder Stego Industries LLC, 877- 464 -7834, Internet www.stegoindustries.com high density polyethylene Stego Wrap (10 mil) Vapor Barrier meeting or exceeding ASTM El 745 performance criteria for Class C vapor retarders. 1. Seam Tape: High density polyethylene tape with pressure sensitive adhesive. 2. Pipe boots: Shop or site fabricated from vapor retarder material and seam tape. B. Concrete: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I 2. Aggregate: ASTM C33. 3. Water: Clean and potable. 4. Reinforcement: When required, comply with drawings reinforcement requirements. 5. Compressive Strength: Minimum 3000 psi at 28 days. 6. Admixtures: All admixtures shall be approved by the Tenant's Construction Manager prior to placement in the concrete mix. C. Topping Concrete: When required to suit installation conditions, Dex -O -Tex Division of Crossfield Products Co., (310) 886 -9100, internet www. dexotex.com. 1. Dex -O -Tex "SLT -50 Cementitious Self - Leveling" polymer- modified, self - leveling, cementitious floor topping system. 2. Installation shall be performed by factory- trained professional applicators in strict accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. C. D. Finish: Except where additional floor finish is scheduled, provide a smooth steel trowel finish. 1. Exposed concrete used as a finish floor surface shall have a smooth finished surface, uniform in texture and appearance and free of trowel marks and other defects affecting ease of maintenance. 2. Grind smooth surface defects as directed by the Tenant's Construction Manager. E. Testing: When required, comply with drawings and specification sections testing requirements. F. Topping Concrete: Prepare concrete floor slab substrate surfaces, prime substrate surfaces, mix, install and finish topping concrete in accordance with manufacturers application instructions. SECTION 03365 - STAINED FINISH FOR CONCRETE FLOORS ftiuvnk-tr,t7m ed finish for n eeb a nd es Istma concrete floors as shown and soecified A. Concrete Stain: L. M. Scofield Company, (800) 800 -9900, "CS -2 Padre Brown Lithochrome Chems . ' • an acidic, A. Preparation: 1. Verify concrete substrates are dry and fr 2. Clean existing concrete floors by pre commercial detergent. Rinse and 3. Clean new and existing concrete fl s waxes, adhesives or water repellan • s 4. Vapor Retarder: Place, protect and repair vapor retarder sheets in accordance with ASTM E1643 and manufacturer's installation instructions. 1. Provide a single layer of vapor retarder material over level compacted slab base. 2. Lap joints and seams 6 inches and seal with seam tape. 3. Seal all penetrations and repair damaged areas before concrete placement. Reinforcement Place and inspect all reinforcing steel before concrete is placed. Concrete Placement: 1. Place cast -in -place concrete in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 305R and 306R recommended practices for hot weather and cold weatner concreting. Do not place concrete when temperature is below 40 degrees F. 2. Wet cure concrete in accordance with ACI 301, using moist curing or moisture - retaining covers water -based solution of metallic salts complying with all applicable air quality management re surface residue. a. Equipment: "Bla units with s and p ou terials th tions. ould interfere with stain penetration. crubbing with rotary floor machine and suitable I floor surface residue. ith liquid curing materials, sealers, hardeners, paints, sive cleaning. Rinse and wet vacuum to remove all floor ' by Whator Corp., 8001544 -4144, or approved equal electric powered portable ntained dust collection system. Provide unit size and shot media suitable for conditions sed stain finish materials as approved by the Tenant's Construction Manager. m penetration tests recommended by the stain manufacturer before initial stain application. B. ' aplication: Apply chemical stain in strict accordance with the stain manufacturers Application Instructions. Apply two coats of stain full strength and undiluted at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate. CONSULTANT: HT 2007 I AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN RE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 8 02 02 PHoNE: (3 031 595 -4000 FAx: (303) 59S -4 014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 Revisions: Drawn: AKT Checked: SRT Project No. 070207 - FHA Contents: Specifications Date of' Last Print: October 19, 2007 A 010 I- U w I- 0 co ¢ II - V) - x w CO < CO N O • wooin D-' : la O] < = �ro e r7QNN < - :OO =ro .4]:t :t REGISTERED ARCiiiTECT HARLAN R. FAUST ' SIF•A. OF WASHIN.C1[ p d g r 11F 'P Health Department Building Department Bid Set RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWItA JAN 16 ZG PERMIT CENTER SECTION 03395 - CONCRETE SEALING AND POLISHING 1.1 General: Provide a sealed and polished concrete floor finish as shown and specified. 2.1 Materials 3.1 Installation 2.1 Materials: 3.1 Installation: 1.1 C. Submittals: Provide the following: 1. Manufacturer's product data, specifications and installation instructions. Include Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) and identify application requirements, curing time and safety requirements. 2. Certified test reports, prepared by an independent testing laboratory, confirming compliance with performance criteria. 3. Manufacturer's certification that installer is a certified applicator of special concrete floor finishes, and familiar with manufacturers installation procedures and requirements for the specified sealed and polished concrete floor finish. 4. Manufacturer's and installer's written acceptance of substrate surface and installation conditions. B. Quality Assurance: 1. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer, approved by the floor finish manufacturer, with not less than three years successful experience installing sealed and polished floor finishes similar to those required for this project. a. During floor finish application, the work shall be inspected by the floor finish manufacturer's representative. 2. Protection: Contractor shall provide all necessary materials, means, methods and procedures acceptable to the floor finish manufacturer and required to protect the concrete floor surface and provide a suitable substrate for the installation of the specified sealed and polished concrete floor finish. C. Project Conditions: 1. Comply with the floor finish manufacturer's environmental limitations for substrate temperature and moisture content, ambient temperature, and humidity, ventilation and other conditions affecting the special floor finish performance. 2. Concrete shall be cured a minimum of 45 days or as directed by the floor finish manufacturer before application of the floor. 3. Before general sealer /hardener application, prepare and coat a jobsite test area of size acceptable to the Architect, to verify and approve proper surface preparation, application techniques and coverage rate. 4. Close finished floor areas to traffic during floor finish application and after application for time period directed by the floor finish manufacturer. A. Concrete Floor Sealer: Advanced Floor Products, Inc., 801/812 -3420, internet www.retroplatesystem.com, "Retro -Plate 99" a water -based sodium silicate, concrete hardening /sealing agent; that is a chemical reactive concrete stabilizer which enhances the density and hardness of concrete, and complies with the manufacturer's published performance criteria for abrasion resistance, hardness, weathering, light reflectivity and skidability. A. Preparation: Comply with Section 03300 and Section 03365 "Preparation" requirements and the following: 1. Verify concrete substrates are sound, dry and free of contaminants that would interfere with sealer /hardener penetration. 2. Provide all necessary surface preparation in accordance with the floor finish manufacturer's surface preparation and application instructions. 3. Correct unsatisfactory conditions before starting floor finish work. Concrete floor substrate surface conditions shall comply with manufacturer's requirements and be acceptable to the manufacturer and installer. Submit written documentation of manufacturer's and installer's acceptance of substrate and installation conditions before starting work. B. Floor sealer /hardener application: Apply floor sealer /hardener in strict accordance with the floor finish manufacturer's application instructions and recommended coverage rate, verified at project site. C. Floor finish: Diamond grind and polish the sealed /hardened concrete floor surface to provide the following floor finish: 1. Provide a Level 2 (800 grit) hard -shell medium sheen finish for all exposed concrete floor surfaces. DIVISION 4 - MASONRY - NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 5 - METALS SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL 1.1 General: Provide structural steel in accordance with the General Structural Notes and structural drawings and details. A. Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to following: 1. AISC "Specification for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings." 2. AISC "Code of Standard Practice." 3. AWS "Structural Welding Code, D1.1- Steel." A. Materials compliance: When requested, submit acceptable data documenting materials compliance for each type of material required. B. Structural Shapes: ASTM A36/A36M, 36 ksi steel. C. Tubular Steel: ASTM A500, 46 ksi yield strength steel, cold- formed welded and seamless. D. Structural pipe: ASTM A53, type and grade selected by the fabricator as required for design loading, standard finish, standard weight (Schedule 40) except as otherwise indicated. E. Grout: ASTM C1107, pre - mixed, shrinkage resistant, non - metallic, non - corrosive, non - staining grout. F. Shop paint primer: SSPC Paint 2. G. Fabrication: Fabricate structural steel in accordance with AISC "Specification - Structural Steel for Buildings" and "Code of Standard Practice." Provide welded or bolted connections in accordance with the Structural Drawings connection requirements. 1. Welding: Conform to AWS welding standards, Provide only continuous welds, spot welding is not acceptable. Grind all exposed welds smooth. 2. Splicing: Material, if spliced, shall have maximum one splice per structural member. Perform splicing by full penetration butt- welding using AWS qualified welders and welding methods. 3. Shop painting: Shop paint structural metal members, except members or portions of members to be embedded in concrete or masonry, surfaces and edges to be field welded and galvanized surfaces. A. B. A. Erection: Erect structural steel in accordance with AISC "Specification - Structural Steel for Buildings" and "Code of Standard Practice" 1. Plumb, level and align base plates for structural members with steel shims. 2. Grout structural steel base plates solid that bear on concrete or masonry surfaces. Testing: When required, comply with drawings testing requirements. SECTION 05400 - COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING General: Provide cold- formed metal framing in accordance with the General Structural Notes and structural drawings and details. Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to following: 1. AISI SG02.2 -01 "Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members." 2. AWS "Structural Welding Codes, D1.3 -Sheet Steel." 2.1 Materials: A. Materials compliance: When requested, submit acceptable data documenting materials compliance for each type of material required. B. Load - Bearing Cold- Formed Metal Framing: ASTM A1003, Gage, Grade and Type indicated. 1. Components: Provide sizes and shapes indicated. 2. Finish: Galvanized complying with ASTM A653, minimum G60 coating. C. Fabrication: 1. Cold- formed metal framing may be prefabricated into panels before erection. Fabricate panels plumb, square, true to line and braced against racking with joints welded. a. Provide one -piece full - length cold- formed metal framing members. Splicing not permitted. D. Installation: A. Erection: Erect cold- formed metal framing members of gage and at spacing indicated on the Structural Drawings. Align and secure studs to top and bottom runner tracks by welding or screw fasteners at both inside and outside flanges. SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS 2.1 Materials I. Shop paint primer: SSPC Paint 2. A. B. C. 2. Attach and join other components by welding or screw fasteners, as indicated. Wire tying of framing components is not permitted. 3. Cut framing to fit squarely for attachment to perpendicular members or as required for angular fit against abutting members. Hold members securely in position until properly fastened. 4. Saw cut field cut framing. Torch cutting not acceptable. 1.1 General: Provide metal fabrications as shown and specified. A. Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of patio railing systems. 1. Show thickness, size, construction and manner of assembling various members, joint locations and railing layout. 2. Show true profiles, connections and relationship to adjoining work and methods of anchoring. A. Materials compliance: When requested, submit acceptable data documenting materials compliance for each type of material required. B. Steel Shapes: ASTM A36/A36M, 36 ksi steel. C. Galvanized Corrugated Steel Siding: "Strong Barn" corrugated barn siding, 29 gage, ASTM 568, cold - rolled, full -hard high tensile strength galvanized steel, #39754, 1-1/4" corrugated x 26" width, supplied by millwork supplier in appropriate lengths. D. Galvanized Steel Sheet: 1. Interior: 20 gage, ASTM A653/A653M hot -dip galvanized steel, G60 coating. 2. Exterior: 18 gage, ASTM A653/A653M hot -dip galvanized steel, G60 coating. E. Stainless Steel: 1. Wall: 18 gage, ASTM A167, AISI Type 304 stainless steel, No. 4 finish. F. Diamond Plate: Nominal 1/8" thick ASTM B209, Alloy 6061 -T6, Aluminum Diamond Tread Plate. 1. Wall: Bright reflective finish. 2. Floor: Mil finish. G. Patio Railing System: Refer to sheet A001 Responsibility Matrix for Vendor listing and contact. 1. Pipe: ASTM A53, type and grade selected by the fabricator as required for design loading, standard finish, standard weight. 2. Wire Mesh: Woven wire mesh, plain weave, 0.120 gage, 1/2" x 1/2" opening, pregalvanized finish. 3. Angle frames: ASTM A36, galvanized finish. 4. Exposed fasteners: 3/8" all thread, 3/8" washer and 3/8" hexagon domed nut, chrome finish. 5. Gate stops and hinges, miscellaneous plates, angles: Steel, finish indicated. 6. Grout: ASTM C1107, pre - mixed, shrinkage resistant, non - metallic, non- corrosive, non- staining grout. H. Exposed Fasteners: 1. Corten and Galvanized: #8 x 5/8" galvanized steel with black neoprene washer. 2. Diamond Plate: #8 x 1" bevel headed stainless steel screw. 3.1 Installation: Comply with the Architectural Drawing details and the following: Corrugated Siding: Install corrugated siding panels with exposed fasteners; panel seams facing away from traffic flow and panel face labeled "Strong Barn" unexposed and facing the wall. Galvanized Steel: Install galvanized steel panels with exposed fasteners. Exposed Fasteners: 1. Corrugated Siding: Provide uniform 8" vertical and 7 -3/8" horizontal pattern. All screws shall be in the "Valley ". Screws shall commence approximately 3" form the side and 3" from the bottom edge of the wainscot. Exposed fasteners shall remain unpainted in natural factory supplied finish. 2. Flat Metal Panels: Provide uniform 8" by 8" vertical and horizontal patternunless otherwise noted. Exposed fasteners shall remain unpainted in natural factory supplied finish. 3. Diamond Plate: Provide counter sunk fasteners at perimeter of panels at 2' -0" on center maximum as well as fully adhering to surface. D. Stainless Steel: 1. Wall: a. Clean stainless steel panel with mineral spirits. b. Install stainless steel panels with Henry 117 oil based adheisive applied to wall with 1/8" notch tooth trowel. c. Trim seams as indicated on the Drawings. No exposed fasteners. E. Diamond Plate: 1. Wall: Mount over plywood substrate w/ flush exposed fasteners. 2. Floor: Provide continuous bead of silicone sealant to back side perimeter of plate prior to installation. 3. Mount with exposed fasteners. Provide continuous bead of silicone sealant to perimeter of plate after installation. F. Patio Railing System: 1. Assemble and install patio railing system in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and approved shop drawings. 2. Adjust railings before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints. Space posts at spacing indicated. Plumb posts in each direction, 3. Anchor posts in concrete by means of core drilled holes and grout unless otherwise noted. Provide either base plate or anchorage of end posts. G. Hand - inspect all joints and edges of installed metal materials. Unless otherwise indicated, fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints. Grind and ease exposed joints, and edges smooth and free of burrs. DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY 1,1 General: Provide rough carpentry work as shown and specified. 2.1 Materials: 2.2 Wood Treatment: C. 3.1 Installation: A. 2.1 Materials: A. B. 3.1 Installation A. Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to following: 1. NIST PS -1 -95 "Construction and Industrial Plywood." 2. NIST PS -2 -95 "Performance Standards for Wood :Based Structural -Use Panels." 3. NIST PS -20 -99 "American Softwood Lumber Standard." 4. NF &PA NDS -97 "Wood Construction and Supplement." 5. AWPA "Wood Treatment Standards." A. Lumber: Factory grade- marked, dressed, seasoned dimension lumber, 54S, air - dried, maximum 19% moisture content complying with PS -20, dimensions indicated. 1. Blocking, nailers and similar members: Standard Grade Western Dimension Lumber or Southern Pine species. a. Provide preservative treated lumber, where indicated. B. Plywood: Factory grade- marked, complying with PS -1, square edge, 5/8" thick. 1. APA -RATED SHEATHING EXPI. a. Provide Exterior Grade (EXT) plywood, where indicated. b. Provide fire- retardant treated plywood, where required by Building Code. C. Oriented Strand Board (OSB): Factory grade- marked, complying with PS -2, square edge, 5/8" thick. A. Preservative Treatment: Comply with applicable requirements of AWPA Standards C2 (Lumber). 1. Pressure preservative treat lumber with water -borne preservatives, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to a minimum retention of 0.25 pcf. 2. Treat wood blocking, nailers and similar members in connection with roofing and flashing. 3. Treat wood plates, blocking, furring and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. B. Fire - Retardant Treatment: Comply with applicable requirements of AWPA Standards C27 (Plywood). Identify "fire- retardant - treated plywood" with appropriate UL classification marking. 1. Treated materials shall meet "Interior Type A" FR -S ratings of not more than 25 for flame spread, smoke developed and fuel contributed when tested in accordance with UL 723 or ASTM E84, with no increase in flame spread and evidence of significant progressive combustion upon continuation of test for additional 30 minutes. B. C. Kiln -dry all treated lumber and plywood materials after treatment to maximum 15% moisture content. Lumber: Provide wood blocking, nailers and similar members where shown and where required for attachment of other work and surface applied items. Attach to substrate as required to support applied loading. 1. Use only sound, seasoned materials of longest practical lengths and sizes to minimize joints. 2. Use materials free of warp. Make tight connections between members. B. Oriented Strand Board: Provide continuous OSB backing at all corrugated siding wainscoting and full height locations. SECTION 06210 - FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK 1.1 General: Provide finish carpentry and millwork as shown and specified. A. Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to the following: 1. AWI "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards - 1999." Doors and door hardware: Install all wood doors, door hardware and wood windows furnished under Division 8 specification Sections. Submit shop drawings for designated millwork. 1. Include complete details, materials lists and drawings showing fabrication of typical units, unit assemblies, locations and installation details. 2. List proposed cabinet hardware to suit indicated unit use or function. 3. Identify materials required to complete work ready for installation. 4. Obtain shop drawing approval before starting fabrication. Wood Trim: AWI Section 100, Grade II, plain sawn Select rotary cut White Birch, 3/4" thick by dimensions indicated. Plywood: AWI Section 200 1. Concealed use substrates: D -3 Paint Grade hardwood plywood, with aspen veneer core, 3/4" thick. 2. Exposed to view finishes: Al Grade, plain sliced, Select White Birch hardwood plywood, with aspen veneer core; 3/4" thick. Provide cabinet quality plywood with face veneer free of repairs and core free of voids. C. Millwork: Materials and construction as detailed on the Drawings. D. Fabrication: 1. Millwork design and fabrication details shown on the drawings indicate design intent. Unless otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard fabrication methods. Indicate all proposed variations from the drawing design and fabrication details on shop drawings. 2. Fabricate millwork in accordance with AWI "Custom Grade" requirements. Where details are not shown, comply with applicable Quality Standards or with alternate details acceptable to Architect as fabricator's option. a. All shop joints made with standard construction adhesive glued under pressure. 3. Fabricate finished work properly framed, closely fit and accurately set to required lines and levels and rigidly secured in place. 4. Fabricate work straight, plumb, level and in true alignment; neatly and accurately fit, scribed and thoroughly secured. Plane and sand miters and other joints. Ease all square edges. Provide millwork clean and free from warp, twist, open joints and other defects. 5. Provide finished woodwork dressed and sanded free from machine and tool marks, abrasions, raised grain or other defects on surfaces exposed to view in finished work. E. Finish: Provide all wood trim and exposed to view plywood shop finished with three coats of Sikkens clear interior urethane finish. Provide surface preparation, materials and application conforming to Section 09900 - Paints and Coatings requirements. A. Install finish carpentry and millwork products plumb, level, true and straight with no distortion. Shim as required using concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8" in 8' -0" for plumb and level (including countertops) and with 1/16" maximum offset in flush adjoining surfaces, 1/8" maximum offsets in revealed adjoining surfaces. 1. Scribe and cut finish carpentry and millwork products to fit adjoining work. 2. Anchor finish carpentry and millwork items to built -in place blocking, furnished under Section 06100, or directly attach to substrate framing. Secure to grounds, blocking and nailers with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a complete installation Use finish nails for exposed nailing, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish where clear finish is indicated. 3. Touch -up shop finished wood trim and plywood materials marred or damaged during delivery, storage and installation with Sikkens clear interior urethane finish. B. Install standing and running trim with minimum number of joints. Use full - length pieces, from maximum length of lumber available. Spliced trim less than 3' -0" is not acceptable. Stagger joints in adjacent and related members. Cope at returns, miter at corners and comply with Quality Standards for joinery. Butt joints, except as detailed, are not acceptable. C. Install casework without distortion so that doors and drawers will fit openings properly and be accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. D. Install plastic laminate countertops, shelving and trim. Provide work level, true to alignment, accurately fit to wall conditions and securely fastened to base units and other support systems as indicated. SECTION 06605 - FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS 1.1 General: Provide fiberglass reinforced plastic panels as shown and specified. 2.1 Materials: A. Manufacturer: Marlite, (330) 343 -6621, internet www.marlite.com. 3.1 Installation DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07240 1.1 General: Provide the exterior insulation and finish system (EIFS) as shown and specified. 2.1 Materials A. B. C. D. E. 3.1 Mixing A. 4.1 Installation B. Panel System: Marlite "Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester (FRP) Panels ", 3/32" thick, 48" wide x full height required. White color, pebbled high gloss surface texture. USDA approved for incidental food contact. 1. Panel trim: Extruded PVC, color matching panel color. Provide 1 -1/2" x 1 -1/2" outside and inside corners, edge trim, and division moldings as required to complete the installation. 2. Sealant: Marlite "Silicone Sealant ", white gunnable silicone sealant. 3. Panel adhesive: Marlite "C -551" water -based construction adhesive for panel application over porous surfaces. 4. The flame spread rating of the panels shall not exceed 200 and the smoke developed rating shall not exceed 450. A. Install the FRP system products using panel adhesive in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 1. Install panels plumb, level, true and straight with no distortion; providing a continuous bead of silicone sealant in each joint and trim groove and between trim and adjacent construction. 2. Provide corner trim, closure trim at intersections of dissimilar materials and moldings at abutting panels. EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINIS! I CYETEM (Pn) A. Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to the following: 1. EIMA (EIFS Industry Members Association) Standards and Publications. a. 101.01, 101.02, 101.03, 101.86, 105.01, 200,02. b. EIMA "Guideline Specification for Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) Insulation board." B, Quality Assurance: 1. System components: a. Produced by a single manufacturer or by manufacturers approved by the EIFS system manuf b. Fire performance: Flame spread of 25 or less, smoke developed of 450 or less when tested with ASTM E84. 2. Installer Qualifications: Performed by the system manufacturer or an applicator trained and ap oved by the system manufacturer. During application, the work shall be inspected by system manufactur s representative. C. Environmental conditions: Comply with manufacturer's requirements. Do not install materials dud g wet or freezing weather. Manufacturer: STO Corp., (800) 221 -2397, internet www.stocorp.com Exterior insulation and finish system: Sto Class PB "Essence NExt" EIFS, 1. Air /Moisture barrier: Ste Guard system. a. Sto Gold Fill Joint compound for rough opening protection, sheathi : joints and inside and outside corners. b. Sto Guard Mesh: Coated glass fiber fabric reinforcing mesh, c. Ste Gold coat: Waterproof coating for wall sheathing. 2. Primer /adhesive and base coat: Sto Primer /Adhesive -B, one- compo'ent, polymer modified, cement -based factory blended primer /adhesive used to attach insulation board to preparer, sheathing substrates and as a base coat in Essence claddings. 3. Insulation board: ASTM C578 Type 1, nominal 1.0 lb /ft' expand d polystyrene meeting EIMA Guideline specifications for EPS insulation board. 4. Finish coating: Sto Essence DPR, ready -mixed 100% acryli a. Medium /Fine Sand Finish. b. Color as indicated on the Architectural drawings f manufacturer's full color range. 5. System warranty: 10 year labor and material. Portland cement: ASTM C150, Type I or II, white or gray it color. Water: Clean, potable and free of foreign matter. Reinforcing mesh: Ste open -weave glass fiber fabri 1. Standard mesh: Sto Mesh, nomin 4.5 oz/ 2. Ultra -High impact mesh: Sm A 3, Specialty mesh: a. Sto Detail Mesh, no rr>j b. Sto Corner Mat, no Accessories: Provide plastic sto acceptable to EIFS manufactur 1, Starter Track: Rigid P C requirements. 1. Adhesion: Evaluated in accor• .nce with ASTM C1382. 2. Color: Matching EIFS finish ased, textured wall coating. ith alkaline resistant coating. d fabric. 5 oz/yd ultra -high impact fabric. e, symmetrical, interlaced glass fiber fabric. creased, heavy -duty, glass fiber fabric. F. Joint sealants: Polyurethane base elastor en'i sealant complying with ASTM C920 and Section 07900 dating color, and visually acceptable to the Architect. turer. accordance and trim where indicated. Materials shall be compatible with EIFS materials and plastic track with weepholes and drip edge. Mix materials in accord nce with manufacturer's published instructions. 1. Mix with a cle• , rust -free high speed mixer to a uniform consistency, 2. No rapid bin ' er, anti - freeze or accelerator additives permitted. A. Preparation: 1. Cooriinate installation of roofing membrane, windows, doors and other wall penetrations to provide a co mucus exterior wall air /moisture barrier. 2. C ordinate installation of windows, doors and window and door flashing to provide a continuous exterior wall it /moisture barrier. 3. Install copings and joint sealants immediately after installation of the EIFS, when EIFS coatings are dry. B. In allation: Install Sto Guard air /moisture barrier system and exterior insulation and finish system (EIFS) in strict cordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, complying with governing regulations and industry standards pplicable to the work. 1. Backwrap exposed board edges with mesh. 2. Provide double wrap or corner mat reinforcing at all inside and outside corners. 3 Provide expansion joints in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for type of substrates and systems required, and visually acceptable to the Architect. 4. Provide drainable starter track horizontal edge trim as base of wall, above windows and doors openings and beneath windows with concealed flashing. C. Insulation and adhesive application: 1. Install insulation board with long edge horizontal using running bond pattern. Off set insulation joints with substrate joints. Stagger joints and interlock joints at corners. 2. Apply adhesive to insulation board with a stainless steel trowel notched trowel, providing vertical uniform ribbons of adhesive when board is installed. Mount insulation board on substrate. Level, align and tamp insulation in place. Provide uniform contact and bond with joints tightly butted. Rasp edges and high areas as required to produce a level, plane surface. D. Base coat and reinforcing mesh application: 1. Apply detail mesh at corners of windows, doors, and all penetrations through the EIFS. 2. Standard mesh: Apply base coat over insulation board to a uniform 1/8 inch thickness, including high impact mesh where indicated. Embed standard reinforcing mesh into wet adhesive, lap edges at seams. Smooth surface until mesh ic not visible. Allow to hasp Goat to dry, CONSULTANT: 41162 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST STA OF WAS INGT Pt 1 t71- 14"- R HT ❑ ❑7 S D G IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN HE EXTENDED ONLY EY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 8 02 02 PHONE: (3 03) S95 -4 000 FAX: (3 03) 595-4 014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPDTLE.CDM Issue Record: 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 Revisions: Drawn: AKT Checked: SRT Project No. 070207 - FHA Contents: Specifications Date of Last Print: October 19, 2007 Health Department Building Department Bid Set RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 1 6'L.3 PEHMIT CENTER A 011 SECTION 07512 - ROOFING SYSTEM REPAIR 1.1 General: When penetration of the existing roofing system is required to accommodate new construction, perform necessary roofing system repair. 2.1 Materials: 3.1 Installation: 2.1 Materials: 3.1 Installation: 3.1 Installation: Ul4FE t ti l. bozo , uniform 1/ I, th i c l..,.. Ig ae, �cc,.: pa,, ;.cat over incu ation board to a uni, mss. f- 41.ff ultra -high impact reinforcing mesh into wet adhesive, butt edges at seams. Smooth surface until m visible. Allow to base coat to dry. Loca e perimeter of the rear service and as indicated on Architectural dr E. Apply finish coating continuously in one "_ .`'. io tttiII surface Provide a uniform finished appearance. Level and texture to the nnish to above grade nstall joint sealants at perimeter joints and jo�tl s within the system using elastomeric joint sealants, in accordance with draw!rg details and coa!ant manufac,.uror's roccmmondations, A. Coordination: Before starting work, verify with the Tenant's Construction Manager and the Owner the following: 1. Existing roof system materials and installation methods. 2. Repair work responsibilities and warranty requirements. To maintain original warranty, where provided use original roof contractor. B. Qualifications: Repair work shall be performed only by an experienced roofing installer approved or licensed by the existing roofing system materials manufacturer; with not less than five years of successful experience installing and repairing roofing systems similar to this projects existing roofing system. A. Provide and install only materials approved and recommended by the roofing manufacturer for repairing the existing roofing system. A. Preparation: Inspect roof surface conditions with roof manufacturer's representative to verify extent and location of any other repairs required to ensure a watertight roofing system upon completion of the repair work. B. Make necessary repairs. Match existing roof slope, insulation materials and roofing membrane materials, except as otherwise approved by the existing roofing system manufacturer to accommodate new construction and repair work. C. Install curb flashing furnished by mechanical and electrical trades for new roof top equipment. SECTION n7720 ROOF SCUTTLE & LAD ER SAFETY POST 1.1 General: Provide roof scuttle and safety post as shown & specified. A. Coordination: Before starling work, verify with the Tenant's Construction Manager and the Owner the •wing: 1. Verify that other trades with related work are complete before installing roof scuttle(s). 2. Mounting surfaces shall be straight and secure; substrates shall be of proper w 3. Refer to the construction documents, shop drawings, and manufacturer' • - allation instructions. 4. Coordinate installation with roof membrane a f insulation m •. acturer's instructions before starting. A. Manufacturer: The Bilco Company, (203) 93 1. Roof Scuttle: Type S -50 metal scuttle shall be single le- d come aluminum. ilco.com. th x 2' -6" length (length denotes hinge side). The roof led from the manufacturer. Factory finish shall be mill finish 2. Safety Po : + ode/ 4 ladder safety post. The ladder safety post shall come pre - assembled from the mar _ . cturer. Factory finish shall be mill finish aluminum. Verify that roof scuttle & ladder safety post installation will not disrupt other trades. Verify that the substrate is dry, SECTION 07900 - JOINT SEALERS 1.1 General: Provide joint sealers as shown and specified. A. Standards: Comply with ASTM C 920 requirements. B. Application: Performed by skilled, experienced joint sealant applicators. 2.1 Materials: A. Polyurethane sealants: Sika Corporation, (800) 933 -7452, Internet www.sikaUSA.com, "Sikaflex 2c NS /SL" two- component polyurethane- based, elastomeric sealant. B. Silicone sealants: Dow Corning Corp. (800) 634 -9660, Internet www.dowcoming.com. 1. "732 Multi- Purpose" one - component silicone RTV, non - slumping sealant. 2. "791 Silicone Perimeter Sealant" one - component, silicone -based elastomeric sealant. 3. "795 Silicone Building Sealant" one - component, silicone -based elastomeric sealant. 4. 786 Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant ", one - component fungicidal silicone based sealant. C. Firestopping sealants: 3M Fire Protection Products, (800) 328 -1687, internet www.3M.com /firstop, "3M Fire Barrier CP 25WB+ Caulk" or an approved equal one - component, intumescent latex/water -based caulk. D. Joint backing: Non - absorptive, non - staining compressible foam rod stock recommended by sealant manufacturer, compatible with joint sealant, oversized 30 %. A. Preparation: Clean and prepare joints immediately before installing joint sealers: 1. Install joint sealant backer rod, when recommended by sealant manufacturer for application indicated. B. Installation: Install joint sealant materials in strict accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. 1. Apply joint sealants in uniform, continuous ribbons without gaps or air pockets. Hand tool and finish all joints. 2. Install joint sealants to depths recommended by sealant manufacturer. C. Interior Schedule: 1. Provide sealant color matching adjacent surfaces, unless noted otherwise. a. Apply a continuous bead of white silicone sealant at perimeter of all plumbing fixtures and plumbing penetrations. b. Apply a continuous bead of clear silicone sealant at the following locations: 1.) Wall panels and base in kitchen. 2.) Joint of FRP and stainless steel wall panels. 3.) FRP and stainless steel kitchen equipment. 4.) FRP to Quarry tile. 5.) Galvanized base to concrete floor. 2. Silicone sealants: Locations and colors as scheduled. a. 732 Multipurpose Sealant: 1.) Hood to Stainless and Chefs Table to Stainless: Aluminum. 2.) Galvanized to Drywall; FRP to FRP & Grid; FRP to Drywall end White Painted Walls to Wood Cap: White. On Red painted walls: Clear b. 791 Perimeter Sealant: 1.) FRP to Quarry Tile: Clear. 2.) Stainless to Quarry Tile: Clear. G. 795 Building Sealant: 1.) Restroom Lavatories to Stainless and Galvanized to Galvanized: Aluminum. 2.) Corrugated Siding to Wood: Silver. d. 786 Mildew Resistant Sealant: 1.) Three (3)- Compartment Sink to FRP: Clear. 2.) Toilet to Quarry Tile: White. 3. Firestopping sealants: Penetrations and perimeter joints of fire- resistant rated walls. Paintable. D. Exterior Schedule: 1. Polyurethane sealants: Sidewalks, Slab to Sidewalks, Base and Concrete. Provide sealant color matching adjacent surfaces. 2. Silicone sealants: Windows to Frame; 791 Perimeter Sealant. Clear. DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 1.1 General: Provide steel doors and frames as shown and specified. A. Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to the following: 1. ANSI A250.8 -1998 "Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 2. ANSI A250.11 -01 "Erection Instructions for Steel Frames." 3. SDI 122 -99 " Installation for Standard Steel doors and Frames. B. Manufacturer: A member of the Steel Door Institute (SDI). 2.1 Materials: A. Steel Doors: 1. Interior: Heavy -duty Level 2, physical performance B, Model 2 seamless construction, ASTM A1008, 18 gage cold - rolled steel face sheets, manufacturer's standard core. 2. Exterior: Extra heavy -duty Level 3, physical performance A, Model 2 seamless construction, ASTM A1008, 16 gage cold - rolled steel face sheets; tops and bottoms closed with flush galvanized steel caps, manufacturer's standard plastic foam insulating core. B. Steel Frames: ASTM A1008, 16 gage cold - rolled steel. 1. Provide combination buck, jamb and trim type frames for 1 -3/4" thick doors, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Interior and exterior frames: Set -up welded type with mitered corners, reinforced, fully seam welded with exposed welds ground smooth. C. Door and frame fabrication: 1. Provide cutouts for mortised hardware, accurately located and made to fit hardware. Provide closer reinforcement for all doors with surface mounted door closers. 2. Punch frames and factory install rubber door silencers. 3. Provide minimum three anchors of suitable design for each jamb. 4. Provide floor clip on bottom of each jamb. Provide angle spreaders at bottom of each set -up frame. D. Shop painting: Clean and paint exposed surfaces of steel door and frame units. Apply one baked -on shop coat of rust- inhibitive prime paint in accordance with ANSI A250.10. Provide a uniformly finished surface ready to receive finish paint. 3.1 Installation: A. Install frames plumb, level, rigid, and in true alignment as recommended in ANSI A250.11. B. Install doors plumb and in true alignment and fastened to achieve the maximum operational effectiveness and appearance as recommended in SDI 122. SECTION 08215 - WOOD DOORS AND WINDOWS 1.1 General: Provide wood doors and windows as shown and specified. 2.1 Materials: A. B. C. 3.1 Installation A. A. Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to the following: 1. ANSI/WDMA I.S.1 -A -97 "Architectural Wood Flush Doors." 2. WDMA I.S. 6A -99 "Architectural Stile and Rail Doors." B. Manufacturer: A member of the Window & Door Manufacturers Association (WDMA). C. Door and Window Warranty: 1. Submit written warranty, signed by manufacturer, installer and Contractor, agreeing to replace doors and windows defective in materials and workmanship for five years after date of acceptance. 2. Remove and replace defective doors and windows, including furnishing, installing and finishing new doors and windows, without cost to the Tenant during warranty period. Interior Flush Wood Doors: Flush 5 -ply, solid particle board core, APC -5, doors with Plain Sliced White Birch hardwood veneer by Haley Brothers, Inc. (800) 854 -5951. Fabrication: 1. Interior flush wood doors: Fabricate flush doors in accordance with ANSI/WDMA I.S. 1-A Custom Grade" requirements, Type I waterproof adhesive. 2. Factory pre -fit doors and windows to fit frame opening sizes indicated with uniform clearances and pre- machine doors for hardware. Comply with final hardware schedule, doorframe shop drawings and hardware templates. 3. Factory glaze doors and windows with 3/4" thick clear tempered insulating glass complying with Section 08800 requirements. Finish: Provide all interior wood doors shop finished w/ 3 coats of clear polyurethane. Provide surface preparation, materials and application conforming to Section 09900 - Paints and Coatings requirements. Provided under Section 06210 - Finish Carpentry and Millwork. 1. Install wood doors and windows in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. a. Install interior wood doors in metal frames. b. Provide doors and windows securely anchored into position. Adjust wood doors to provide uniform clearance and to contact stops uniformly. Remove and replace doors and windows that are warped, bowed or otherwise damaged and cannot be properly fit to the opening. SECTION 08415 - ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 2.1 Materials: 1.1 General: Provide aluminum entrances and storefronts as shown and specified. A. Standards: Materials and construction shall conform to the following: 1. AAMA SFM -1 -87 "Aluminum Storefront and Entrance Manual." B. Submittals: 1. Shop drawings. Submit storefront shop drawings. Indicate layout, dimensions and frame profiles, design data indicating structural and physical characteristics, engineering calculations and dimensional limitations. A. Provide aluminum entrances and storefronts matching the existing building aluminum entrances and storefronts, unless otherwise indicated. B. Aluminum entrance doors: When scheduled, provide standard extruded aluminum narrow stile, flush glazed, single acting, butt hinged entrance doors, accepting 1" insulating glass. 1. Entrance door hardware: Type, quantity and finish as indicated on the Drawings. C. Storefront framing: Standard extruded aluminum flush glazed thermally broken storefront framing. Basic framing 2" x 4 -1/2" member size, accepting 1" thick insulating glass, unless otherwise noted on drawings. D. Aluminum finish: Architectural Class 2 Clear Anodized Anodic Coating, unless otherwise noted on drawings. E. Glass and glazing: Provide clear tempered insulating glass and glazing materials complying with Section 08800 requirements. F. Fabrication: Shop fabricate aluminum entrances and storefront system components. Fit and assemble the work at the shop to the greatest extent possible. Maintain true continuity of line and accurate relation of planes and angles. Provide secure attachment and support at mechanical joints, with hairline fit of contacting members. Conceal fasteners wherever possible. 3.1 Installation A. B. C. D. SECTION 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE 1.1 General: Provide door hardware as shown and specified. 2.1 Materials: B. 3.1 Installation A. SECTION 08800 - GLAZING 1.1 General: Provide glass and glazing as shown and specified. 2.1 Materials: C. 3.1 Installation A. Fabrication: Factory fabricate and size all glass. Install the aluminum storefront framing systems in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and approved shop drawings. Install component parts level, plumb, true to line and with uniform joints and reveals. Secure to structure with non- staining and non - corrosive shims, permanent anchors, fasteners, spacers and fillers. Anchor component parts securely in place, by bolting, or other permanent mechanical attachment system, that will comply with performance requirements and permit movements as required Set sill members in a bed of sealant compound. Install joint sealants at perimeter joints and within the aluminum storefront framing systems work with silicone joint sealants, in accordance with Section 07900 and the manufacturer's requirements. E. Install aluminum storefront framing systems glass and glazing, in accordance with Section 08800 and the manufacturer's requirements. A. Standards: Materials and installation shall conform to the following: 1. ANSI A117.1 -1998 Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 2. ANSI /BHMA A156 Series Builders Hardware B. Quality Assurance: 1. Codes and standards: Provide hardware complying with local Building Code requirements and the Tenant's standards for keying and security systems. 2. Project scheduling: Performed by an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC). 3. Package each item of hardware and each lockset, complete with all screws, anchors, installation instructions and templates. Identify package indexing with corresponding item number of the hardware schedule. 4. After hardware schedule acceptance, provide necessary templates or physical hardware to required trades for cutting, reinforcing, or preparing their products to receive hardware. Furnish templates to metal and wood door manufacturer's. A. No substitutions allowed. Requirements for manufacturer, design, grade, function, finish, size and other distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated on the drawings. Review the keying system with the Tenant and provide the type required. Install each hardware item in strict accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. Securely fasten all attached parts. Fit faces of mortised parts snug and flush. Verify operating parts move freely and smoothly without binding or sticking, without excessive clearance. B. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrate as required for proper installation and operation. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. C. Mount hardware units at heights indicated in DHI "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware ", unless otherwise required to comply with requirements of governing codes and regulations. Conform to ANSI A117.1 and ADAGG guidelines for accessibility. 1. Top Butts: 5 inches; top of butt from head of frame. 2. Middle Butts: 3' -2 ", centerline from finish floor. 3. Bottom Butts: 5 inches; finish floor to bottom of butt. 4. Locks: 3 centerline from finish floor. 5. Knobs: 3' -2 ", centerline from finish floor. 6. Pulls: 3' -6 ", centerline from finish floor. 7. Pushes: 4' -2 ", centerline from finish floor. A. Standards: Materials and installation shall conform to the following: 1 CPSC 16 CFR Part 1201 (1 -91) "Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials." 2. GANA "Glazing Manual - 1990." B. Quality Assurance: 1. Codes and standards: Provide type of glass and glazing products that comply with ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201 for category II materials. Comply with all applicable codes, standards and regulations that control safety glazing materials and installation. 2. System Performance: Provide glass and glazing that has been produced, fabricated and installed to withstand normal thermal movement, wind loading and, where applicable, impact loading, without failure including loss or breakage of glass, failure of glazing sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight, deterioration of glass and glazing materials and other defects in the work. 3. Installation: Performed only by experienced glaziers. C. Warranty; 1. Insulating glass: Five years from date of installation against defects that materially obstruct vision through the glass or affect thermal and physical integrity. A. Glass: 1. Float Glass (FG): 114" thick clear float glass. 2. Tempered Glass (TG): 1/4" and 1/2" thick clear, tempered safety glass, free -of -tong marks. 3. Insulating Glass (IGL): 1" thick clear, low -e, tempered sealed glass; 1/4" thick interior and exterior glass lites with 1/2" air space. 4. Spandrel Glass (SG) 1/4" thick, heat - strengthened "Vitrolux" with fused ceramic frit on #2 surface, by lnterpane Glass Co. (800) 334 -1797. Color as indicated on the drawings. B. Glazing Materials: 1. Glazing Sealants: Provide elastomeric glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated; compatible with one another and with other materials they will contact, complying with ASTM C920. 2. Glazing Tape: Provide preformed, non - staining and non - migrating elastomeric tape, as recommended by tape and glass manufacturers for application indicated, complying with ASTM C 1281. 3. Glazing gaskets: Provide manufacturer's standard snap -on aluminum stops and neoprene, vinyl or EPDM glazing gaskets. 4. Provide setting blocks, spacers and edge blocks of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, and compatible with surfaces contacted in installation. Preparation: 1. Field verify measurements and conditions of installation. 2. Examine all details. Provide proper fitting to details indicated. 3. Glazing channel dimensions shown are intended to provide for necessary bite on glass, minimum edge clearance and adequate glazing materials thickness, with reasonable tolerances. Adjust as required by job conditions at time of installation. B. Install glass and glazing in accordance with the GANA "Glazing Manual" and glass manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Install insulating glass units to comply with recommendations by Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association (SIGMA). C. Install setting blocks of proper size at quarter points of sill rabbet. Provide spacers as required. 2.1 Materials: A. B. E. F. G. H. J. K. 3.1 Installation A. D. Install glazing sealants, tapes and gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Set glass without springing and install securely to prevent rattling or breakage. E. Protect glass from breakage during remaining construction. Do not remove non - permanent labels until final acceptance. DIVISION 9 -- FINISHES SECTION 09260 - GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS 1.1 General: Provide gypsum board systems as shown and specified. A. Standards: Materials and installation shall conform to the following: 1. GA 214 -90 "Levels of Gypsum Board Finish." 2. GA -216 "Specifications for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board." 3. USG "SA923 Drywall /Steel Framed Systems." Manufacturer: United States Gypsum Co. (USG), (800) 874 -4968, intemet www.usg.com. Metal framing: Comply with ASTM C 754 and ASTM C 645 for materials and sizes. 1. Partition metal framing: a. Studs: Galvanized steel, C- shaped, sizes indicated, 20 gage "5T20" b. Runners: Match studs, type recommended by stud manufacturer for floor and ceiling support of studs. Provide flexible ceiling runners for full height metal stud framed partitions continuous from floor to underside of structural members or deck above. C. Ceiling and Soffit metal framing /suspension systems: 1. Small areas: Metal stud framing of appropriate size and gage for spans indicated. 2. Large areas: Furring channel "Grillage" or "Direct Suspension System" designed for concealed support of gypsum board ceilings, of proper type for use indicated. 3. Furring members: 20 gage, galvanized steel screw type, hat - shaped furring. D. Gypsum board panels: USG "Sheetrock" complying with ASTM C1396, tapered edge face panels, 48" wide, in maximum lengths avahable to minimize end joint conditions, 5 /8" thick. 1. General use panels: Sheetrock Regular panels. 2. Fire rated panels: Sheetrock Firecode Core panels, 3. Water- resistant: panels: Sheetrock HUMITEK panels. Cement board: USG DUROCK Cement Board, 5/8" thick x manufacturer's standard width, complying with ANSI A118.9, and in maximum lengths available to minimize end -to -end butt joints. Fasteners: USG Type "S" bugle head screws for metal framing, USG Type "W" bugle head screws for wood framing, manufacturer's recommended length for panel thickness indicated. Trim: Galvanized steel with knurled and perforated flanges. USG Dur -A -Bead corner bead, No. 200B casing bead metal trim, No. 093 Control Joint. Joint treatment: USG Joint Treatment System, utilizing "Sheetrock Brand Joint Tape ", and "Sheetrock Brand Setting -Type (DURABOND)" compound for tape bedding and topping. Adhesives: USG "Sheetrock Brand Setting -Type (DURABOND) 210 or 90" compound for tape bedding and topping. Acoustical sealant: USG Sheetrock Acoustical Sealant, water -base type, gunnable sealant for sealing sound -rated gypsum board systems. Sound attenuation insulation: USG Thermafiber unfaced 3 -1/2" thick, mineral fiber insulating batts /blankets; standard lengths and widths required to coordinate with spaces insulated. Install metal wall and partition framing and ceiling suspension/ support systems in accordance with USG Bulletin SA 923 and complying with ASTM C754. 1. Ceiling suspension/ support systems: Metal furring system/direct suspension or steel stud framing system, 2. Wall and partition framing: a. Install steel studs at 16" on center or at spacing indicated with bottom and top runner tracks anchored to substrates. Provide flexible ceiling runner tracks at full height partitions. b. Terminate partition stud system 4" above ceilings, except where indicated to be extended to structural support or roof deck above. Brace tops of partition framing to structure or roof deck at maximum 4' -0" on center spacing. c. Frame openings more than 2' -0" wide with two 20 gage studs at each jamb. d. Coordinate the installation of supplementary blocking and nailers, provided under Section 06100 work, to support shelving, millwork, toilet accessories, and similar work that cannot be adequately supported by gypsum board alone. B. Application and Finishing: Install and finish gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 and Gypsum Association GA 216 "Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board." 1. Screw fasten all gypsum board panels. 2. Metal Trini: Install metal corner beads at external corners of gypsum board work and metal trim wherever edge of gypsum board would be exposed, Use longest practical lengths. 3. Control Joints: Locate and install control joints in accordance with USG Bulletin SA923 "Good Design Practice" recommendations. C. Acoustical Treatment: 1. Where sound - attenuation insulation is indicated, seal gypsum board construction at perimeters, control joints, junction boxes, openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant including a bead at both faces of partitions. 2. Install sound attenuation insulation at scheduled partitions and ceilings. Install insulation in single layer of required thickness. Extend full thickness over entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tight around obstructions. Fill all voids. 3. At openings and cutouts, fill open spaces between edges of gypsum board and fixtures, cabinets, ducts, and other flush or penetrating items, with continuous bead of acoustical sealant. 4. Seal sides and backs of electrical boxes to completely close up openings and joints with a bead of acoustical treatment. D. Finishing: 1. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for mixing, handling, and application of materials. Apply treatment at joints both directions, at flanges of trim accessories, penetrations of gypsum board (electrical boxes, piping, and similar work), fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as indicated. Apply in manner that will result in each of these items being concealed when applied decoration has been completed. 2. Apply joint tape at joints between gypsum boards, except where trim accessories are indicated. 3. Interior Exposed Gypsum Board Finish: Level 4 Finish. a. Locations: Typical for all walls and ceilings, unless otherwise indicated b. Finish interior gypsum board by applying the following joint compounds in three coats (not including prefill of openings in base), and sand between coats and after last coat: c. Embedding and First Coat: Setting -type joint or taping compound. d. Fill (Second) Coat: Setting -type topping compound. e. Finish (Third) Coat: Setting -type topping compound. 4. Interior Concealed Gypsum Board: Level 3 Partial Finishing. a. Finish concealed gypsum board construction that requires finishing same as exposed gypsum board construction, except the third coat and sanding can be omitted. E. Cement Board: Install cement board as a 16" high base at all kitchen and kitchen cook line wall types. Joint finish not required. CONSULTANT: ❑7 IN IS N INSTRUMENT O F SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN BRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH UHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO I3 02 02 PH ❑NE: (3 03) 595 -4000 FAX: (3 03) 595 - 4 014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPDTLE.CDM 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 Revisions: Drawn: AKT Checked: SRT Project No. Contents: Date of Last Print: 070207 - FHA Specifications October 19, 2007 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST ST'TE OF WASHINGTON A 012 1- U w I- I O 0 r cssi a ~ � cr) LO ¢Zrn LL w (n CO • }Zorn ¢� =co • CO - < 0 2 Od Health Department Building Department Bid Set RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 16 PERMIT CLNTER SECTION 09330 - QUARRY TILE 2.1 Materials: 1.1 General: Provide quarry tile flooring and base as shown and specified. F. 3.1 Installation A. A. Standards: Materials and installation shall conform to the following: 1. ANSI A137.1 "Ceramic Tile." 2. TCA "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation." A. Manufacturers: 1. Quarry Tile: Dal -Tile Corp., (800) 933 -8453, Internet ww2.daltile.com. 2. Waterproofing: a. Setting and Grouting Materials: Mapei Corp. (800) 426 -2734, internet www.mapei.com b. Quarry Tile Base Memebrane: Laticrete (800) 243 -4788 x 219, Internet www.laticrete.com B. Quarry Tile: Dal -Tile 6" x 6" x 1/2" quarry tile with 5" cove base and appropriate trim; Price Group 1, # 0Q40, Red Blaze color. 1. Rest Rooms: Provide smooth finish quarry tile. 2. Entire Kitchen Area: Provide abrasive non -slip finish quarry tile, C. Waterproofing for elevated floor slabs: Mapei Planicrete W, heavy -duty trowelable two component waterproof membrane and adhesive. D. Setting Adhesive: Mapei Ultra /Flex 1 polymer modified one -step mortar conforming to ANSI A118.4. E. Grout: Mapei Ultra /Color, rapid curing, efflorescence free, color consistent grout conforming to ANSI A118,6; #09 Grey Color. Quarry Tile Base Membrane: Laticrete 9235 waterproof membrane conforming to ANSI A118.10 -1999. Preparation: Clean substrate surfaces, scheduled to receive quarry tile, thoroughly and remove all coatings that may impair bond, 1. Center tile fields both directions in each floor area. Adjust layout to minimize tile cutting. Avoid tile less than one -half size. Locate cuts to be least conspicuous. 2. Maintain units uniformly In plane." Provide straight, uniform joint widths and grout lines. B. Elevated Floor Slabs: Install waterproofing membrane at elevated floor slab surfaces scheduled to receive quarry tile floor finish. Install membrane materials in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions to produce a waterproof membrane of uniform minimum 30 mil thickness bonded securely to substrate. 1. Extend waterproofing up vertical wall surfaces minimum 10" high. 2. Extend membrane down into floor drain flanges to assure continuous waterproofing at drainage points. C. Wet Areas: Install waterproofing membrane at all quarry tile wall base. Install membrane materials in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions to produce a waterproof membrane of uniform minimum 30 mil thickness bonded securely to substrate. 1. Extend Laticrete 9235 waterproofing up all vertical wall surfaces receiving quarry tile base minimum 10" high. Extend Laticrete 9235 waterproofing membrane 10" minimum horizontally from all vertical wall surfaces receiving quarry tile base. D. Installation: Install, grout and clean ceramic tile in accordance with referenced TCA installation details and ANSI standard specifications for setting methods scheduled. 1. Floors: Latex - portland cement mortar on concrete; TCA detail F113 and ANSI A108.5, grout ANSI A108.10. Wet cure grout. 2. Base: Latex - portland cement mortar on cement board. SECTION 09510 - ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS 1.1 General: Provide acoustical ceiling systems as shown and specified. A. Standards: Materials and installation shall conform to the following: 1. CISCA "Acoustical Ceilings - Use and Practice." 2.1 Materials: A. Manufacturer. USG Interiors, Inc., (800) 950 -3839, Internet www.usg.com B. Ceiling Panels: USG "Sheetrock Lay -In ClimaPlus No. 3270" ceiling panels with white, stipple texture, vinyl facing, 24" x 48" x 1/2 ". C. 3.1 Installation A. B. C. D. Suspension System: Comply with ASTM C635. Provide direct -hung systems adequate to support light fixtures, ceiling diffusers and other normal accessories. Maximum deflection 1/360 of the span. Intermediate duty structural class. 1. Exposed "Tee" grid system: USG "Donn DX System" non -fire rated with 15/16" exposed face, cold - rolled galvanized steel with aluminum face cap, white paint finish on exposed surfaces. Provide hemmed edge aluminum wall angles, 15/16" exposed leg, white paint finish matching exposed grid. Install acoustical ceiling materials and suspension systems in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, complying with governing regulations and industry standards applicable to the work. Suspension system installation shall comply with ASTM C636 requirements and be laser leveled, maximum deflection of 1/360 of span and maximum surface leveling tolerance 1/8" in 12-0". 1. Secure wire hangers by looping and wire -tying either directly to building structure or hangers that are secure and appropriate for substrate. Provide edge trim molding at perimeter of acoustical ceiling installation and intermediate vertical surfaces. Use maximum lengths. Miter trim corners to Provide tight, accurate joints. Connect moldings securely to substrate surfaces. Install acoustical lay -in panels level, in uniform plane, with joints snug and square and panels free from damage or soiling. Fit border units neatly against abutting surfaces. Scribe and cut panels to fit accurately at borders and penetrations. CECTION 0904G W008- VLOORINC 1.1 General: Provide wood flooring as shown and specified, 2.1 Materials: A. Standards: Materials and installation shall conform to the following: 1. NOFMA "Hardwood Flooring Installation Manual." 2. NOFMA "Hardwood Flooring Finishing /Refinishing Manual." B. Delivery, Storage and Handling: Place wood flooring materials in rooms or spaces to receive floor' . a minimum of 48 hours before the start of installation. Open packages of sealed flooring to permit natural adjustment . moisture content. Maintain temperature range of 60° F to 70° F before, during and after installation of flooring. Wood flooring: 3/4" x 2 -1/4" kiln - dried, #2 Select Red Oak hardwood strip floo g, plain sawn, tongue and groove edges. 1. Standard random lengths complying with NOFMA grading rules. A. B. Fasteners: Screw type flooring nails, fully barbed flooring brads or -chine driven fasteners as recommended by the flooring manufacturer. C. Underlayment: APA- CC -EXT plywood underla ent, mini • m 3/4" thick. 3.1 Installation: A. Preparation: Before installing flooring, c 1. Clear away debris, scrape up c detrimental to proper perfor 2. Perform bond and moist ready to receive floori a. When mois +re is present, install a single layer of polyethylene vapor barrier over concrete, all edges lapped 4 ". All j. is sealed with tape. SECTION 09810 - ACOUSTICAL WALL/CEILING TREATMENT 1.1 General: Provide acoustical wall panels as shown and specified. 2.1 Materials: A. Manufacturer Tectum Inc. (888) 977 -9691, Internet: www.tectum.com SECTION 09900 - PAINTS AND COATINGS 11 General: Provide paints and coatings as shown and specified. 2,1 Materials: C. Exterior Coatings: Exterior Metals: p ') substrate surfaces. posits; remove sealers, dust, dirt, oil, grease and other substances ce wo d flooring. tests on concrete slabs to determine that concrete surfaces are sufficiently cured and are 3. Install si e layer of plywood underlayment. Space joints 1/4" on all sides. 4, Vacu underlayment surface clean immediately before flooring installation. B. Install ..od strip flooring in accordance with NOFMA standards, instructions and recommendations for the applications indi . ed, Blind nail wood strip flooring into plywood underlayment. Space fasteners at 8" intervals, with minimum two fasteners per strip. Countersink all nail heads. Provide expansion space at all wall lines. Sanding: Allow installed wood strip flooring to acclimate to building conditions before sanding. 1. Machine sand in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Clean with power vacuum. Verify that entire surface of floor is level and smooth without ridges or cups. D. Finish: Finish installed wood flooring with two coats of clear urethane floor finish. Provide surface preparation, finish materials and application conforming to %action 09900 - P3i^ts and Coatings roquirgrewets B. Wall Panels: Standard Tectum Acoustical Wall Panels, natural finish cement wood fiber wall panels, composed of aspen wood fibers and an inorganic cement binder, formed in a continuous process under heat and pressure, 1" thick panels by size indicated. C. Accessories: Provide all mounting fasteners and accessories to complete the installation. 3.1 Installation A. Install acoustical wall treatment panels in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and drawing details. A. Provide surface preparation, prime, intermediate and finish coatings for interior and exterior new and existing scheduled surfaces and items. B. Provide Tenant - selected finishes and colors for all exposed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. C. Quality Assurance: 1. Application: Performed only by skilled, experienced painters. 2. Provide lead free prime and finish coatings. All top coatings shall be mold and mildew resistant. D. Maintenance: Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied in the quantities described below. Package paint materials in unopened, factory- sealed containers for storage and identify with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to the Tenant. 1. Provide one gallon of paint and wood stain of each type and color required for maintenance purposes. Provide original, unopened, labeled containers with color samples and a list of project use. A. Manufacturers: 1. Paint: Sherwin-Williams Co. (S W), (800) 797-8010 for Customer Service, (800) 474-3746 for nearest S-W dealer, internet www.sherwin - williams.com 2. Wood Clear Finish: Sikkens, (866) 745 -5367, internet www.nam.sikkens.com B. Materials: No substitutions allowed. Paint products are custom colors for Tenant and scheduled products must be factory- batched. Factory- batched products are available in 5- gallon containers only. Allow 7 -10 Working Days to receive factory- batched products. Preparation: Remove all rust, grease, oil and foreign material. Uniformly roughen surface with 150 -grit paper Remove loose dust. Prime: (1) coat S -W, ProCryl Universal Water Based Primer (B66 -310 Series) Finish: (2) coats S -W, SherCryl HPA High Performance Acrylic (B66 -300 Series) "Chipotle Red" B66RW31 (Factory- batched) Application: Conventional or HVLP (high volume low pressure) 3.1 Installation: A. Interior Coatings: Interior Metals: (Metal deck, doors, door frames, rails and railing frames) Preparation: Clean thoroughly and remove all rust, grease, oil and foreign material. Prime: (1) coat S -W, ProCryl Universal Water Based Primer (B66 -310 Series) Finish: (2) coats S -W, SherCryl HPA High Performance Acrylic (B66 -300 Series) "Chipotle Red" B66RW31 Factory- batched) Application: Conventional spray, HVLP or Airless spray Touch -ups shall be done with conventional spray or airless equipment or brush or roller. Drywall: Preparation: Application: Prime: Finish: Formula: OR Remove dust, dirt, loose and other foreign material. Fill hairline cracks, holes and other defects with filler compatible with finish treatment. Sand smooth. Brush and 1/2" nap roller (1) coat S -W, COLOR PRIME, Interior Latex Primer (628W110) (1) coats S -W, Duration Home Interior Latex Satin (A97W151 F) S -W #1053 "Light Moves" Finish: (2) coats S -W, SherCryl HPA High Performance Acrylic (B66 -300 Series) "Chipotle Red" B66RW3 (Factory- batched) Interior Wood Trim and Plywood - Clear Urethane Finish: (Wood Trim and Plywood finishes shall be shop applied in a controlled environment) Preparation: Sand wood trim and plywood with 80 -120 grit sandpaper. Sand in direction of the grain. Remove dust from the surface and wipe down with tack cloth or damp cloth. 1st coat SIKKENS Centol BL Interior Clear - Low Lustre Application: Apply liberally with longhair nylon polyester brush or spray to all exposed surfaces. Wait minimum of 4 hours before next coat. 2nd coat SIKKENS Centol BL Interior Clear - Satin Application: Apply liberally with longhair nylon polyester brush or spray to all exposed surfaces. Wait minimum of 4 hours. 3rd coat SIKKENS Centol BL Interior Clear - Satin Application: Apply liberally with longhair nylon polyester brush or spray to all exposed surfaces. Interior Wood Flooring - Clear Urethane Finish: Preparation: Finish: Application: E. Color Guide: Where indicated on drawings. Where What6 Exterior ferrous metals SherCryl HPA Color "Chipotle Red" Exterior ferrous metals, Duration Exterior Satin S -W #4028 "Silver" where indicated Interior metal deck, doors, door frames, rails, and rail frames Machine sand installed wood flooring with 100 -120 grit sandpaper. Sand in direction of the grain. Remove dust from the surface with vacuum and wipe down with tack cloth. (2) coats S -W, Wood Classics Waterborne Polyurethane Varnish (A68 Series), First coat gloss finish, second coat satin finish. Synthetic bristle brush or 1/4" nap synthetic roller. Avoid over - brushing or rapid rolling. SherCryl HPA Interior ferrous metals, Duration Exterior Satin S -W #4028 "Silver" Satin where indicated Dining room and Duration Home S -W #1053 hallway Drywall "Light Moves" Dining room and SherCryl HPA ''Chipotle Red" hallway Drywall Restroom and serving Duration Home S -W #1053 area soffit drywall "Light Moves" Sheen Semi Gloss Satin "Chipotle Red" Semi Gloss Satin Semi Gloss Satin A. Preparation: 1. Provide necessary staging, ladders, shields, protective coverings and drop cloths. Protect floors, walls and adjacent work and materials. Remove and properly replace temporary protection and coverings removed from any part of the work or finish. Repair damage at Contractor's expense. 2. Clean and prepare substrate surfaces in accordarice with manufacturer's instructions for each particular substrate condition. Clean and correct defects and deficiencies in substrate surfaces to be painted before applying paint or finish treatments. B. Application: 1. Mix, prepare and apply paint and finish treatment materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. 2. Apply paint and finish treatment materials with brush or roller. Spray application of materials permitted only when specifically indicated. a. Apply materials at not less than the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate, to provide a total dry film thickness as recommended by paint material manufacturer. Apply each coat of proper consistency. b. Keep brushes and rollers clean, free from contamination and suitable for the finish required. c. Unless otherwise indicated, allow exterior paints to dry for 48 hours and interior paints to dry for 24 hours between coats. d. Sand lightly and remove dust between coats to achieve required finish. e. Finished surfaces shall be uniform in finish and color and free of brush marks, sagging, holidays, corduroy and other imperfections. Coverage and hide shall be complete. f. Edges of paint or finish adjoining other materials or colors shall be sharp and clean without overlapping. Cut paint in neatly around glass or other edges. g. Paints and coatings work is subject to acceptance by the Tenant. Correct unsatisfactory work not complying with these specifications as directed by the Tenant. - - � Nad - - - • • ■ e r a . r A M I - e a - , w a . ..w_ tee" :maareume a :aar , - DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES SECTION 10522 - PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHES 1.1 General: Provide portable fire extinguishers as shown and specified. 2.1 Materials: A. 3.1 Installation: B. 3.1 Installation: A. Standards: Materials and installation shall conform to the following: 1. NFPA 10 "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers. A. B. C. 2.1 Materials: A. B. DIVISIONS 13 -14 - NOT APPLICABLE Provide minimum 10 Ib. capacity fire extinguishers in quantity and type complying with local code and fire regulations requirements. 1. Provide new fire extinguishers fully loaded, tested, UL and FM labeled and listed and ready for use. 2. Provide manufacturer's recommended mounting brackets and hardware. A. Install fire extinguishers in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, at heights and locations acceptable to the local fire regulations enforcement authority DIVISION 11- NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 12- FURNISHINGS SECTION 12495 - WINDOW SHADES 1.1 General: Provide window shades as shown and specified. Standards: Shade fabric material shall meet the requirements of the following; 1. NFPA 701 Flame Test and California US Title 19 for flame retardant materials. Field measure window openings and verify installation conditions prior to window shade fabrication Warranty: 1. 5 years against defects in materials and workmanship. 2. 1 year for service call repairs and adjustments. Manufacturer: Insolroll Window Shading Systems, Inc. (800) 447 -5534, internet www.insolroll.com Window Shades: Insolroll 2000 Solar Screen Shades, manual operation. 1. Solar Screen Shade Fabric: Insolroll woven fiberglass yarn, 5% openness, Charcoal /Bronze color. 2. Provide manufacturer's recommended mounting brackets and hardware. C. Fabrication: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate window shade units to completely fill existing window openings from head to sill and jamb to jamb. 1. Adjustment system controlled by plastic bead chain on polyester cord. Multi- banded steel spring clutches keep shade in desired position. 2. Roller tube 2" extrud NI aluminum, sized to minimize deflection. 3. Fabric attached to roller tube using two -sided adhesive tape. 4. Fabric bottom hem RF heat sealed pocket with enclosed hem bar. A. Install window shades level and plumb in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and drawing details. Provide units securely anchored in place with recommended hardware and accessories to provide smooth operation without binding. g' �a , � - • `' '- r r'; ?: g.. CONSULTANT: T 20 AWING I N INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPDTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. L cia O Issue Record: 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 Revisions: Drawn: AKT Checked: SRT Project No. 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT \ N....N.) HARLAN R. FAUST SATE OF WASHINGTO l � �� J IA it 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, C ❑L❑RAD❑ 802D2 PHONE: (3 03) 595 -4DDD FAX: (3 03) 595 -4 014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPCTLE.CDM 070207 - FHA Contents: Specifications Date of Last Print October 19, 2007 A 013 U w 1- 0 co c Q �i r'P < cO w w N(D • - zco J r7 ¢NN < : oo : %- X Health Department Building Department Bid Set RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 16 2_L PENMIT CENTER LEASE SPACE LEASE SPACE EXISTING CORRIDOR AND DOOR BY LANDLORD .__._ 111111 �� \ ��_ /yy�►i� , mom ■ ■ ■ ■ ■w - 111111®111111111111111m��ill11111.8• 1 *. J�... ' m it 1��111111 1111 . y r EXISTING PARKING EXISTING SIDEWALK AND PATIO DELIVERY RAMP, LANDING, RAILING AND GATE. BY LANDLORD (SLOPE AND LENGHT TBD) NORTH Al00 r SCALE: 1" = 20' MINKLER BOULEVARD ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN 1 GREASE INTERCEPTOR BY LANDLORD COMMON TRASH ENCLOSURE AREA NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX (SHEETA001) PRIOR TO AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. 1_ CONSULTANT: \ \• \ 20111ir `AWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN SE EXTENDED ONLY RY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH GHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 1302 ❑2 PHONE: (3 03) 595 -4000 FAX: (303) 595 -4 014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.CDM Issue Record: 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 Revisions Drawn: AKT Checked: SRT Project No. Contents: 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT 070207 - FHA HARLAN R. FAUST TATE OF WASHINGTON Architectural Site Plan Date of Last Print: October 19, 2007 Health Department Building Department Bid Set RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 16 ZG03 PLI1MIT ( NTER A 100 1- U W 1- to N < H 1 V I - < Q F - 'r0 0 cp z -J : co co a rf] < N N Qd Moo at -14 -05 9 Pc ylF T FI/ r l� l0 0 9 F 'y / / / / 41' -102" 'VERIFY IN FIELD NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IF DIFFERENT SCALE: 118 = 1 -0" 51' -2" r or I j 0 0 IN II Ir ■]I••'Irll■II� Comm, 1 V yJ, 0 ." I �1C 0 0 F.D Tad �L NEB I F.S. n fl II III • = : 1 II II FS SLOP DRA 4 I ■ L I J FLOOti SINK LO AT�ON TYP. COORDINATE ITH FLO.QR PIIAN & PLUMBING PLAN TYP. F.D. \ III II r ul 15 -5 III VC PIPE FOR SODA ES, SEE 21A110 12 III II III III III III III III III (llfllrllrl�l� III 1' -2" F.S. 1' -8 0 \ d fl DEMISED PREMISES PLAN VERIFY IN FIELD NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IF DIFFERENT 11' -7" VERIFY IN FIELD NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMED TELY I F DIEFERENL T , i EXISTING PATIO SLAB/ w / / / i / / 0/ NORTH EXISTING CONC. SLAB SLAB WORK PLAN SCALE: 114" = 1-0' / /\/ TYPICAL TRENCH DETAIL SCALE: 1" =1' -0" ,/ 6" PVC PIPE FOR SODA LINES, SEE 2/A110 C�- NEW CONCRETE ON GRANULAR FILLED TRENCH UNDERGROUND UTILITY #5'S (18" L.) AT 48" O.C. ALTERNATING, DRILL AND EPDXY INTO EXISTING SLAB EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB 0 0 0 0 FLOOR DRAIN LOCATION TYP. COORDINATE WITH FLOOR PLAN & PLUMBING PLAN TYP. 36' -1" UNDERSLAB CONDUIT DETAIL SCALE: 1" =1' -0" 35' -1" 31' -12" 25' -6:" CONCRETE SLAB 6" PVC CHASE FOR BEVERAGE LINES, CAP EACH END OF FIFE, FIELD DRILL CAP FOR LINES, CAULK AROUND ALL LINES 6" CHASE TO HAVE NO ANGLES GREATER THAN 45° (FOR PULLING OF LINES, ETC) 19' -5" P 15' --112" PROVIDE WATERPROOF MEMBRANE 10" UP DEMISING WALL & 10" UNDER QUARRY TILE IN THIS AREA, REFER TO 13/Al25, AND SPEC. GENERAL NOTES: 1. VERIFY OVERALL INTERIOR DIMENSIONS, INTERIOR COLUMN PLACEMENTS, AND EXTERIOR WALL PENETRATIONS IN FIELD AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION. 2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE INSIDE FACE OF EXISTING STUD WALLS. 3. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE CENTERLINE OF FIXTURE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4. CONCRETE SLAB TO BE WATER SEALED BELOW ALL QUARRY TILE 5. GC TO REVIEW ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR LIGHTING OR POWER STUB LOCATIONS PRIOR TO POURING SLAB. 6. REFER TO "03300- CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE° IN SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONCRETE PATCHING OR INSTALLATION INFORMATION. CaF-iL -e(— + s..e 6 S sr yy N TN r-- N NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW RESPONSIBILFY MATRIX (SHEET A001) PRIOR TO AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. IsO CONSULTANT: C Y GHT 2❑ Ir, IS D' • I G IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY EY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 802 02 PHONE: (3 03) 595 -4000 FAX: (3 03) 595 -4 014 INTERNET: WWW.CI- TIP ❑TLE.0 ❑M Issue Record: 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 Revisions: Drawn: AKT Checked: SRT Protect No. Contents: X1163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT 070207 - FHA Date of Last Print: HARLAt' R FAUST ST'TE OF WASHINGTON - 14 °p $ Slab Work Plan October 19, 2007 I— c-) F- to 0 N - - (/) < ¢�co h_ I N(O wco LL • Z oD� J aIo3CO Q�MQQ = r a'CI Health Department Building Department Bid Set 001.14.08 City Comments A 110 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 1 6 P HMIT CENTER W1 W4 W7 GENERAL NOTES: 1 NEW CONSTRUCTION EXISTING CONSTRUCTION THERMAL/SOUND BATT INSULATION WALK -IN COOLER LOW WALL 2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF FRAMING, CMU OR CENTERLINE OF STRUCTURE UNLESS. NOTED OTHERWISE. 3. DASHED CIRCLE IN RESTROOMS INDICATES 5' — (Y" TURNING DIAMETER REQUIRED BY ADA. 4. REFER TO WALL FINISH SCHEDULE ON Al20. 5. STUD SIZES AS INDICATED ON PLAN. 6. CHIPOTLE PATIO RAILING. 7. SEE SHEET Al25 FOR ADDITIONAL SHEATHING BEHIND WALL FINISHES. 8. SEE A117 FOR STOREFRONT RESPONSIBILITY, 9. PR' IDE OD : O • N T •R 10. PROVIDE WINDOW BLACKOUT FILM ON STOREFRONT WINDOWS AS FOLLOWS: 3M 3630 -69 "DURANODIC" WALL TYP S: WALL TYPE 518" PLYWOOD METAL STUDS SCALE: 314" = 1' -0" ROOF STRUCTURE WALL TYPE FIRE BLOCKING AT CEILING 5/8" GYP. BD. METAL STUDS WI FULL WIDTH SOUND BATT INSULATION 518" CEMENT BD. TO 16" A.F.F. SCALE: 314 " =1' -0" ROOF STRUCTURE SLIP TRACK FIRE BLOCKING AT CEILING FINISHED CEILING 518" GYP. BD. 518" PLYWOOD TO RESTROOM 4r�u METAL STUDS WI FULL WIDTH SOUND BATT INSULATION 518' CEMENT BD. TO 16" A.F.F. WALL TYPE SCALE: 314 " =1' -0 FINISHED CEILING SLIP TRACK FINISHED CEILING �r- 518" PLYWOOD TO 4'-4" KrrCHEN ROOF STRUCTURE VAPOR BARRIER AND 518" GYP. BD THERMAL BATT INSULATION BRACE WALLS TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AS REQUIRED, 48" 0.C. MIN. 518" CEMENT BD. TO 16" A.F,F. 518" GYP. BD AND CEMENT T BD ONE SIDE ONLY AT SIM CONDITION EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL EXISTING WALL FURRING W10 WALL TYPE SCALE: 314"= 1'- W13 WALL TYPE SCALE: 314 " =1' -0" PUBLIC THERMAL BATT INSULATION EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL AND FURRING W2 EXISTING STOREFRONT- BLACK OUT GLASS W/ FILM PRIOR TO WALL FRAMING VAPOR BARRIER AND 518° GYP. BD, EXTEND TO ROOF DECK METAL STUDS- VERIFY WIDTH IN FIELD ,L.IF1j?f "P..12.1H!,.61l . 14rir ill III III III III III III III III III III III I KITCHEN �Ir OFFICE PUBLIC W5 FER TO FINISH SCHEDULE AND STAINLESS STEEL/METAL WALL FINISHES KEYPLAN ON SHEET Al20 FOR WALL FINISHES SLIP TRACK WALL TYPE SCALE: 3I4 " - -0" COOKING METAL STUDS WALL TYPE SCALE: 314 " =1' -0" COOLER WALL TYPE SCALE: 314 " =1' -0" ROOF STRUCTURE SLIP TRACK FIRE BLOCKING AT 10'.0 AFF 518" GYP. BD. METAL STUDS W11 WALL TYPE SCALE: 314 " =1' -0" ROOF STRUCTURE FINISHED CEILING FIRE BLOCKING AT CEILING 518" PLYWOOD METAL STUDS W/ FULL WIDTH BATT INSULATION 518" CEMENT BD. TO 16" A.F.F. BRACE WALLS TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AS REQUIRED, 48' 0.0. MIN. FINISHED CEILING HOOD 518" CEMENT BD. FULL HT. SHEET OF 24 GAUGE GALVANIZED METAL, EXTEND PAST EDGE OF HOOD 18" IN ALL DIRECTIONS 518" PLYWOOD 518" CEMENT BD. TO 16" A.F.F. FINISHED CEILING 518" PLYWOOD KITCHEN OFFICE ADJACENT TENANT EXISTING RATED WALL 518" CEMENT BD. TO 16' A.F.F. EXTEND PLYWOOD TO ROOF DECK AT SIM CONDITON W6 W3 RESTROOM ROOF STRUCTURE SLIP TRACK FINISHED CEILING FIRE BLOCKING AT CEILING 518" PLYWOOD 518" GYP. BD. KITCHEN METAL STUDS 5/8" CEMENT BD. TO 16" A.F.F. OMIT KITCHEN SIDE CEMENT BD AND PLYWOOD AT SIM CONDITON WALL TYPE SCALE: 314 " =1'•0" ROOF STRUCTURE W9 WALL _ TYPE SLIP TRACK 518" GYP. BD. FIRE BLOCKING AT CEILING FINISHED CEILING 518" PLYWOOD 5/8" PLYWOOD TO 4' -4" AFF W12 WALL TYPE METAL STUDS W/ FULL WIDTH SOUND BATT INSULATION 518" CEMENT BD. TO 16" A.F.F. WALL TYPE SCALE: 314 " = 0" FINISHED CEILING 518" PLYWOOD TO 4'41" AFF EXISTING RATED DEMISING WALL BY LANDLORD 518" CEMENT BD. TO 16" A.F.F. SCALE: 314 1'-0° BRACE WALLS TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AS REQUIRED, 48" O.C. MIN. FINISHED CEILING 518" PLYWOOD 518" GYP. BD METAL STUDS 5/8" CEMENT BD. TO 16" A.F.F. EXISTING DEMISING WALL r '- SIN NORTH HALLWAY 106 11 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN 7� tar: ru':r ,r..:, it ,lu l NORTH I � 2 A115 SCALE: 112" = 1' -0" 2 1' -11" 3 2 , ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN 9' -4" cn UTENSIL COUNTER BY MILLWORK / SUPPLIER LOW WALL BY MILLWORK SUPPLIER UTENSIL g Ir11r lhl[N l��i II IIPti°Ilil�i�Ellfi�lrl ',1ry1:'f1 I IIi�U�l�luhiI D I l i d�, Ilhl dIII,I[ u WOMENS I IIIIII11lI�VaNNiV�I��1YrIDd 1116., l �iu,a'o 1E41II4 uVl rh f . frl alkyl ul! @' ,Ifu l..lr ul.i!II!In ul llll IIIIallfaiitlJ:IR° ItItJIIV [:�Et dutlLl .0 .Ili. »41 r.. 1 MAIN ENTRY W1 s[M SOFFIT ABOVE KITCHEN 4 AT 4' —D" 1 1 1 'I, I a' I ' 1 �i � I ' +P Irl y �r!' n fl1I1 lr1rl i II 1I 1 1 fl: IIIIII h ° II m IY I�I�,� l�l u i it ?fir {I{�.ui - S , it : r.�= I 8' -1" L 3' -2" 2") tt ZE[,ul 'Iy IL,L.'<I wMr,E . , .. j I ® l al„ o W6 ORDERING SERVING COOKING SERVING LINE WALL BY MILLWORK SUPPLIER 12' -9" HOLD FINISH DIMENSION OFFICE TRANSITION FROM WALL TYPE W1 TO W13 COOLER ■ ■■ IEEE NO E 10. r r. NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX (SHEET A001) PRIOR TO AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. I 0N5U LTANT: Issue Record: 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 Revisions: 001.14.08 HARLAN R. FAUST STAT: OF W SHINGTON Liriaggilii I 2 NG IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN EE EXTENDED ONLY 8Y WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. Drawn: CRB 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 59S -4000 FAx: (303) 595 -4 014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.0 ❑M Checked: SRT Project No. 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT 070207 - FHA Contents: Architectural Floor Plan Date of Last Print: October 19, 2007 I— U w UQ OC Ct W N I— I N i= �N- D w CO Q I N(O I-1-1 00 � 5_z orn z Ili CO DO CV CA cl:: ¢d- Moo T s— 0 -i- d- Health Department Building Department Bid Set City Comments RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 1 8 LLD PEI CENTER A 115 X w of -14 -05 NEMESINVI Southcenter Square Tukwila, WA 98188 Ill _J 1 1 t- A300 18' -1 " 13' -52" 6 ,. 7' -1O'. W1 W4 W7 GENERAL NOTES: 1 NEW CONSTRUCTION EXISTING CONSTRUCTION THERMAL/SOUND BATT INSULATION WALK -IN COOLER LOW WALL 2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF FRAMING, CMU OR CENTERLINE OF STRUCTURE UNLESS. NOTED OTHERWISE. 3. DASHED CIRCLE IN RESTROOMS INDICATES 5' — (Y" TURNING DIAMETER REQUIRED BY ADA. 4. REFER TO WALL FINISH SCHEDULE ON Al20. 5. STUD SIZES AS INDICATED ON PLAN. 6. CHIPOTLE PATIO RAILING. 7. SEE SHEET Al25 FOR ADDITIONAL SHEATHING BEHIND WALL FINISHES. 8. SEE A117 FOR STOREFRONT RESPONSIBILITY, 9. PR' IDE OD : O • N T •R 10. PROVIDE WINDOW BLACKOUT FILM ON STOREFRONT WINDOWS AS FOLLOWS: 3M 3630 -69 "DURANODIC" WALL TYP S: WALL TYPE 518" PLYWOOD METAL STUDS SCALE: 314" = 1' -0" ROOF STRUCTURE WALL TYPE FIRE BLOCKING AT CEILING 5/8" GYP. BD. METAL STUDS WI FULL WIDTH SOUND BATT INSULATION 518" CEMENT BD. TO 16" A.F.F. SCALE: 314 " =1' -0" ROOF STRUCTURE SLIP TRACK FIRE BLOCKING AT CEILING FINISHED CEILING 518" GYP. BD. 518" PLYWOOD TO RESTROOM 4r�u METAL STUDS WI FULL WIDTH SOUND BATT INSULATION 518' CEMENT BD. TO 16" A.F.F. WALL TYPE SCALE: 314 " =1' -0 FINISHED CEILING SLIP TRACK FINISHED CEILING �r- 518" PLYWOOD TO 4'-4" KrrCHEN ROOF STRUCTURE VAPOR BARRIER AND 518" GYP. BD THERMAL BATT INSULATION BRACE WALLS TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AS REQUIRED, 48" 0.C. MIN. 518" CEMENT BD. TO 16" A.F,F. 518" GYP. BD AND CEMENT T BD ONE SIDE ONLY AT SIM CONDITION EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL EXISTING WALL FURRING W10 WALL TYPE SCALE: 314"= 1'- W13 WALL TYPE SCALE: 314 " =1' -0" PUBLIC THERMAL BATT INSULATION EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL AND FURRING W2 EXISTING STOREFRONT- BLACK OUT GLASS W/ FILM PRIOR TO WALL FRAMING VAPOR BARRIER AND 518° GYP. BD, EXTEND TO ROOF DECK METAL STUDS- VERIFY WIDTH IN FIELD ,L.IF1j?f "P..12.1H!,.61l . 14rir ill III III III III III III III III III III III I KITCHEN �Ir OFFICE PUBLIC W5 FER TO FINISH SCHEDULE AND STAINLESS STEEL/METAL WALL FINISHES KEYPLAN ON SHEET Al20 FOR WALL FINISHES SLIP TRACK WALL TYPE SCALE: 3I4 " - -0" COOKING METAL STUDS WALL TYPE SCALE: 314 " =1' -0" COOLER WALL TYPE SCALE: 314 " =1' -0" ROOF STRUCTURE SLIP TRACK FIRE BLOCKING AT 10'.0 AFF 518" GYP. BD. METAL STUDS W11 WALL TYPE SCALE: 314 " =1' -0" ROOF STRUCTURE FINISHED CEILING FIRE BLOCKING AT CEILING 518" PLYWOOD METAL STUDS W/ FULL WIDTH BATT INSULATION 518" CEMENT BD. TO 16" A.F.F. BRACE WALLS TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AS REQUIRED, 48' 0.0. MIN. FINISHED CEILING HOOD 518" CEMENT BD. FULL HT. SHEET OF 24 GAUGE GALVANIZED METAL, EXTEND PAST EDGE OF HOOD 18" IN ALL DIRECTIONS 518" PLYWOOD 518" CEMENT BD. TO 16" A.F.F. FINISHED CEILING 518" PLYWOOD KITCHEN OFFICE ADJACENT TENANT EXISTING RATED WALL 518" CEMENT BD. TO 16' A.F.F. EXTEND PLYWOOD TO ROOF DECK AT SIM CONDITON W6 W3 RESTROOM ROOF STRUCTURE SLIP TRACK FINISHED CEILING FIRE BLOCKING AT CEILING 518" PLYWOOD 518" GYP. BD. KITCHEN METAL STUDS 5/8" CEMENT BD. TO 16" A.F.F. OMIT KITCHEN SIDE CEMENT BD AND PLYWOOD AT SIM CONDITON WALL TYPE SCALE: 314 " =1'•0" ROOF STRUCTURE W9 WALL _ TYPE SLIP TRACK 518" GYP. BD. FIRE BLOCKING AT CEILING FINISHED CEILING 518" PLYWOOD 5/8" PLYWOOD TO 4' -4" AFF W12 WALL TYPE METAL STUDS W/ FULL WIDTH SOUND BATT INSULATION 518" CEMENT BD. TO 16" A.F.F. WALL TYPE SCALE: 314 " = 0" FINISHED CEILING 518" PLYWOOD TO 4'41" AFF EXISTING RATED DEMISING WALL BY LANDLORD 518" CEMENT BD. TO 16" A.F.F. SCALE: 314 1'-0° BRACE WALLS TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AS REQUIRED, 48" O.C. MIN. FINISHED CEILING 518" PLYWOOD 518" GYP. BD METAL STUDS 5/8" CEMENT BD. TO 16" A.F.F. EXISTING DEMISING WALL r '- SIN NORTH HALLWAY 106 11 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN 7� tar: ru':r ,r..:, it ,lu l NORTH I � 2 A115 SCALE: 112" = 1' -0" 2 1' -11" 3 2 , ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN 9' -4" cn UTENSIL COUNTER BY MILLWORK / SUPPLIER LOW WALL BY MILLWORK SUPPLIER UTENSIL g Ir11r lhl[N l��i II IIPti°Ilil�i�Ellfi�lrl ',1ry1:'f1 I IIi�U�l�luhiI D I l i d�, Ilhl dIII,I[ u WOMENS I IIIIII11lI�VaNNiV�I��1YrIDd 1116., l �iu,a'o 1E41II4 uVl rh f . frl alkyl ul! @' ,Ifu l..lr ul.i!II!In ul llll IIIIallfaiitlJ:IR° ItItJIIV [:�Et dutlLl .0 .Ili. »41 r.. 1 MAIN ENTRY W1 s[M SOFFIT ABOVE KITCHEN 4 AT 4' —D" 1 1 1 'I, I a' I ' 1 �i � I ' +P Irl y �r!' n fl1I1 lr1rl i II 1I 1 1 fl: IIIIII h ° II m IY I�I�,� l�l u i it ?fir {I{�.ui - S , it : r.�= I 8' -1" L 3' -2" 2") tt ZE[,ul 'Iy IL,L.'<I wMr,E . , .. j I ® l al„ o W6 ORDERING SERVING COOKING SERVING LINE WALL BY MILLWORK SUPPLIER 12' -9" HOLD FINISH DIMENSION OFFICE TRANSITION FROM WALL TYPE W1 TO W13 COOLER ■ ■■ IEEE NO E 10. r r. NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX (SHEET A001) PRIOR TO AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. I 0N5U LTANT: Issue Record: 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 Revisions: 001.14.08 HARLAN R. FAUST STAT: OF W SHINGTON Liriaggilii I 2 NG IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN EE EXTENDED ONLY 8Y WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. Drawn: CRB 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 59S -4000 FAx: (303) 595 -4 014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.0 ❑M Checked: SRT Project No. 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT 070207 - FHA Contents: Architectural Floor Plan Date of Last Print: October 19, 2007 I— U w UQ OC Ct W N I— I N i= �N- D w CO Q I N(O I-1-1 00 � 5_z orn z Ili CO DO CV CA cl:: ¢d- Moo T s— 0 -i- d- Health Department Building Department Bid Set City Comments RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 1 8 LLD PEI CENTER A 115 X w of -14 -05 NEMESINVI Southcenter Square Tukwila, WA 98188 CLEAR, INSULATED, TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS DOOR TYPES DOOR TYPE 1 DOOR TYPE 2 ALUM. ENTRANCE DOOR SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR WI TEMPERED GLAZING KICK PLATES WHERE SCHEDULED 114" WIRE GLASS DOOR TYPE 3 INSULATED HOLLOW METAL DOOR DOOR TYPE 4 DOUBLE- ACTING IMPACT DOOR DOOR FRAME TYPES MEN'S ROOM - SINGLE LEAF DOOR: FRAME HARDWARE: (2) HINGE (1) CLOSER (2) KICK PLATE (2) DOOR STOP (3) DOOR SILENCERS (1) NON - OFFSET PULL (1) PUSH PLATE WOMEN'S ROOM - SINGLE LEAF DOOR: FRAME: HARDWARE: (2) HINGE (1) CLOSER (2) KICK PLATE (2) DOOR STOP (3) DOOR SILENCERS (1) NON - OFFSET PULL (1) PUSH PLATE TYPE 2: 3' -0" x 7' -0" x 1.3/4" SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR, BIRCH VENEER TYPE 1: HOLLOW METAL (WELDED) STANLEY, MODEL 06 -8441 (SIZE 4 -112" x 4-1/2") DORMA, MODEL 7414AR ALUMINUM HIAWATHA, MODEL KP8X34 -32D DON -JO, MODEL 1407 -630 IVES, MODEL SR64 HIAWATHA MODEL 523A -32D, STAINLESS STEEL HIAWATHA MODEL 200D -32D, STAINLESS STEEL TYPE 2: 3' -0" x 7' -0" x 1 -3/4" SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR, BIRCH VENEER TYPE 1: HOLLOW METAL (WELDED) STANLEY, MODEL 06-8441 (SIZE 41/2" x 4-1/2 ") DORMA, MODEL 7414AR ALUMINUM HIAWATHA, MODEL KP8X34 -32D DON -JO, MODEL 1407 -630 IVES, MODEL SR64 HIAWATHA MODEL 523A -32D, STAINLESS STEEL HIAWATHA MODEL 200D -32D, STAINLESS STEEL DOOR HARDWARE MAIN ENTRY - PAIR DOOR: FRAME: HARDWARE: (1) REMOVEABLE MULLION (4) PIVOTS (1) EXIT DEVICE (1) EXIT DEVICE (1) RIM CYLINDER (1) TEMP CORE (2) NON- OFFSET PULL (2) DOOR CLOSER (2) DOOR STOP (2) OVERHEAD STOP (2) CLOSER BACK PLATE (1) THRESHOLD (1) SMOKE SEAL (2) DOOR SWEEP 0 PATIO - PAIR DOOR: FRAME: HARDWARE: (1) REMOVEABLE MULLION (4) PIVOTS (1) EXIT DEVICE (1) EXIT DEVICE (1) RIM CYLINDER (1) TEMP CORE (2) NON - OFFSET PULL (2) DOOR CLOSER (2) DOOR STOP (2) OVERHEAD STOP (2) CLOSER BACK PLATE (1) THRESHOLD (1) SMOKE SEAL (2) DOOR SWEEP TYPE 1: PAIR 3' -0" x 7' -0" x 1 -3/4" ENTRANCE DOORS WITH CLEAR, INSULATED, TEMPERED SAFETY GLAZING. TYPE A: EXISTING ALUMINUM STOREFRONT PRECISION #811 W/ STRIKE PLATES, HEAD CAP AND SILL BASE BY STOREFRONT MANUFACTURER MONARCH, MODEL XX -C -R -26D (SIZE 36 ") MONARCH, MODEL XX -R -BA -26D (SIZE 36 ") SCHLAGE, MODEL 20 -079 -626 (FINISH 26D) SCHLAGE, MODEL 23-030 -ICC (INTERCHANGEABLE CORE), BRUSHED CHROME HIAWATHA, MODEL 535B -32D (8" OVERALL) DORMA, MODEL 8916 -AF89J BP89 (TOP JAMB), ALUMINUM IVES, MODEL FS450 -US26D JOHNSON, MODEL 450 DORMA, MODEL BP89, ALUMINUM REESE, MODEL 8483A -72 (SIZE 72 ") USE NON- SHRINK STRUCTURAL GROUT BED UNDER THRESHOLD REESE, MODEL 797B -20' REESE, MODEL 377C -36 (SIZE 36 ") WINDOW FRAME TYPES EXISTING STOREFRONT REMOVABLE MULLION PER SCHEDULE TYPE 1: PAIR 3' -0" x 7' -0" x 1 -314" ENTRANCE DOORS WITH CLEAR, INSULATED, TEMPERED SAFETY GLAZING. TYPE A: EXISTING ALUMINUM STOREFRONT PRECISION #811 WI STRIKE PLATES, HEAD CAP AND SILL BASE BY STOREFRONT MANUFACTURER MONARCH, MODEL XX -C -R -26D (SIZE 36 ") MONARCH, MODEL XX -R -BA -26D (SIZE 36 ") SCHLAGE, MODEL 20.079.626 (FINISH 26D) SCHLAGE, MODEL 23- 030 -ICC (INTERCHANGEABLE CORE), BRUSHED CHROME HIAWATHA, MODEL 535E -32D (8" OVERALL) DORMA, MODEL 8916 -AF89J BP89 (TOP JAMB), ALUMINUM IVES, MODEL FS450 -US26D JOHNSON, MODEL 450 DORMA, MODEL BP89, ALUMINUM REESE, MODEL S483A -72 (SIZE 72 ") USE NON- SHRINK STRUCTURAL GROUT BED UNDER THRESHOLD REESE, MODEL 79713-20' REESE, MODEL 377C-36 (SIZE 36 ") EXISTING STOREFRONT RECONFIGURE STOREFRONT TO ACCOMMODATE NEW DOOR KITCHEN (back exit) - SINGLE LEAF DOOR: EXISTING - VERIFY SIZE FRAME: EXISTING HAGER, MODEL 780 -224HD (SIZE 7' -0 ") MONARCH, MODEL XX -R -L -DANE (SIZE 42 ") SCHLAGE, MODEL 20- 709 -626 (FINISH 26D) SCHLAGE, MODEL 23- 030 -ICC (INTERCHANGEABLE CORE), FINISH 26D DORMA, MODEL 8916 -AF89P (TOP JAMB), ALUMINUM DORMA, MODEL BP89, ALUMINUM PEMKO, MODEL 2750A (SIZE 42 ") REESE, MODEL DS75A -4070, (SIZE 17' -6 ") REESE, MODEL 964C (SIZE 42 ") DOOR SCOPE OS/2000 AL.S TRINE, MODEL 206-3 IVES, MODEL SR64 (1) DOOR BUZZER TRINE, MODEL 233 NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO RETROFIT LOCKS TO BE KEYED THE SAME AS DOORS 1, 2 & 3 HARDWARE: (3) HINGE (1) EXIT DEVICE (1) RIM CYLINDER (1) TEMP CORE (1) DOOR CLOSER (1) CLOSER BACK PLATE (1) THRESHOLD (1) WEATHERSTRIP (1) DOOR SWEEP (1) DOOR VIEWER (1) EXIT ALARM (3)DOOR SILENCERS MANAGER'S OFFICE - SINGLE LEAF DOOR: TYPE 3: 3' -0" x 7' -0" x 1 -3/4" HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME: TYPE 1: HOLLOW METAL (WELDED) HARDWARE: (3) HINGE (1) LOCKSET (1) DEADBOLT (1) KICK PLATE (1) DOOR STOP (3) DOOR SILENCERS (1) SECURITY WINDOW U 3' -0" STANLEY, MODEL 06-8441 (SIZE 4-1/2" x 4 -1/2 ") SCHLAGE, MODEL L9456 06A 626 SCHLAGE, MODEL B660J -626 HIAWATHA, MODEL KP8X34 -32D DON -JO, MODEL 1407 -630, STAINLESS STEEL IVES, MODEL SR64 AIR LOUVERS, MODEL SLIMLINE 12" x 12" x 1/4" LITE KIT (10" x 10" GLASS VISIBLE) 1. MATCH EXISTING RETAIL CENTER STOREFRONT STYLE , FINISH AND GLAZING. 2. WINDOW AND DOOR GLAZING TO BE TEMPERED AT LOCATIONS INDICATED WITH " T ". 3. STOREFRONT SYSTEM TO BE SUPPLIED BY LANDLORD. LANDLORD TO VERIFY FRAMING OPENING SIZES AND MATERIALS WITH ARCHITECT AND /OR CHIPOTLE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO FABRICATION. FRAME TYPE 1 NO STOPS FRAME TYPE 2 KITCHEN DOOR - SINGLE ELIASON DOOR: TYPE 4: 3' -0" X 7' -0" X 3/4" DOUBLE- ACTING IMPACT DOOR ELIASON LWP -3 (OR APPROVED EQUAL) FRAME: TYPE 2: REINFORCED HOLLOW METAL, NO STOPS TELIASON LWP - 3 .063" ALUMINUM PANEL DOOR: 10" DIAMETER ROUND VISION PANEL WITH CLEAR ACRYLIC GLAZING SET IN A BLACK RUBBER GASKET; CENTER WINDOW OPENING AT 60" AFF; STANDARD MANUFACTURER'S PIVOT HINGES. DOOR NOTES 1. ALL EGRESS DOORS SHALL BE READILY OPENABLE FROM THE EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. 2. LATCHES, HANDLES, PANIC BARS AND ALL DOOR HARDWARE WILL COMPLY WITH SECTION 7.2 OF NFPA 101 PER THE SPECIFICATIONS. 3. THE MANAGER HAS A KEY TO UNLOCK RESTROOM DOORS, FROM THE OUTSIDE IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY. TYP. EXTERIOR DOORS " CHIPOTLE" LOGO IN HIGH PERFORMANCE CAST VINYL COLOR: SILVER "MEXICAN GRILL" 11/4" FONT: BANK GOTHIC COLOR: SILVER HOURS OF OPERATION 1" FONT: BANK GOTHIC COLOR: SILVER MOUNT PULLS CLOSER TO CENTER MULLION WHEN RIM CYLINDER PREVENTS THE 1 PULLS TO BE CENTERED IN THE WOOD STILE TEMPER INSULATED GLASS STILE & RAIL DOORS CENTER MULLION - " CHIPOTLE° LOGO IN HIGH PERFORMANCE CAST VINYL COLOR: SILVER "MEXICAN GRILL" 1 114" FONT: BANK GOTHIC COLOR: SILVER HOURS OF OPERATION 1" FONT: BANK GOTHIC COLOR: SILVER TEMPER INSULATED GLASS STILE & RAIL DOORS 0 1 1" 1" otle EXICA� GRILL 1 1 :D0 AM To 1 0:00 PM DA LY SINGLE DOOR le DOOR CLOSE R 1 1 :OD AM T] 1 D:OD PM DA LY .I. �:. STOREFRONT INSTALL CLOSER ONTO HEAD JAMB AS SHOWN - INSTALL WI OPTIONAL BACK PLATE WHERE HEAD JAMB DIMENSION IS LESS THAN 3" DORMA DOOR CONTROLS, INC. DOOR CLOSER MODEL #8916 -AF89J BP89 DOOR - REFER TO SCHEDULE TOP JAMB MOUNT INSTALLATION. (NOTE THAT BACKPLATE IS MISSING IN THIS INSTALLATION BECAUSE HEAD JAMB IS OF ADEQUATE HEIGHT TO RECEIVE ALL MOUNTING SCREWS WITHOUT IT.) WHEN IN DOUBT ABOUT THE HEAD JAMB DIMENSION OR STABILITY, ORDER THE BACKPLATE. THE CLOSER SHOWN IN THE PHOTO ABOVE IS NOT THE EXACT CLOSER SPECIFIED ON THIS SHEET. THE INSTALLATION, HOWEVER, IS CORRECT. N CONSULTANT: 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST TA 'E .F W SH NGTON 20❑ IS NG IS A NSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN SE EXTENDED ONLY EY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC -. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLCRAD❑ 8 0202 PHONE: (3 03) 595 -4 000 FAX: (303) 595 -4 014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM Issue Record: 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 Revisions: Drawn: MJK Checked: SRT Project No. 070207 - FHA Contents: Date of Last Print: Door & Hardware Schedule October 19, 2007 I— U V O co < — I (/) 17 w o p a LL < l _ co N Win X'• G ): oo z= ..Li Lfi J � 00 00 0 -N]¢NN < :oo Health Department Building Department Bid Set 001.14.08 _ City Comments RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 16 2L:‘,3 PERMIT CENTER A 117 ( -Vta ROOM :FINISH SCHEDULE FLOORS WALL SURFACES NO. ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST CEILING CEIL. HT. REMARKS SEALED CONCRETE B2 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELS P2 112" CORRUGATED GALVANIZED C2 GYPSUM BOARD; PAINT WHITE F3 POLISHED & SEALED CONCRETE B3 100 MAIN ENTRY F21F3 B1 P1 /P21P5 P21P7 - - - - C1 STR SEE SHEET A210, REFER TO SHEET Al25 FOR SUBSTRATE AT CORRUGATED GALV. 101 ORDERING F21F3 B1 - - P21P7 P1 - - Cl STR SEE SHEET A210 102 SERVING F5 B4 -- P3 -- P3 C2 10 -0" SEE SHEETA220 103 POS F5 B4 - - P3 P3 P3 C2 10' -0" SEE SHEET A210, QUARRY TILE TO END FLUSH WITH BACKSIDE OF MAKE WALL 104 DINING F21F3 B1 P1 /P21P5 P11P2 P2 /P7 P1IP2IP5 /P7 C1 STR SEE SHEET A210, REFER TO SHEET Al25 FOR SUBSTRATE AT CORRUGATED GALV. 105 UTENSIL F21F3 B1 - - P11P2 P11P2 - - C2 10' -0" SEE SHEET A210 106 HALLWAY F2IF3 B1 P11P2 P11P2 P21P7 - - C2 10' -0" SEE SHEET A210, REFER TO SHEET Al25 FOR SUBSTRATE AT CORRUGATED GALV. 107 COOKING F5 B4 P3 P3 P3 C2 10 -0" SEE SHEET A220 108 KITCHEN F5 B4 P4 /P6 /P8 P4 P4 P4 C3 9' -0" SEE SHEET A220 109 COOLER F5 B4 P81P9 P81P9 P6/P8/P9 P8/P9 C1 9' -0" CEILING HEIGHT & FINISHES OF ACTUAL COOLER, PER MANUFACTURER 110 OFFICE F5 B4 P4 P4 P4 P4 C3 9' -0" EXTEND SHEATHING TO STRUCTURE 111 MEN F5 B4 P1IP3 P1IP3 P1IP3 P1 /P3 C2 9' -0" SEE SHEET A230 112 WOMEN F5 B4 P1 /P3 P1 /P3 P1/P3 P1/P3 C2 9' -0" SEE SHEETA230 113 PATIO F4 GENERAL NOTES: WALL FINISH LOCATIONS. TO HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 OR LESS, WITH A MAXIMUM SMOKE GENERATION FACTOR OF 450. 1. REFER TO PLAN FOR 2. ALL INTERIOR FINISHES MATERIALS FLOORS BASES WALLS CEILINGS Fl NOT USED B1 GALVANIZED SHEET METAL P1 GYPSUM BOARD; PAINT WHITE C1 OPEN TO STRUCTURE F2 SEALED CONCRETE B2 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELS P2 112" CORRUGATED GALVANIZED C2 GYPSUM BOARD; PAINT WHITE F3 POLISHED & SEALED CONCRETE B3 STAINLESS STEEL P3 STAINLESS STEEL C3 2X4 VINYL FACE LAY -IN F4 EXTERIOR CONCRETE B4 QUARRY TILE P4 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELS C4 TECTUM PANELS F5 QUARRY TILE P5 STOREFRONT P6 DIAMOND PLATE TO 48" A.F.F. P7 GYPSUM BOARD; PAINT CHIPOTLE RED P8 COOLER PANEL P9 GYPSUM BOARD; TAPED AND SANDED (NO PAINT) CODED NOTES 0 STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARDS, SEE 11/Al25 FOR DETAILS. STAINLESS STEEL END CAP, SEE 10/Al25 FOR DETAILS. NO JOINTS OF STAINLESS STEEL SHEETS TO BE LOCATED AT INSIDE CORNERS. IF IN QUESTION, VERIFY PLACEMENT OF STAINLESS SEAMS WITH CHIPOTLE CM PRIOR TO FABRICATION. SEE 7/Al25 FOR DETAILS. O NO STAINLESS STEEL SEAMS IN THIS AREA PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL CORNER COVE BASE AT ALL QUARRY TILE CORNER LOCATIONS IN KITCHEN AREA. SUPPLIER: DECIMET SALES, INC. (763)428 -4321 CONTACT TONY HINES. TRANSITION BETWEEN QUARRY TILE & CONC. FLOOR TO USE EITHER 15/Al25 OR 15A/Al25, VERIFY W/ CHIPOTLE CM WHICH DETAIL TO USE. 1 P1 P2 PAINT COLUMN "CHIPOTLE RED ", TYP DINING 104 KITCHEN SERVING COOKING OFFICE RETURN WALL FINISH TO STOREFRONT, SEE 21/Al25 ABOVE P1 r r I UTENSIL 105 r HALLWAY 106 LOW WALL BY TENANT MILLWORK SUPPLIER MAIN ENTRY 100 •-• FINISH PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1 -0" I P ABOVE P5 ABOVE P1 101 P1 P2 P2 P7 ALIGN END OF STAINLESS ORDERING WITH FRONT EDGE OF MAKE -LINE WALL, SEE 6/Al25 r I H L TYP COOLER 109 • f NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX (SHEET A001) PRIOR TO AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONSULTANT: P TIGHT 2 C THIS 0 -^ INS IS AN INSTRUMENT O F' SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DDCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN SE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 0 Issue Record: 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 Revisions: V01.14.08 Drawn: AKT 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 802 02 PHONE: (3 03) 595 -4000 FAX: (3 03) 595-4014 INTERNET: WWW.OHIPDTLE.00M Checked: SRT Project No. 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST STATE of W SHINGTON 070207 - FHA Contents: Finish Plan Mgr Date of Last Print: October 19, 2007 I— a w I— a co Q N <C 0 L w� r� - co co =-add ut-- A -08 CO Q c a Co CO 11 07 s.. Q C Q Q ti Health Department Building Department Bid Set City Comments RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 1 C c3�3 PEHMIT CENTER A 120 WALL FINISH DETAILS I WarIrAILMWMOKIMII . orm»LA� . QUARRY TILE BASE W/ MEMBRANE EPDXY GROUT QUARRY TILE LATEX - PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR BOND COAT CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM TRANSITION STRIP VERIFY SIZE AND HEIGHT WITH TILE SETTING CONCRETE FLOOR. PATCH AND REPAIR AS NECESSARY WATERPROOF MEMBRANE @ WOOD SUBFLOOR ONLY FLOOR TRANSITION -CONC. TO QUARRY TILE SCALE: 3" = 4" THICK COOLER PANEL QUARRY TILE BASE NSF LISTED VINYL FLOOR SEALER SET IN BED OF CONTINUOUS SEALANT COVE BASE IN BED OF CONTINUOUS SEALANT CONCRETE SLAB COOLER WALL @ QUARRY TILE SEE WALL TYPES FOR SUBSTRATE RUN WALL FINISH OVER FLASHING STAINLESS STEEL FLASHING - 18 GA., TYPE 304, NO.4 FINISH 5" QUARRY TILE COVE BASE EPDXY GROUT BASE COAT OF LATICRETE 9235 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE LIQUID, PRESS IN LATICRETE REINFORCING FABRIC AND TOP WITH A SECOND COAT OF LATICRETE 9235 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE LIQUID POLISHED CONC. • UNFINISHED CONC. WI QUARRY TILE NOTE: TCA METHOD -THIN SET #F122 -92 GALV. BASE @ DINING EPDXY GROUT QUARRY TILE LATEX- PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR BOND COAT CONCRETE FLOOR. PATCH AND REPAIR AS NECESSARY CHIP AWAY CONCRETE FLOOR AS NEEDED TO ALLOW FOR A SMOOTH TRANSITION SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" CORRUGATED METAL DETAILS 5/8" OSB SUBSTRATE GALV., CORRUGATED STEEL SIDING GALV. FLAT BASE SET BASE IN CONT. BEAD OF SEALANT. CAULK TO FLOOR ONCE BASE IS SET. 1' -0° UNFINISHED CONC. W/ QUARRY TILE SMOOTH FLOOR TRANSITION -CONC. TO QUARRY TILE NOTE: TCA METHOD -THIN SET #F122-92 K.) co C0 CY lc Ih 5 Al25 SECTION @ DINING ROOM WAINSCOT SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0" SCALE: 3/4" = 1-0" SCHEDULED PAINT FINISH SEE SPEC. SECTION 9900 TRIM 2, SEE DETAIL 4/Al25 5/8" OSB SUBSTRATE GALV. STEEL BASE. SEE DETAIL 14/Al25 *NOTE: SEAL ALL EXPOSED WOOD W/ 3 APPLICATIONS OF TRANSPARENT POLYURETHANE PRIOR TO ASSEMBLY & INSTALLATION 5/8" OSB SUBSTRATE GALV. STEEL BASE. SEE DETAIL 14/Al25 SECTION @ BOOTH WAINSCOT 8 Al25 SEE SHEET Al20 FOR FINISHES SEE SHEET A115 FOR WALL TYPES FULL HEIGHT METAL STUDS SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" WOOD BLOCKING, MITRE AT CORNER FULLY ADHERED STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARD SILICONE SEALANT PER SPECS @ TOP JOINT TOP OF TRIM EL. = 3' -8" WALL SUBSTRATE CONSTRUCTION VARIES - REFER TO A115 GALV. CORRUGATED STEEL SIDING. ATTACH STEEL W/ NO. 8 x 5/8" SCREWS W/ METAL & BLACK NEOPRENE WASHERS @ 8" O.C. HORIZONTALLY & VERTICALLY FINISH FLOOR EL. = 0' -0" SCHEDULED PAINT FINISH SEE SPEC. SECTION 9900 SILICONE SEALANT PER SPECS @ TOP JOINT TOP OF TRIM EL. = 3' -8" TRIM 2, SEE DETAIL 4/Al25 WALL CONSTRUCTION VARIES - REFER TO A115 GALV. METAL SHEET - ATTACH W/ NO. 8 x 5/8" SCREWS W/ METAL & BLACK NEOPRENE WASHERS @ 8" O.C. EACH WAY. STAINLESS STEEL OUTSIDE CORNER FINISH FLOOR EL. =0'-0" C � WALL SUBSTRATE PLAN DETAIL@ INT. /EXT. RUNNING GALV. TRIM SCALE: 3" = 1 - 0 " GALV. SHEET METAL TRIM (EXTERIOR BANDING OR BASE), BUTT TRIM GALV. SHEET METAL BACK PLATE SET TRIM PIECE IN CONTINUOUS BEAD OF SEALANT Al25 9 6 Al25 12 Al25 SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0° SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" SCALE: 1' -0" = 1-0" SCALE: 1 -112" = 1-0° SCHEDULED PAINT FINISH SEE SPEC. SECTION 9900 SILICONE SEALANT PER SPECS © TOP & BOTTOM JOINTS TOP OF TRIM EL = 4'-4" TRIM 1, SEE DETAIL 3/Al25 WALL SUBSTRATE CONSTRUCTION VARIES - REFER TO A115, PROVIDE BACKING AS REQUIRED FOR FIXTURES /ACCESSORIES STAINLESS STEEL SHEET - ADHERE DIRECTLY TO WALL - HOLD SHEET 4" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR *NOTE: SEAL ALL EXPOSED WOOD W/ 3 APPLICATIONS OF TRANSPARENT POLYURETHANE PRIOR TO ASSEMBLY & INSTALLATION QUARRY TILE BASE. SEE DETAIL 13/Al25 TOP OF SERVING WALL / FACE OF SOFFIT STAINLESS STEEL VERTICAL TERMINATION STRIP STAINLESS STEEL SHEET FINISH FLOOR EL. = 0' -0" SECTION @ RESTROOM WAINSCOT 2 STAINLESS STL. TERMINATION STAINLESS STEEL SHEET STAINLESS STEEL VERTICAL BATTEN STRIP, NO. 4 FINISH CHG - MODEL #J64- 1450 -10 STAINLESS STL. BATTEN STRIP 0 0 MENU HOLDER INSTALLATION SCHEDULED PAINT FINISH USE FASTENER FROM CORRUGATED SIDING TO INSTALL MENU HOLDER ADDITIONAL FASTENER BELOW KEYHOLE STAINLESS STEEL MENU HOLDER KITCHEN EQUIPMENT ITEM #40 REMOVE THE LABEL TYP DINING ROOM WAINSCOT SEE DETAIL 1/Al25 TRIM 1 3/4" x 1 -1/2" BIRCH VENEER PLYWOOD TRIM NOTE: GC TO DADO THE TRIM AS NECESSARY ON SITE 3 4 �J �1 1/4 2 HALF SIZE TRIM 2 HALF SIZE SCALE: 1' -0" = 1-0" QUARRY TILE BASE TO TERMINATE AT STAINLESS STEEL BASE 4" X 1/2" WOOD BLOCKING DOUBLE FULL HEIGHT METAL STUD STAINLESS STEEL VERTICAL BATTEN STRIP STAINLESS STEEL SHEET INSIDE CORNER OF WALL STAINLESS STL. CORNER DTL STAINLESS STEEL CHANNEL GUARD FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY STAINLESS STEEL INSTALLER SEE SHEET A115 FOR WALL TYPE SEE Al20 FOR FINISHES. SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" 3/4" BIRCH VENEER PLYWOOD TRIM STAINLESS STEEL ENDCAP Al25 END CAP @ LOW WALL SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" 5/8" OSB SUBSTRATE GALV. CORRUGATED STEEL SIDING BIRCH VENEER TRIM CAP ABOVE, MITRE AT CORNER J TRIMS DROPPED 1/4" FROM TOP OF GALV. METAL TO RECEIVE CAP. SCALE: 3". 1' -0" 3 5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING 5/8" OSB SUBSTRATE GALV. CORRUGATED STEEL SIDING GALV. J -METAL EDGE OF BOOTH SEAT BEYOND (WHEN ADJACENT TO BOOTH) GALV. END CAP ADHERED TO WOOD COMPOSITION END CAP *NOTE: SEAL ALL EXPOSED WOOD WI 3 APPLICATIONS OF TRANSPARENT POLYURETHANE PRIOR TO ASSEMBLY & INSTALLATION OUTSIDE CORNER PLAN DETAIL @ WAINSCOT BASE/FLOOR DETAILS 21 Al25 SCALE: 3" = SCALE: 112" =1' -0" HM FRAME/PAINT 5/8" GYP. BD. 5/8" OSB SUBSTRATE GALV. CORRUGATED STEEL SIDING BIRCH VENEER TRIP CAP ABOVE, MITRE AT CORNER, NOTCH CAP TO LAP DOOR FRAME 1/4" L TRIM J TRIM WAINSCOT @ DOORJAMB EXIST. WALL CONST. - V.I.F. RETURN WAINSCOT TO FACE OF STOREFRONT AS SHOWN WAINSCOT - REFER TO 1/Al25 GALVANIZED BASE - REFER TO 14/Al25 WAINSCOT @ WINDOW RETURN GALV. CORRUGATED STEEL SIDING J TRIMS PULLED OUT 1/2" FOR SYMMETRY 5/8" OSB SUBSTRATE BIRCH VENEER TRIM CAP ABOVE, MITRE AT CORNER SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" INSIDE CORNER PLAN DETAIL @ WAINSCOT CONSULTANT: ►.PY GHT 20 Issue Record: 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 Revisions: Drawn: AKT Checked: SRT Project No. Contents: 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST ST E OF . ASHINGTON THIS DR 'NO IS N INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPDTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY SY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 80202 PH ❑NE: (3 03) 595-4000 FAX: (3 03) 595 -4 014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPDTLE.COM 070207 - FHA Finish Details Date of Last Print: October 19, 2007 Health Department Building Department Bid Set RECEIVED CITY OF TUKMLA JAN 16 "La ,3 PEHM!T (;INTER A 125 I- U N I ~ it �_ w co Q c u_Uw� ° • zoo co co < MOO z O r of -t4 -O EXISTING DECK —/ OPP WHERE OCCURES NOTES: SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 178 V 2" MIN. HOOD 2X2Xe ANG. X JOIST SPACING WELDED TO TOP CHORD OF STEEL JOIST W/ MIN. 2" OF g' FILLET WELD EACH END. 1. PROVIDE MIN. (2) ANG. BRACES EACH DIRECTION ATTACHED TO HOOD. SEISMIC BRACHING OF HOOD in ROD 2'-1 1" 2' -6" 2'-6" 12 HRH CO 6" PVC CHASE BE INTERIOR RAILING, SEE SHEET A115 FOR DIMENSIONS o 037 —€2L II•1111•1111•11•11 REINFORCE JOIST PER 3/A140 TYP. HOOD SUPPORT SCALE: NOT TO SCALE � ----- -- 2 ROD @4 P5500 UNISTRUT LOCATION MIN. @ EACH HANGER ROD. EXISTING JOISTS 0- 3' -" 5' -6" r NORTH EQUIPMENT PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" E 6" PVC CHASE CO2 FILL PORT VERIFY LOCATION WITH CHIPOTLE C.M. NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX (SHEETA001) PRIOR TO AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONSULTANT: T 2007 T S DR ^ WING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SER -, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN SE EXTENDED DNLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPDTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. Issue Record: 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 Drawn: AKT Checked: SRT Project No. 070207 - FHA Contents: 1 S43 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 80242 PH ❑NE: (3 03) 595 -4000 FAx: (3 03) 595 -4 014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM Date of Last Print: 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R, FAUST STA E OF WASHINGTON October 19, 2007 Health Department Building Department Bid Set Revisions: 1130.07 Patio Heater Revision W 01.14.08 City Comments Fixtures, Furniture & Equipment Plan A 130 CITY O F TUKWIL A JAN 16t� PE iMIT CENTER 0 KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE w w� L z DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NO. ELECTRICAL PLUMBING /MECHANICAL 0 ~ O W Q � a ¢ co o O 1- ¢ IL IY CO W O O I— U o ` 2 a Z CW HW WASTE GAS w N u) W N � = d (9 I— U n U W ❑ Z N (7) J I D ¢ O m � REMARKS /SPEC INFORMATION 1 TORTILLA WARMER WORK TABLE REMCO INC. - CUSTOM 5 -15P Custom Stainless Steel Table 36 "I x 36 "w x 36 "h, stainless steel undershelf; frame, legs & casters. 2 TWO SIDED TORTILLA PRESS STAR MANUF. INT'L. - GRI4SNC 120 1 15 2.3 3 ELECTRIC SEALED WELL HOT FOOD TABLE RANDELL - 3614 208 1 16.64 3.46 6 -30P 3/4" 4 ELECTRIC PREP REFRIGERATOR W/ SALSA SHELF CONTINENTAL - SW48 -12 120 1 7.1 1/5 5 -15P 52 "x 48 " stainless steel attachment at back 5 ELECTRIC BAR -TYPE BLENDER WARING COMMERCIAL - BB150 -S 120 1 5 -15P 6 CUSTOM STAINLESS STEEL SHELF W/ BRACKETS REMCO INC. - CUSTOM 7 REACH -IN REFRIGERATOR W/ GLASS DOOR ON CASTERS CONTINENTAL - 1 RX -GD 120 1 7.1 1/4 5 -15P 8 CHIP CABINET REMCO INC. - CUSTOM Custom Stainless Steel Work Table & Shelves, 251 x 20 "w x 36 "h. 9 UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR DELFIELD - 406 -CA 120 1 5 1/5 5 -15P 2 @ 1/2" Self Contained Compact Undercounter Refrigerator 10 ICE MAKER W/ REMOTE CONDENSER HOSHIZAKI - KM 1340MRH (REMOTE) 120 1 7.5 X 1/2" Route water supply through Water Filter and Scale Inhibitor, See piping detail on plumping drawings. ICE STORAGE BIN HOSHIZAKI - B500PF 3/4" WATER FILTER W/ (2) CARTRIDGES CUNO - 190 3/8" See Piping Detail on Plumbing Drawings SCALE INHIBITOR CUNO - CFS440 314" 3/4" 1/2" 3/4" 120,000 See Piping Detail on Plumbing Drawings 11 GAS GROOVED GRIDDLE W/ GAS CONNECTOR KIT IMPERIAL ELITE GROOVED GRIDDLE - IMGA -4828 Gas Hose: Dormont: Model No.: 1675BPQ2SR - 48 STAINLESS STEEL STAND IMPERIAL ELITE - QSM341 -48 12 SIX BURNER RESTAURANT RANGE W/ CASTERS (2 LOCKING US RANGE - PS6 227,000 Gas Hose: Dormont: Model No.: 1675BPQ2SR - 48 13 STAINLESS STEEL RICE COOKER WORKTABLE REMCO INC. - CUSTOM Custom Work Table 18 "l x 24 "w x 252 "h. 14 GAS RICE COOKER WITH GAS CONNECTOR KIT RENNAI - RER- 55A -SN 4 @ 2" 35,000 Gas Hose: Dormont: Model No.: 1650BPQSR 15 FRYER WITH CASTERS PITCO FRIALATOR - 35C +S 120 1 5 - 15P 90,000 Provide (1) Large Basket, and (2) Taco Baskets, Gas Hose: Dormont: Model No.: 1675BPQ2SR - 48 16 DOUBLE CAPACITY MOBILE WARMER WITH CASTERS FWE - HLC -16 120 1 9.2 1.1 5 -15P 17 CUSTOM STAINLESS STEEL PREP TABLE REMCO INC. - CUSTOM 48 "I x 30 "w x 36 "h 18 4 COMPARTMENT SINK W/ (2) FAUCETS & (1) SPRAYER REMCO INC. - CUSTOM 3@1/2" 3 @1/2" 100 4 Compartment Sink w/ (2) Faucets & (1) Sprayer, Stainless Steel Assembly: 1484 x 30 "(w) x 33 "(h), provided with Pre -Rinse Basket. Pre Rinse Sprayer Unit: T &S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc.: Model No.: Water Saver, 3- 0133 -BC. Sink Mixing Faucet with 12" Swing Nozzle: T &S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc.: Model No.: B -0231. _ -_ ___ 19 WALL MOUNTED HAND SINK ADVANCE TABCO - 7PS70 3/4" 3/4" 5 1 - 1/2" Faucet with B -WH4 Wrist Action Handles: T &S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc.: Model No.: 3 -1146, Provide 60199 -01 Aerator 20 CUSTOM STAINLESS STEEL TABLE REMCO INC. - CUSTOM 2 @1/2" 2 @1/2" 65 1 @ 2" 2 @ 2" Custom Stainless Steel Table: 1494"l x 34 "w x 36 "h, Chefs Table with Hand Sink and Prep Sink: T &S Brass, Inc.: Model No.: B- 2866 -04 Faucet with 135X Swing Spout and 13- 0199 -02 Aerator Modified with Wrist Action Handles. T &S Brass, Inc.: Model No.:B -0293 Kettle and Pot Sink Mixing Faucet with 12" swing nozzle, 4 -Arm Kitchen Handles, 4 NPT inlets. 21 WALK -IN COOLER (END ENTRY TYPE) NORLAKE - FAST TRAK 9' X 14' INDOOR 120 1 LIGHTS X Walk -in Cooler: 14' -01 x 9' -0 "w x 8' -38"h. Provide strip curtain inside door. Remote exterior condensing unit on roof, See mech. Provide diamond plate cladding on both sides of cooler door to 48" high & reinforced door jamb . EVAPORATOR COIL 120 1 X 3/4" CONDENSING UNIT 208 1 X 22 ICE TEA DRAIN QUAL -SERV. - QSM -2716 1" 23 COMMERCIAL FOOD PROCESSOR ROBOT COUPE - CL52 120 1 13.5 3/4 5 -15P Continuous feed vegetable prep machine 24 SPEED RAK (NOT SHOWN) TOPPO - 322BH 25 BAIN MARIE VOLLRATH COMPANY - 78710 26 NAPKIN DISPENSER/SALSA CADDY QUAL -SERV - QSM -63 27A CUP DISPENSER IN POS SAN JAMAR - C2410SM (Accommodate 12 -24 oz.) 27B CUP DISPENSER IN POS SAN JAMAR - 22410SM (Accommodate 32 - 44 oz.) 27C CUP DISPENSER IN POS SAN JAMAR - ADJ - NS - 81 (Accommodate water cups) 28 STAINLESS STEEL LID DISPENSER SAN JAMAR - L3502 29 ICED TEA DISPENSER 30 LOCKABLE LIQUOR STORAGE (STANDARD UNIT) ISS - WST199CLR (2) (2) Shelves, Casters & Donut Bumpers, Mount Shelves at post nos. 3, 22, 38 & 62 31 WIRE SHELVING ISS - WST201 CLR 48 "I x 24 "w x 60 "h, each section 4 tiers with casters, Mount shelves at post nos.: 3, 22, 38, & 62 31B NOT USED 32 NOT USED 32B WIRE SHELVING (KITCHEN) ISS - WST200CLR 24 "I x 24 "w x 60 "h, each section 5 tiers with casters, Mount shelves at post nos.: 3, 17, 32, 48, & 62 33A COOLER SHELVING ISS - WST644CLR (WIRE) 601 x 24 "w x 60 "h, each section 4 tiers with casters 33B COOLER SHELVING ISS - WST665CLR (WIRE) 601 x 24 "w x 60 "h, each section 7 tiers with casters 34 WIRE SHELVING ISS - WST204CLR 48 "I x 24"w x 60 "h, each section 6 tiers with casters 34B NOT USED 35 HEAVY DUTY DUNNAGE RACK ISS - WST680CLR 48 "I x 24 "w 35A NOT USED 36 WALL MOUNTED WIRE SHELVING W/ BRACKETS ISS - WST342CLR See sheet A220 for mounting, 48 "I x 18 "w , (1) © 72" & (1) © 84" AFF 37 WALL MOUNTED WIRE SHELVING W/ BRACKETS ISS - WST434CLR 2" See sheet A220 for mounting, 36 "I x 18 "w , (1) @ 72" & (1) @ 84" AFF 38 CUSTOM STAINLESS STEEL MULTI - PURPOSE TABLE REMCO INC. - CUSTOM 30 "I x 22 "w x 36 "h, w/ stainless steel under shelf, frame, legs and casters 39 1 COMPARTMENT PREP SINK QUAL -SERV QSM0003550 1/2" 1/2" 42 "I x 30 "w Sink 40 BOTTLE CAP CATCHERS (FOR MENUS) SAN JAMAR - B4300 41 NOT USED 42 UNDERCOUNTER WIRE SHELVING ISS - WST833CLR 24 "I x 36 "w x 24 "h, each section, 2 tiers with casters 43 INSULATED BLACK 6" DEEP 1/6 PAN COLDMASTER BY CARLISLE - CM1103 Three (3) total: Two (2) used at Utensil Counter/ One (1) on reserve 44 CLOSURE TRIM BETWEEN COOLER & WALL BY COOLER MANUFACTURER (SEE ABOVE) Finish to match Walk - in Cooler panel finish 0 2ND MAKE -LINE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE 1A TORTILLA WARMER WORK TABLE REMCO INC. - CUSTOM Custom Stainless Steel Table 36 "I x 18 "w x 36 "h, stainless steel undershelf; frame, legs & casters. 1B NOT USED Custom Stainless Steel Table 36 "I x 25 z "w x 36 "h, stainless steel undershelf; frame, legs & casters. 2 TWO SIDED TORTILLA PRESS STAR MANUF. INT'L. - GRI4SNC 120 1 15 2.3 5 -15P 3/4" 3A NOT USED RANDELL - 3612 (2 WELL) 208 1 8.32 1.73 6 -15P 3B ELECTRIC SEALED WELL HOT FOOD TABLE (3 WELL) RANDELL - 3613 (3 WELL) 208 1 12.48 2.6 6 -20P 4A ELECTRIC PREP REFRIGERATOR WITH SALSA SHELF CONTINENTAL REFRIGERATOR - SW27 -8 120 1 6.2 1/5 5 -15P 16A SINGLE CAPACITY MOBILE WARMER W/ CASTERS FWE - TS- 1826 -7 120 1 11.3 1350 5 -15P Omit perimeter bumpers, provide stainless steel work surface 36A WALL MOUNTED WIRE SHELVING W/ BRACKETS ISS - WST852CLR (THREE TIER) See sheet A220 for mounting, 481 x 18 "w , (1) @ 53" & (1) @ 72" AFF, (1) © 89 "AFF 36B WALL MOUNTED WIRE SHELVING W/ BRACKETS ISS - WST342CLR (TWO TIER) 6/A225 FOR See sheet A220 for mounting, 48 "I x 18 "w , (1) © 72" & (1) @ 89" AFF SCHEDULE G.C. REQUIRED TO REVIEW RESPONSIBLITY MATRIX PRIOR TO AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. SEE SECTION MOUNTING OF TANK TYPE SOAP DISPENSER AT CHEF'S TABLE. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT 1 POINT - OF SALE SYSTEM NCR 120 1 5 5 - 15P Coordinate requirements with tenant and Electrical drawings 2 CASH DROP BOX ENVYSION • 3 4 SAFE ENVYSION SODA SYSTEM DISPENSER COCA COLA USA 120 1 7 3/4" Installed with 4" adjustable legs 5 SODA SYSTEM SYRUP RACK W/ COCA COLA USA CARBONATOR ON STAINLESS SHELF COCA COLA USA 120 1 4 1/2" Wall Mount Shelf @ 89" AFF 6 7 BULK CO2 TANK NuCO2 r _ . WATER HEATER SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS YAWN 8 MOP SINK SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS - � .. . . 9 TANK TYPE SOAP DISPENSER ASI - 0342 MI. INIE_- 10 ROLL PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER ASI - 8165 w 11 B & W FRAMED PHOTOGRAPHS STEVEN ADAMS PHOTOGRAPHY 12 ARTWORK (PLYWOOD & METAL SCULPTURE) MAYATEK, INC. HRH 13 LICENSE & PERMIT FRAME CUSTOM MILLWORK 14 POP DISPLAY (NOT SHOWN) Mount as directed by Chipotle 15 FIRST -AID KIT Mount as directed by Chipotle 16 FIRE EXTINGUISHER LARSON (1) Type ABC (MP5) at Dining, (1) Type K (WC -6L) at Kitchen or mounted in locations specified by the Fire Marshal 17 NOT USED 18 36" GRAB BAR ASI - 3501 -36 Install using toggle bolts 19 HAT & COAT STRIPS ASI - 1307 -B (2) Mount as directed by Chipotle 20 NOT USED 21 BULLETIN BOARD 22A MOP STRIP - 2 HOLE ASE - MOP AND BROOM ORGANIZER 8204 Mount as directed by Chipotle 22B NOT USED 23 7 FREE STANDING NATURAL GAS PATIO HEATER SUN -GLO PSA 265 or equal 50,000 24 \ CANOPY MOUNTED NATURAL GAS PATIO HEATER SUNPAK 525 or equal 25.000 FURNITURE LIST SEE SHEET A001 FOR COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF RESPONSIBILITY. Table: 24 "x 42" I1 Table: 24" x 24" Not Used ( 1D ) Not Used Booth Seating: 24" x 42" Chairs w/ Glides, by Tenant Not Used Not Used ( 8 ) Not Used Not Used C 10 ) Child's High Chair, by Tenant (not shown) Office Chair, by Tenant Patio Chair, by Tenant Patio Table, by Tenant Trash Surround Patio Umbrella, by Tenant C 16 ) File Cabinet, by Tenant "Slim -Jim" Plastic Trash Can 11 -1/4" X 19 -1/4" X 30 ", by Tenant GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF FRAMING, OR CENTERLINE OF EQUIPMENT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. REVIEW SHEETS A130 & A001 FOR QUANTITY, PLAN ORIENTATION OF ASSEMBLY AND RESPONSIBILITY OF EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES, & FURNITURE. 3. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW ON ALL CUSTOM STAINLESS STEEL EQUIPMENT AND ASSEMBLIES. • • 1 CONSULTANT: THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY EP( WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 8 02 02 PHONE: (3 03) 595 -4000 FAX: (303) 595 -4014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPDTLE.ODM 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 Revisions: V11.30.07 Drawn: AKT Checked: SRT Project No. 070207 - FHA Contents: 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST ST'TE OF WASHINGTON MagellSOZEMEInia Fixture, Furniture & Equipment Schedule CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 1 U 'LL) PERMIT GENTER Date of Last Pnnt October 19, 2007 Health Department Building Department Bid Set Owner Revisions A 131 I— U w s ap co ti w ap CK I— (n CO wopu7 -zoo) j -100 M 0 0 :i:.— 0 ' x li 0t —►4_0$ CO Q (1) Cn co o_ a' C a) U 0 O O I` RCP SCHEDULE QTY. # SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION REMARKS A 2' x 2' FLOURESCENT SEE SHEET E100 _ B _$- RECESSED DOWNLIGHTING SEE SHEET E100 B1 • RECESSED DOWNLIGHTING SEE SHEET E100 C LINEAR WALL WASH - 48" SEE SHEET E100 Cl LINEAR WALL WASH - 24" SEE SHEET E100 D LI TOILET ROOM FIXTURE SEE DETAIL DIA141 E P EMERGENCY LIGHT SEE SHEET E100 El � EXTERIOR EMERGENCY LIGHT SEE SHEET E100 F I® EXIT LIGHT SEE SHEET E100 H 0 HOOD SEE SHEET E100 J PORCELAIN KEYLESS FIXTURE SEE DETAIL J /A141 0 J1 PORCELAIN KEYLESS FIXTURE SEE DETAIL J/A141 0 L 0 WALL DOWN KEYLESS SEE DETAIL LIA141 L1 g WALL DOWN KEYLESS SEE DETAIL IJA141 N DEA CEILING MOUNTED KEYLESS SEE DETAIL NIA141 R PORCELAIN KEYLESS FIXTURE SEE SHEET R/A141 ID a SUPPLY DIFFUSER RETURN GRILLE 7 ® 1 X 1 DIFFUSER 1 X 1 EXHAUST FAN /I TECTUM SCHEDULE QTY. THICKNESS WIDTH LENGTH EDGE DETAIL FACTORY FINISH VERIFY 1" 48" 96" BEVELED NATURAL 0 V GENERAL NOTES 1. REFER TO "09900 PAINTING - GENERAL° IN SPECIFICATIONS . OR FINISHES AT EXPOSED CEILING AREAS IN ADDITION TO NOTES LISTED ON THIS SHEET. 2. SOUND SYSTEM: REFER TO THE RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX SHEET A001 INCLUDE SPEAKER FOR VESTIBULE INCLUDE SPEAKER(S) FOR OUTDOOR PATIO DINING AREA 3, UNISTRUT TO BE GALVANIZED. PROVIDE MATCHING CLOSER STRIPS AND END CAPS. CLOSER STRIP TO BE APPLIED TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE UNISTRUT. 4. SEE SHEET A001 FOR THE COMPLETE LISTING OF RESPONSIBILITIES. 5. ALL HEIGHTS ARE TO BOTTOM OF J -BOX UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 6. LIGHT DETAILS ARE LOCATED ON SHEET A141. FIXTURE AND LAMP SPECIFICATIONS ARE LOCATED ON E100. 7. UNISTRUT, CONDUIT AND ALL THREAD TO BE LEFT UNPAINTED. 8. ALL UNISTRUT SUPPORTING CEILING ELEMENTS AND/ OR DUCT WORK SHALL NOT CONTAIN ANY ELECTRICAL CONDUIT. ALL ELECTRICAL CONDUIT MUST RUN IN SEPARATE UNISTRUT, 9. SEE SHEET A141 FOR CEILING ELEMENT DETAILS. 10. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF FRAMING, OR CENTERLINE OF FIXTURE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 11, SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR SHATTER RESISTANT LAMP LOCATIONS CONDUIT GUIDELINES NO FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT 15 ALLOWED IN ANY AREAS WHERE IT WOULD BE EXPOSED TO VIEW, ONLY RIGID METALLIC CONDUIT (THICK -WALL OR THIN -WALL AS NEEDED) IS ALLOWED IN THESE AREAS Li 97" R 102' ∎ Lv ∎ T�TTTTTTTT�`.IAM 0 E.ra 1 1 �1 C BULK T. LIGHTS BY HOOD MAN -IEAD @ 2" A.F.F. HAUSI ACTUIFER FTFRE VINYL FACED LAY 9' -0" A.F.F. 11 a '�,r�.., Ili 111111 II 1 11 1 I I I 1 Lili ►.:_ .� d IIi11i11111111I11111 I � Ill � - 1" TECTUM PANELS ATTACHED TO SUSPENDED FRAMING SYSTEM, SEE 2/A300 L 97',' J 102" B.O. GYR.p CEILING 10V A. . . J 102" J1 102" J 102" CENTER ON TABLE J1 102" J1 102" SPIRAL DUCT ABOVE, CENTERLINE @ 12' -0" AFF SEE MECHANICAL DWG'S, TYP. J1 102" EDGE OF SOFFIT J1 102" IPP I ! .,__ nv „,:_ A 77 L — M: 11A3 . °1 60 a .0 A tii1 0. � BMW \a I!Lr 4'-0" ` I' 4 9 8. f /Er L FACED LAY-IN TILE III 1 Irr .. , t i B1 k4 " i . _ i / . ` �� ' ; ,I II ■ II II II II I' III • 1 L II I I p � u • i • • FLU RESCENT STRIP LIGH1 G FOR coo R BY COOLER MANUF' CTURER E.C. 0 PROVIDE ROUGH-I ■ • • • ■ i 1 i M a u ■L•iiii[L i II�III>V ■II ■11■ i / 7 / i / CENTER LIGHT CAN WINDOW 3' -OZ" , 5'-6" EDGE OF SOFIFIT r CENTER LIGHT OVER TABLE NORTH REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: 114" = 1' -0" CENTER LIGHT ON DOORS AND WINDOWS, TYP B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING d 9' -0" A.F.F. SCALE: 11/2" = 1 FRAMING BLOCKING GYP BD 2 "x2 "x1 /4" ALUM 'T' 3/8"x1 /4"x 2 -1/2" #140 ZINC PLATED CARABINER CHIPOTLE RED MENU PANEL WITH WHITE COPY BLOCKING © MENU PANEL DETAIL PROVIDE F.R.P. CLOSURE BETWEEN FINISHED CEILING AND TOP OF COOLER SEE DETAIL 8/A301 FOR SEISMIC BRACING AND ATTACHMENT OF LAY -IN CEILING NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX (SHEET A001) PRIOR TO AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONSULTANT: 4163 4 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST U w 1- U d' w N < - w rM ,_ < < c Li_ CO ,-- ( r• LO Li 0010 � "�zarn ¢ a =coca ¢ ,- :oc 0 COPYRIGHT 2G HIS RAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF RV CE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE P ERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DDGUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN RE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH GHIPDTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. Issue Record: 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 V11.30.07 001.14.08 Drawn: AKT SRT 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 30202 PHONE: (3 ❑3) 595-4❑❑❑ FAX: (3 03) 595 -4014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPDTLE.LDM Checked: Project No. 070207 - FHA Contents: Reflected Ceiling Plan Date of Last Print HARLAN R. FAUST October 19, 2007 01 — t4 -0 6 Health Department Building Department Bid Set C Energy Code Revisions City Comments RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 16 PEHMIT CENTER A 140 or in I. • • 0 V GENERAL NOTES 1. REFER TO "09900 PAINTING - GENERAL° IN SPECIFICATIONS . OR FINISHES AT EXPOSED CEILING AREAS IN ADDITION TO NOTES LISTED ON THIS SHEET. 2. SOUND SYSTEM: REFER TO THE RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX SHEET A001 INCLUDE SPEAKER FOR VESTIBULE INCLUDE SPEAKER(S) FOR OUTDOOR PATIO DINING AREA 3, UNISTRUT TO BE GALVANIZED. PROVIDE MATCHING CLOSER STRIPS AND END CAPS. CLOSER STRIP TO BE APPLIED TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE UNISTRUT. 4. SEE SHEET A001 FOR THE COMPLETE LISTING OF RESPONSIBILITIES. 5. ALL HEIGHTS ARE TO BOTTOM OF J -BOX UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 6. LIGHT DETAILS ARE LOCATED ON SHEET A141. FIXTURE AND LAMP SPECIFICATIONS ARE LOCATED ON E100. 7. UNISTRUT, CONDUIT AND ALL THREAD TO BE LEFT UNPAINTED. 8. ALL UNISTRUT SUPPORTING CEILING ELEMENTS AND/ OR DUCT WORK SHALL NOT CONTAIN ANY ELECTRICAL CONDUIT. ALL ELECTRICAL CONDUIT MUST RUN IN SEPARATE UNISTRUT, 9. SEE SHEET A141 FOR CEILING ELEMENT DETAILS. 10. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF FRAMING, OR CENTERLINE OF FIXTURE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 11, SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR SHATTER RESISTANT LAMP LOCATIONS CONDUIT GUIDELINES NO FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT 15 ALLOWED IN ANY AREAS WHERE IT WOULD BE EXPOSED TO VIEW, ONLY RIGID METALLIC CONDUIT (THICK -WALL OR THIN -WALL AS NEEDED) IS ALLOWED IN THESE AREAS Li 97" R 102' ∎ Lv ∎ T�TTTTTTTT�`.IAM 0 E.ra 1 1 �1 C BULK T. LIGHTS BY HOOD MAN -IEAD @ 2" A.F.F. HAUSI ACTUIFER FTFRE VINYL FACED LAY 9' -0" A.F.F. 11 a '�,r�.., Ili 111111 II 1 11 1 I I I 1 Lili ►.:_ .� d IIi11i11111111I11111 I � Ill � - 1" TECTUM PANELS ATTACHED TO SUSPENDED FRAMING SYSTEM, SEE 2/A300 L 97',' J 102" B.O. GYR.p CEILING 10V A. . . J 102" J1 102" J 102" CENTER ON TABLE J1 102" J1 102" SPIRAL DUCT ABOVE, CENTERLINE @ 12' -0" AFF SEE MECHANICAL DWG'S, TYP. J1 102" EDGE OF SOFFIT J1 102" IPP I ! .,__ nv „,:_ A 77 L — M: 11A3 . °1 60 a .0 A tii1 0. � BMW \a I!Lr 4'-0" ` I' 4 9 8. f /Er L FACED LAY-IN TILE III 1 Irr .. , t i B1 k4 " i . _ i / . ` �� ' ; ,I II ■ II II II II I' III • 1 L II I I p � u • i • • FLU RESCENT STRIP LIGH1 G FOR coo R BY COOLER MANUF' CTURER E.C. 0 PROVIDE ROUGH-I ■ • • • ■ i 1 i M a u ■L•iiii[L i II�III>V ■II ■11■ i / 7 / i / CENTER LIGHT CAN WINDOW 3' -OZ" , 5'-6" EDGE OF SOFIFIT r CENTER LIGHT OVER TABLE NORTH REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: 114" = 1' -0" CENTER LIGHT ON DOORS AND WINDOWS, TYP B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING d 9' -0" A.F.F. SCALE: 11/2" = 1 FRAMING BLOCKING GYP BD 2 "x2 "x1 /4" ALUM 'T' 3/8"x1 /4"x 2 -1/2" #140 ZINC PLATED CARABINER CHIPOTLE RED MENU PANEL WITH WHITE COPY BLOCKING © MENU PANEL DETAIL PROVIDE F.R.P. CLOSURE BETWEEN FINISHED CEILING AND TOP OF COOLER SEE DETAIL 8/A301 FOR SEISMIC BRACING AND ATTACHMENT OF LAY -IN CEILING NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX (SHEET A001) PRIOR TO AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONSULTANT: 4163 4 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST U w 1- U d' w N < - w rM ,_ < < c Li_ CO ,-- ( r• LO Li 0010 � "�zarn ¢ a =coca ¢ ,- :oc 0 COPYRIGHT 2G HIS RAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF RV CE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE P ERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DDGUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN RE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH GHIPDTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. Issue Record: 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 V11.30.07 001.14.08 Drawn: AKT SRT 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 30202 PHONE: (3 ❑3) 595-4❑❑❑ FAX: (3 03) 595 -4014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPDTLE.LDM Checked: Project No. 070207 - FHA Contents: Reflected Ceiling Plan Date of Last Print HARLAN R. FAUST October 19, 2007 01 — t4 -0 6 Health Department Building Department Bid Set C Energy Code Revisions City Comments RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 16 PEHMIT CENTER A 140 v FINISHED WALL D A141 METAL J -BOX WITH LOCKING HUBS OR THREADED ENTRIES FOR FIXTURE SUPPORT, BY E. RESTROOv WALL LIGHT DETAIL SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0" 3/4" DIAMETER RIGID CONDUIT BY E.C. LENGTH VARIES. SEE SHEET A140 FOR HEIGHTS METAL LB FIXTURE METAL SWIVEL LAMP HOLDER, EQUAL TO BELL #5606 -5 FINISH GRAY LAMP, SEE E100 WALL KEYLESS SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0" ( _ WALL MOUNTED, SURFACE TYPE INDUSTRIAL FIXTURE; SEE E100 FOR SPECIFICATION DOW\ KEYLESS A�4� SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0" FINISHED GYP. BD. N P. i STRUCTURE ALL - THREAD - TO BUILDING STRUCTURE; '0 TECTUM CEILING 11 "x 1i "x i" STEEL TUBE BENT TO REQUIRED RADIUS - GALVANIZED FINISH TOP OF STEEL TUBE EL. = 16' -0" AFF i "0 CONDUIT - BEND TO SAME RADIUS AS STEEL TUBE SWIVEL FITTING BASE PLATE OVER ROUND, METAL J -BOX 4 "0 CONDUIT - LENGTH VARIES ROUND, METAL J -BOX PORCELAIN KEYLESS SOCKET LAMP, SEE E100 BOTTOM OF LIGHT SEE RCP ALT. J DETAIL W/ RADIUS TUBE STEEL SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0" SEE DETAIL Z /A141 FOR ALTERNATE DETAIL AT RADIUS UNISTRUT ONLY UNISTRUT CHANNEL P1000 W/ P3184 SNAP -IN CLOSURE STRIP - GALVANIZED FINISIIOP OF UNISTRUT EL = 16' -0" AF Fr i SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -O" STRUCTURE ALL - THREAD - TO BUILDING STRUCTURE; "o TECTUM CEILING SWIVEL FITTING BASE PLATE OVER ROUND, METAL J -BOX 4 "0 CONDUIT - LENGTH VARIES ROUND, METAL J -BOX PORCELAIN KEYLESS SOCKET LAMP, SEE E100 BOTTOM OF LIGHT SEE RCP DOW\ <EYLESS FIXTURE I -1 T ak sinin SCALE: 3/4" = 1'--0" STRUCTURE TECTUM CEILING WALL /DOWN KEYLESS UNISTRUT CHANNEL P1000 WITH SNAP -IN CLOSURE STRIP T.O. UNISTRUT EL - 16' -0" A JUNCTION BOX WITH SWIVEL FITTING FACE PLATE 3/4" DIAMETER RIGID CONDUIT, LENGTH VARIES. PORCELAIN KEYLESS SOCKET WITH ROUND J - BOX BOTTOM OF LIGHT SEE RCP LAMP SEE E100 METAL SWIVEL LAMP HOLDER GYP. BD. CEILING MOUNTING JUNCTION BOX JUNCTION BOX WITH SWIVEL FITTING FACE PLATE 3/4" DIAMETER RIGID CONDUIT LENGTH VARIES. SEE SHEET A140 FOR HEIGHTS OF LIGHTS PORCELAIN KEYLESS SOCKET LAMP, SEE E100 BOTTOM OF LGHT SEE RCP NOTE: ALL LIGHT FIXTURE COMPONENTS ARE PROVIDED BY G.C. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX (SHEET A001) PRIOR TO AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONSULTANT: 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST S ATE ;!I .- ASHINGTON l ��-. 1 T 20077 AWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF RVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 81712 02 PHONE: (3 113) 595 -40110 FAx: (3 113) 595 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM Issue Record: 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 Revisions: Health Department Building Department Bid Set W01.14.08 City Comments Down: AKT Checked: SRT Project No. 070207 - FHA Contents: Light Details Date of Last Print October 19, 2007 A 141 EXG CANOPY BELOW EXG PARAPET WALL EXG ROOF BRACE DEMISING WALL BELOW ( F7 /J / /\ NORTH L —I ROOF PLAN SCALE: 114" = ROOF CRICKET, TYP. AT ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT 20' -42 .,..s_fl_ • ,r2.7/./INGUIN..../&.. , , ,,.e. - .M.:.ele....,..l EXG CANOPY BELOW 1 L - (MAU -1) D -1) BELOW 7 R 71 V N \ 8'-7 L I 1 I 1 1 I 1 �-1 ' — 7 .--�, 1 i 1_ �I GENERAL NOTES: 1. LANDLORD TO VERIFY SIZE OF STRUCTURAL ROOF REINFORCEMENTS. 2. SEE MECHANICAL PLANS FOR ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT. 3. COORDINATE ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS, FLASHING, AND REPAIR WICHIPOTLE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK 4. DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE CENTER OF THE PENETRATION AND ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. ROOFING CONTRACTOR TO ADJUST AS NECESSARY IN FIELD. CONTACT ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS FOR ANY MAJOR MODIFICATIONS TO LAYOUT. 5. SEE M300 FOR PENETRATION DETAILS AT RTUS AND THE EXHAUST FAN DEMISING WALL BELOW (RTU -2) H 4' -O2" CHIPOTLE TENANT J w .,...: w i m NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX (SHEET A001) PRIOR TO AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONSULTANT: Issue Record: Revisions: Drawn: AKT Checked: SRT Project No. Contents: 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST , STATE OF WASHi "1G1ON 1 YRIG. T 2 c - - WING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVI , AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY CF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN SE EXTENDED ONLY 6Y WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 802 02 PHONE: (3 03) 595 -40011 FAX: (3 03) 595 -4 014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPDTLE.CDM 070207 - FHA Roof Plan Date of Last Print: 10.19.07 Health Department 12.03.07 Building Department 12 -04 -07 Bid Set October 19, 2007 A 150 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 1 6 'Lk PEHIVIIT Gt■TER CODE REVIEW - 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 1. OCCUPANCY GROUP: OCCUPANCY SEPARATION: 2. TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: 3. ALLOWABLE AREA & HEIGHT: TABULAR AREA (TABLE 503) GROUP A -2, TYPE V -B GROUP M, TYPE V -B AREA MODIFICATIONS (SECTION 506): FRONTAGE INCREASE (SECTION 506.2): ALLOWABLE AREA: GROUP A-•2 BUILDING HEIGHT (TABLE 503) ALLOWABLE HEIGHT: GROUP A -2 GROUP M HEIGHT MODIFICATIONS (SECTION 504) 4. ACTUAL AREA & HEIGHT: ACTUAL AREA CHIPOTLE OTHER( M & A -2) TENANTS: TOTAL GROSS FLOOR AREA: ACTUAL BUILDING HEIGHT: ACTUAL / ALLOWABLE AREA RATIO A -2: M: A -2 +M AREA RATIO: 5. PROJECTED OCCUPANT LOAD, TENANT SPACE ONLY (TABLE 1004.1.1): DINING ROOM: KITCHEN - COMMERCIAL: TOILET ROOMS AND CIRCULATION: TOTAL INTERIOR OCCUPANT LOAD: PATIO: TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD (INCLUDING PATIO): SEATING: INTERIOR: PATIO: 959 SF / 15 = 63 OCC. 1,025 SF 1200 = 5 OCC. 202 SF = 0 OCC. 68 OCC. 1035 SF /15= 69OCC. 137 OCC. 50 SEATS 36 SEATS 86 SEATS TOTAL 6. MEANS OF EGRESS: 7. FIRE SPRINKLERS: 8. EXITS: MINIMUM NUMBER OF EXITS REQUIRED: NUMBER OF EXITS PROVIDED: MINIMUM EXIT WIDTH REQUIRED: EXIT WIDTH PROVIDED: MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN EXITS REQUIRED: DISTANCE BETWEEN EXITS PROVIDED: MEN (69): WOMEN (69): WATER CLOSETS REQ'D PROV'D 2:26 -75 1 2:26 -75 2 LAVATORIES REQ'D PROV'D 1 1 1 1 A-2 1 HOURS V -B 6,000 S.F. 9,000 S.F. 100 x [(1208/1208) - 0.25] x 30/30 = 75% 6,000 + [(6,000 x 75)/100] = 7,650 S.F. 1 STORY, 40' -0" 1 STORY, 40' -0" NOT CALCULATED 2,200 S.F. 44,465 S.F. 44,465 S.F 1 STORY, 60' -0" (EXISTING) 2,200/ 7,650 =0.287 2 REQUIRED, 3 PROVIDED FULLY SPRINKLERED 2 3 6' -0" 12' -0" 29' -8" 37' -4" MAXIMUM DISTANCE OF TRAVEL TO EXIT REQUIRED 250' -0" (IF EQUIPPED W/ AN AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER THROUGHT): DISTANCE OF TRAVEL TO EXITS PROVIDED: 37' -7' MINIMUM PLUMBING FIXTURE CALCULATION 1. A -2 OCCUPANCY 2. TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD: 137 3. PLUMBING FIXTURES (PER 2006 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE & WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS, 2006 IBC, TABLE 2902.1): URINALS REQ'D PROV'D 0 1 NOTE 4 4. URINAL TO BE SUBSTITUTED FOR ONE WATER CLOSET PER FOOT NOTE 3, TABLE 2902.1, 2006 IBC CHAPTER 2002.1 OF WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS. LEGEND KITCHEN AREA PUBLIC ASSEMBLY AREA RESTROOM AREA PATIO AREA 2■1/5■r iMIr• , W i:7r5�s411%TaMiEivarry PI Ir airt u..raM1rr■Il .10211>.I■uA■!,mi.. li rIi �ia ,, - -�I . imrdm //// irmm' A /I r%ii�iiiii ■�riir�rii� ∎ir ir I II ' , 1 C O a r V 1 � ��'' A P , � - - v -- �+ — _ �� ) / I• I/ 1 ,•,r, ��r...��I'' I��I �I�� 11� 11��I .„.,__..„.._.„,,, ..alliK 4.3, /Pr A r — ot 7 4 ,A f 410/7 7 11°A1141A r ,I i"F 1101/ 1 olir . ,. 0 , �, I � /r�il . - - i or /Or .4., A0-01 I AF F5 4 4 4 I A .�Ill 7�T /rte /✓•��rpr�l�7I��1Y��1�J "��,r__�� i tafft 4 p - d t . P fr ilArA .e. F4:414— A 4 ," 7Prlr 11.4 ej 4 ►. �1� ► ►';�l/� / / %� // %eras , ~ J� i1►!��17"sir_IJ��1`�i1wJ�s �� /a7pl�./LY171��/lY�LO?IO L amm AK : .. j �.. j / 1 P.: 0, �� ♦ � . � ♦ � . � � �� .�♦� ► ♦f♦r♦ �.. 2 ' r I, , IV ., T � ►� L.A. :Iy a J ±�� ±�� *��A O T ' L 'F !'.X'r siMiloaksagir fiaiTG,r NORTH CODE REVIEW PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" ii•'a�GJ dWa' MVeec wvlMl.. W J4mii4,.fK NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX (SHEETA001) PRIOR TO AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONSULTANT: Issue Record: 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 Revisions: W01.14.08 Drawn: Checked: Project No. 070207 - FHA Contents: Date of Last Print: October 19, 2007 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Code Review Plan X Lj IGHT 00 A NG IS = - INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE ❑F THIS DOCUMENT I5 LIMITED AND CAN SE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 60202 PHONE: (3 03) 595 -4000 FAX: (3D3) 595 -4 014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIP❑TLE.0 ❑M Health Department Building Department Bid Set City Comments RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 1 PERMIT CENTER A 160 TOP OF CORNICE EL. = 135'-5° T.O. EXISTING TRELLIS 1-1 EL. =1124" T.O• SLAB li EL. = 100 EXISTING STAIRS EXISTING LAMP EXISTING CONCRETE PANEL INDIVIDUAL PAN CHANNEL LETTER SIGN - WHITE FACES W/ BLACK TRIM CAPS & RETURNS, 36" H "C" - 34 SF, CENTER VERTICALLY EXISTING DECORATIVE GRILLE AND CANOPY EXISTING BRICK EXISTING LAMP PATIO RAILING & LIGHTS BEHIND EXISTING WALL EXISTING CONCRETE PANEL ENTRANCE DOORS PER SCHEDULE 2.# ila r LIT INDIVIDUAL PAN CHANNEL LETTER SIGN - WHITE FACES W/ BLACK TRIM CAPS & RETURNS, 36" H "C", 11" H "M - 45 SF, CENTER VERTICALLY AND HORIZONTALLY hipotle MEXICAN GRILL kip° te CHIPOTLE TENANT PATIO RAILING & LIGHTS 111•1•1=1=111 IMunumiuMnuomp,Amon Lei --; NEMEMMRIBIO" PAL Ak 111111111111111111111.11.1111 imr IM■1 111111111111.111111•1•111I. M... OR.. EXISTING RAMP AND GUARDRAIL 1111J11111IFIllrf 0 ENTRANCE DOOR PER SCHEUDLE -■•••••• •ow. A200 SCALE: 1/4" SCALE: 114' = 1 0....14.e..5161.1ftraftmelOW.F, NORTH ELEVATION WEST ELEVATION EXISTING COPING EXISTING CONCRETE PANEL EXISTING DECORATIVE TILE EXISTING DECORATIVE GRILLE AND CANOPY EXISTING BRICK EXISTING STAIR AND WALL Jill flffl T.O. EXISTING TRELLIS EL. =12-4" ..„ .......... . . . R.2v cf--,'im5-2 ,---.,.:-.., 1,..16-,'.- ',...F r kJ a•.•4 , ..,- 1 1. I• • • .• •-• TOP OF CORNICE A EL. = 135-5" T.O. SLAB 4ti EL = 100'-0 r NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX (SHEET A001) PRIOR TO AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONSULTANT: 1_0 2 0 0 co c■I < 1 re) x w < co Lr- L, — co (I) N LO co to cc z (37 z -LO LO < <0)0) In c0 < CV CV < M 0 0 0 YRIGH DR REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST S ATE OF WASHINGTON ot—II4 -023 IN G IS AN INSTRUMENT 0F SR •, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY DF CHIPEITLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE DF THIS DODUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY ese WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595-4000 FAX: (303) 55-4D1 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPEITLE.COM Issue Record: 10.19.07 12.03.07 12-04-07 Revisions: Drawn: AKT Checked: SRT Project No. 070207 - FHA Contents: Elevations: Exterior Date of Last Print- October 19, 2007 Health Department Building Department Bid Set RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN PERMIT CENTER A 200 ELEVATION INFORMATION SCHEDULE ITEM REMARKS LIGHT FIXTURE REFER TO SHEET A141 FOR FIXTURE TYPE AND MOUNTING DETAIL. REFER TO SHEET A140 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. WAINSCOT REFER TO SHEET Al25 FOR DETAILS GALVANIZED BASE REFER TO SHEET Al25 FOR DETAILS STOREFRONT REFER TO SHEET A117 FOR DETAILS UTENSIL COUNTER REFER TO SHOP DRAWINGS FROM MILLWORK SUPPLIER POS COUNTER f SPIRAL DUCT EXPOSED SPIRAL DUCT, SEE M100 FOR SIZE AND OTHER INFORMATION TABLES AND CHAIRS REFER TO SHOP DRAWINGS FROM MILLWORK SUPPLIER, TENANT GC TO INSTALL PRE - ASSEMBLED FURNITURE, SEE V110 TRASH SURROUND 14 GA. GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET ROLLED TO SHAPE, TENANT GC TO INSTALL VINYL LETTERS @ 5 1/2" ABOVE SHELF BOTTLE CAP CATCHER REFER TO DRAWING 12/Al25 FOR MOUNTING DETAILS If I I I PAINT FINISH REFER TO SHEET Al20 FOR PAINT FINISHES QUEUE LINE LOW WALL BY MILLWORK SUPPLIER PERMIT FRAME PRE ASSEMBLED PERMIT FRAME 2' -6 3/4" SQUARE / II I h ` I I I I i1 g ,. — A JL ELEVATION INFORMATION SCHEDULE ITEM REMARKS LIGHT FIXTURE REFER TO SHEET A141 FOR FIXTURE TYPE AND MOUNTING DETAIL. REFER TO SHEET A140 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. WAINSCOT REFER TO SHEET Al25 FOR DETAILS GALVANIZED BASE REFER TO SHEET Al25 FOR DETAILS STOREFRONT REFER TO SHEET A117 FOR DETAILS UTENSIL COUNTER REFER TO SHOP DRAWINGS FROM MILLWORK SUPPLIER POS COUNTER REFER TO SHOP DRAWINGS FROM MILLWORK SUPPLIER SPIRAL DUCT EXPOSED SPIRAL DUCT, SEE M100 FOR SIZE AND OTHER INFORMATION TABLES AND CHAIRS REFER TO SHOP DRAWINGS FROM MILLWORK SUPPLIER, TENANT GC TO INSTALL PRE - ASSEMBLED FURNITURE, SEE V110 TRASH SURROUND 14 GA. GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET ROLLED TO SHAPE, TENANT GC TO INSTALL VINYL LETTERS @ 5 1/2" ABOVE SHELF BOTTLE CAP CATCHER REFER TO DRAWING 12/Al25 FOR MOUNTING DETAILS MENU ASSEMBLY STANDARD HEIGHT MENU PANELS- NOTE ORIENTATION - SEE THIS SHEET PAINT FINISH REFER TO SHEET Al20 FOR PAINT FINISHES QUEUE LINE LOW WALL BY MILLWORK SUPPLIER PERMIT FRAME PRE ASSEMBLED PERMIT FRAME 2' -6 3/4" SQUARE / PAINT ROOF DECK & EXPOSED STRUCTURE " CHIPOTLE RED" TECTUM CEILING ON SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM. NEW DOORS PER SCHEDULE TRASH SURROUND UNIT 4" BIRCH VENEER PLYWOOD TRIM 2" CORRUGATED VERTICAL STEEL SIDING GALVANIZED SHEET METAL COVE BASE 1" TECTUM CEILING ON SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM. TRASH SURROUND UNIT NEW DOOR AND RECONFIGURED STOREFRONT /\/\"/\, w .2.411■1.01IN. NMI 111111 11111111111111111111 1'i -^' n rl _I i•L i ir.iiir,') I' liii'I w w , in flu! Illlll 1 -� , U) ' =► a I AMID 11.01.14 1" TECTUM CEILING ON SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM. INTERIOR ELEVATIO SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 3 A210 I\ TERI OR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4'' = 2 INTERIOR ELEVATION — DI\ SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" G GYP. BOARD PAINT WHITE GYP. BOARD PAINT WHITE GYP. BOARD "CHIPOTLE RED" SPIRAL DUCT (SHOWN IN FOREGROUND) RETURN AIR GRILL GYP. BOARD - PAINT " CHIPOTLE RED" PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURES QUEUE LINE RAILING - EXISTING COLUMNS - PAINT "CHIPOTLE RED" -TYP. FRAMED BAN PHOTOGRAPHS W/ WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURES SPIRAL DUCT CENTER OF DUCT @ 12' -0" AFF. (TYP.) SODA/UTENSIL COUNTER RAILING AT QUEUE LINE BOOTH SPIRAL DUCT CENTER OF DUCT @ 12' -0" AFF. (TYP.) GYP. BOARD PAINT WHITE RETURN AIR GRILL MENUBOARD PANELS POS /SERVING COUNTER ‘IVIML 1" TECTUM CEILING ON SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM. INTERIOR ELEVATIO A210 SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0' \ TER OR ELEVATIO SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -O" 1 L 1" TECTUM CEILING ON SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM. GYP. BOARD PAINT WHITE PLYWOOD & METAL ARTWORK (HRH) BY TENANT (40 )r..- PAINT ROOF DECK & EXPOSED STRUCTURE " CHIPOTLE RED" PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE z'RRD VERT. CO STEEL UGATE SIDING GALVANIZED SHEET METAL COVE BASE NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX (SHEET A001 PRIOR TO AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONSULTANT: 200 ING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF CE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE ERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO B ❑2 ❑2 PHONE: (3 03) 595 -40131D FAX: (3 103) 595 -4 014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE_COM Issue Record: 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 Revisions: Drawn: AKT Checked: SRT Project No 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST STATE OF WASHINGTON 070207 - FHA Contents: Elevations: Interior /Dining Date of Last Print: October 19, 2007 Health Department Building Department Bid Set RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN IS PERMIT CENTER A 210 171000 Southcenter Pkwy, Ste 108 Southcenter Square Tukwila, WA 98188 ---- 1 DER T I WITH (.1 SALSAS --I_ EXTRAS t' DRINKS � �� z 4 / II I 1 ` I I I I i1 g ,. PAINT ROOF DECK & EXPOSED STRUCTURE " CHIPOTLE RED" TECTUM CEILING ON SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM. NEW DOORS PER SCHEDULE TRASH SURROUND UNIT 4" BIRCH VENEER PLYWOOD TRIM 2" CORRUGATED VERTICAL STEEL SIDING GALVANIZED SHEET METAL COVE BASE 1" TECTUM CEILING ON SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM. TRASH SURROUND UNIT NEW DOOR AND RECONFIGURED STOREFRONT /\/\"/\, w .2.411■1.01IN. NMI 111111 11111111111111111111 1'i -^' n rl _I i•L i ir.iiir,') I' liii'I w w , in flu! Illlll 1 -� , U) ' =► a I AMID 11.01.14 1" TECTUM CEILING ON SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM. INTERIOR ELEVATIO SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 3 A210 I\ TERI OR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4'' = 2 INTERIOR ELEVATION — DI\ SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" G GYP. BOARD PAINT WHITE GYP. BOARD PAINT WHITE GYP. BOARD "CHIPOTLE RED" SPIRAL DUCT (SHOWN IN FOREGROUND) RETURN AIR GRILL GYP. BOARD - PAINT " CHIPOTLE RED" PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURES QUEUE LINE RAILING - EXISTING COLUMNS - PAINT "CHIPOTLE RED" -TYP. FRAMED BAN PHOTOGRAPHS W/ WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURES SPIRAL DUCT CENTER OF DUCT @ 12' -0" AFF. (TYP.) SODA/UTENSIL COUNTER RAILING AT QUEUE LINE BOOTH SPIRAL DUCT CENTER OF DUCT @ 12' -0" AFF. (TYP.) GYP. BOARD PAINT WHITE RETURN AIR GRILL MENUBOARD PANELS POS /SERVING COUNTER ‘IVIML 1" TECTUM CEILING ON SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM. INTERIOR ELEVATIO A210 SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0' \ TER OR ELEVATIO SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -O" 1 L 1" TECTUM CEILING ON SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM. GYP. BOARD PAINT WHITE PLYWOOD & METAL ARTWORK (HRH) BY TENANT (40 )r..- PAINT ROOF DECK & EXPOSED STRUCTURE " CHIPOTLE RED" PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE z'RRD VERT. CO STEEL UGATE SIDING GALVANIZED SHEET METAL COVE BASE NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX (SHEET A001 PRIOR TO AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONSULTANT: 200 ING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF CE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE ERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO B ❑2 ❑2 PHONE: (3 03) 595 -40131D FAX: (3 103) 595 -4 014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE_COM Issue Record: 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 Revisions: Drawn: AKT Checked: SRT Project No 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST STATE OF WASHINGTON 070207 - FHA Contents: Elevations: Interior /Dining Date of Last Print: October 19, 2007 Health Department Building Department Bid Set RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN IS PERMIT CENTER A 210 171000 Southcenter Pkwy, Ste 108 Southcenter Square Tukwila, WA 98188 3" PVC CHASE 0 114" = 1' -0" EXHAUST HOOD STAINLESS STEEL WALL PANELS /ORDERING BEYOND If I} PANIC BUTTON HAND SINK PREP SINK QUARRY TILE BASE FLOOR TO V-4" AFF ALL INT ELEV - SERVING /POS 0 I. ,M 0 r ICI --J ECM cre 15 38 11 QUARRY TILE BASE A200 PLYWOOD BACKING FROM 1' -4" AFF TO 9' AFF ALL 114" = 1' - 0" FRP CLOSER WALK -IN COOLER DIAMOND PLATE PANELS ON COOLER WALL UP TO 48" A.F.F. QUARRY TILE BASE QUARRY TILE BASE 0.0 0.000 0 INT ELEV - COOKIING DUROCK FROM FINISH FLOOR TO 1' -4" AFF ALL INT ELEV - KITCHEN 1/4" = 1' -0" INT ELEV - KITCHEN 114" = 1' -0" _NU ASSEMBLY COOKING BEYOND INT ELEV - COOKING 114" = 1' -0" STAINLESS STEEL WALL PANELS PLYWOOD BACKING FROM 1'-4" AFF TO 9' -0' AFF ALL TYPICAL FAX LINE LAYOUT WO OMNI QUARRY TILE BASE DUROCK FROM FINISH FLOOR TO V -4" AFF ALL QUARRY TILE BASE INT ELEV - COOKIING 1/4" = 1'-0" 114" = 1' -0" PLYWOOD BACKING FROM 1'-4" AFF TO 9' -0" AFF ALL SEE DETAIL 1/A225 FOR DUROCK FROM FINISH FLOOR TO 1-4" AFF ALL INT ELEV - KITCHEN PLYWOOD BACKING FROM 1'-4" AFF TO 9' -0" AFF ALL :.�..-.� ■ I - r IM141tM DUROCK FROM FINISH FLOOR TO 1' -4" AFF ALL 12. 5 Gm .••• as RE nnn 11 11 INT ELEV - KITCHEN 114" = 1' -0" 6 FT D PLYWOOD BACKING FROM V-4" AFF TO 9' -0" AFF ALL DUROCK FROM FINISH -' QUARRY TILE BASE ELECTRIC PANELS HOOD CONTROL PANEL 7 16 TTTT tT - TTTT PREP SINK QUARRY TILE BASE FIRST AID KIT HANDSINK A220 9 AA20/ INT ELEV - COOKING 1/4' = 1' -0" PLYWOOD BACKING FROM 1'-4" AFF TO 9' -0" AFF ALL INT ELEV - KITCHEN 114" = 1-0" QUARRY TILE BASE UROCK FROM FINISH FLOOR TO 1 AFF ALL INT ELEV - KITCHEN 114" = 1' -0" SCALE: 1/2" =1' -0" NOTE: SEE SHEET A131 FOR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE PLYWOOD BACKING FROM 1 AFF TO 9' -0" AFF ALL 74 a -- n :V d 4 ROLL PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER TANK SOAP DISPENSER MENL ASSEMBLY Ir TYP. ELEV - HAND SINK HAND SINK F DUROCK FROM FINISH FLOOR TO 1' -4" AFF ALL 1,n•y 2 10 [V 4 NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX (SHEET PRIOR TO AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONSULTANT: Issue Record: 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 Revisions: 7 01.14.08 Drawn: AKT Checked: SRT Project No. Contents: 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Date of Last Print: HARLAN R. FAUST STATE OF WASHINGTON YRIGH 2 I77 I DR - INS - AN INSTRUMENT OF SERV , AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY la WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPDTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 6❑2 ❑2 PH ❑NE: (3 03) 595-4000 FAX: (3 03) 595 -414 INTERNET: WWW.CHIP ❑TLE.COM 070207 - FHA Elevations: InteriorlKitchen October 19, 2007 Health Department Building Department Bid Set City Comments ot- -t4 -°5 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 1 C LL)aJ PERMIT CENTER A 220 LEAVE HANDLE ON TORTILLA PRESS IF AGAINST A WALL ORDER BAR, ZIP TIE TO FRONT OF SHELF FAX MACHINE UPS (BEHIND MARKER CUP, ZIP TIE TO SHELF F 1�0i►�J11��1lY�nry J II S ri A) 2' -2" 4' -0" 3' -10" 0 1__ ELEV. - SECOND MAKE LINE 314" = 1' -0" 3 A225 2' -3° POS BACKUP, LABEL "BACKUP" (1) DATA, (1) CREDIT CARD, (1) VOICE, AND (1) SPARE POWERWARE UPS, LABEL "UPS" POS BACKUP, LABEL "BACKUP" PANIC BUTTON ELEV. - POS 314" = 1' -0" (3) PAPER TRAYS, ZIP TIE TO SHELF FAX MACHINE (LABEL "FAX ", CIRCUIT TO "FAX/POS BACKUP") POWERWARE UPS (LABEL "UPS', CIRCUIT TO DEDICATED GFI C.B.) (3) RJ-45 JACKS (LABEL "PHONE ", "FAX ", & "POS ") — RECEIPT PRINTER POS MONITOR CASH DRAWER PHONE 60" AFF 18" AFF STICKER ROLL, USE LEFT TORTILLA PRESS HANDLE AS BRACKET, ZIP TIE TO SHELF CENTER OF J -BOX EL. = 5-6" AFF F.R.P. PANELS 314" WHITE MEL, SHELVES WITH 16" STANDARDS AMD 36" BRACKETS DEDICATED SINGLE RECEPTACLE FOR UPS (LABEL "UPS ") POWERWARE UPS 15" MONITOR AND SERVER INSTALLED AND CONNECTED TO UPS BY TENANT 112" = 1' -0" (2) UNDERCOUNTER WIRE SHELVES FOR DSL EQUIPMENT BY TENANT CENTER OF J -BOX EL. =1' -6" AFF 2' -10" GENERAL PURPOSE 4 -PLEX RECEPTACLE SINGLE RECEPTACLE FOR D.S.L. UPS (LABEL "DSL ") J -BOX FOR (3) TELEPHONE/ FAX OUTLETS J -BOX FOR (6) DATA OUTLETS SINGLE RECEPTACLE FOR PRINTERIFAXICOPIER (LABEL "PRINTER') • SECTION THRU CHEF'S TABLE 3 3 ACKSPLASH TURNED BACK 90° (3)114"0 HOLES FOR SECURING ELEC OUTLET FOR BLENDER 2" TURN UP; TYP @ ENDS STAINLESS STEEL APRON ELEC OUTLET FOR WARMER SUPPORT BRACKETS WELDED TO LEGS AND APRON TOP OF FINISHED FLOOR 0 STAINLESS STEEL WALL FINISH BEYOND © 0 T e MENU BOARD PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER SOAP DISPENSER, ALIGN WITH EDGE OF CHEF'S TABLE HAND SINK STAINLESS STEEL SHELF SUPPORT BRACKETS WELDED TO LEG AND APRON 0 0 2'-7" 10 0 00 ° 1/2' = 1' -0' CENTER OF J -BOX EL. = 3'-0" AFF _ 1 112" PLAM COUNTERTOP WITH WHITE METAL BRACKETS GENERAL PURPOSE 4 PLEX RECEPTACLE 314" = 1' -0" 0 ELEV, - OFFICE SHELVING BLACK & WHITE SECURITY MONITOR BY TENANT 0 SECTION THRU CHEF'S TABLE 4 -PLEX RECEPTACLE FOR TELEPHONE BACKBOARD J -BOX FOR (2) DATA OUTLETS (2) RCA JACKS CENTER OF J -BOX EL. = 6-7" AFF 4 -PLEX RECEPTACLE FOR SECURITY MONITOR & STEREO STEREO: HIIFI RECEIVER BY TENANT PRINTER/FAX/COPIER PROVIDED BY TENANT 2 DRAWER LOCKABLE FILE CABINET BY TENANT SAFE 5" QUARRY TILE BASE L'' J R NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX (SHEET A001) PRIOR TO AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONSULTANT: IGHT 2007 THIS - - • IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT I5 LIMITED AND CAN SE EXTENDED ONLY EY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN DRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 8D2 02 PHONE: (3 03) 595 -4000 FAX: (3 03) 595 -4 014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM Issue Record: 10.19.07 Health Department 12.03.07 Building Department 12 -04 -07 Bid Set Revisions: WEISSIIMINSICEBP Drawn: AKT Checked: SRT Project No. Contents: 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT ST E O Fj t AS ICI TOff lititit 070207 - FHA Elevations: Interior /Large Scale Date of Last Print October 19, 2007 HARLAN R. FAUST 1— U W H _ = o O U r co O- 1— I ( r� < < I V Nu) • WCOu r-tN_ZOCn ¢ �¢rn rn J = CO CO Q ,t :00 =—Odrt A 225 of -t4 -&8 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILP► JAN 1 5cLJ REHMIIT GI NTER " B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING - 9' -0" A.F.F. GYP. BD.; PAINT WHITE WOOD TRIM; REFER TO DETAIL 21Al21 STAINLESS STEEL SHEET QUARRY TILE BASE SEALED TO FLOOR B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING 9' -0" A.F.F. GYP. BD.; PAINT WHITE WOOD TRIM; REFER TO DETAIL 21Al21 STAINLESS STEEL SHEET QUARRY TILE BASE SEALED TO FLOOR B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING 9 A.F.F. GYP. BD.; PAINT WHITE WOOD TRIM: REFER TO DETAIL 21Al21 STAINLESS STEEL SHEET QUARRY TILE BASE SEALED TO FLOOR INTERIOR ELEVATION A230 SCALE: 114" = 1' -0" INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1I4 = INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE:114" = 1' -0" INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 114" = 1' -0" $ B.O. GYP. BD. CEILING 9' -0" A,F.F. GYP. BD.; PAINT WHITE WOOD TRIM; REFER TO DETAIL 21Al21 STAINLESS STEEL SHEET QUARRY TILE BASE SEALED TO FLOOR GYP. BD PAINT WHITE, TYP WOOD TRIM, REFER TO DETAIL 2/Al21, TYP STAINLESS STEEL SHEET, TYP QUARRY TILE BASE SEALED TO FLOOR, TYP GYP. BD PAINT WHITE, TYP WOOD TRIM, REFER TO DETAIL 2/Al21, TYP STAINLESS STEEL SHEET, TYP QUARRY TILE BASE SEALED TO FLOOR, TYP ■ ■■■■.P■ ._Il....t 7 " -9 "MAX. INTERIOR ELEVATION LIGHT FIXTURE, REFER TO D /A141. SCALE: 114" = 1' -0° INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 114" = 1' -0° LIGHT FIXTURE, REFER TO DIA141. INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 114" = 1' -0" INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" I I I R kik. .111,,Ar&, TATI �TT•111 .•• ∎oJff r 1 II 1' -8" 3' -1" WOMENS 112 8' -3" CLEAR FLOOR --� -PACE -TYP „ MIN. 5' -1" ALIGN FRONT OF #4 & #5 WITH FRONT OF SINK, TYP. I • w NORTH ■■■■■■■■ri 2' -1" SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" 7'-92" 3' -11" � � 1 4 MENS 111 ENLARGED PLAN 8 1 0 NEW HERMES SILVER #288114,1/8" THICK 71/2"0 NEW HERMES RUST #282414 1/8" THICK 2 3/4" FONT: BANK GOTHIC, NEW HERMES SILVER #288114 3/4" FONT: BANK GOTHIC, NEW HERMES SILVER #288114 CLEAR, RASTER STYLE BRAIL TYP WASHROOM SIGN 1 4 ci 4 5'-1" 5 ' - 4 " 8" BOTH MEN AND WOMEN 1' - 0" DOOR FRAME 6 WASHROOM & KITCHEN ACCESSORIES All accessories shall be as manufactured by American Specialties Inc. or Tenant approved equivalent unless designated otherwise. Provide solid wood blocking as necessary for installation per manufacturer's recommendations. See sheet A015 for a complete listing of responsibilities & sheet A230 for ADA guidelines 4110... - r -.� �',7 .�» -. °. ,.� 36" grab bar Model No.: 3501 -36 Mounting height: 36" AFF to centerline Provide blocking in wall 42" grab bar Model No.: 3501 -42 Mounting height: 36" AFF to centerline Provide blocking in wall 18" grab bar Model No.: 3501 -18 Mounting height: Vertical mount, Bottom centerline @ 40" AFF Provide blocking in wall Partition mounted dual roll tissue dispenser Model No.: 0032 Rough Opening: 118 "w x 124 "h Mounting Height: 29" AFF to top of unit Stainless steel framed mirror Model No.: 0600 -B 18/36 Mounting Height: bottom of reflective surface @ 40" AFF Surface mounted paper towel dispenser Bobrick, Model No.: B -262 Mounting Height: 48" AFF to bottom of unit Surface mounted waste receptacle Model No.: 0828 Mounting Height: 32" AFF to top of unit NOT USED Recess mounted dual roll toilet tissue dispenser Model No.: 0031 Mounting Height: 29" AFF to top of unit Stainless steel shelf (women's only) Model No.: 0692 -616 Mounting Height: 48" AFF to top of shelf NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED Feminine Napkin Disposal Model No. 0472 -1 USE: CUT INTO TOILET PARTITION Rough Opening: 118 "w x 15th Top of rough opening @ 29" AFF Toilet partition Paint "Chipotle Red" Universal Stainless Wall Mont Hand Sink Item #WMHS - 1618 -CH y a4 2. 5 7 j r " §'71 Faucet: T &S Brass B- 0892 -01 Soap Dispenser: St. Stl. Bobrick B8221 F-,." a P 'i NOT USED Pipe Safety Covers Truebro, Inc. "Handi-Lav Guard" Pipe Safety Wrap (white) (All exposed piping) , NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX (SHEET A001) PRIOR TO AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. CC7NSIJLTANT: 1— U 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST ST OF WASHINGTON 0 — 00 cc CV Q W I v u�cD � U1 N 00 (O • - ZOrn J: 1 2C O c0 : ,— 0 -'- at tel-06 2E107 NG IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN SE EXTENDED ❑NLY RY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPDTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. Issue Record: 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 Revisions: W01.14.08 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 802 02 PH ❑NE: (3 03) 595 -4000 FAX: (3 03) 595 -4 014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPDTLE.CDM Drawn: AKT Checked: SRT Project No. 070207 - FHA Contents: Date of Last Print: October 19, 2007 Health Department Building Department Bid Set City Comments Elevations & Enalrged Plan: Restrooms A 230 ) RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 1 6LL3 PEI1MIIT CENTER EXISTING PARAPET WALL — EXISTING ROOF EXISTING CANOPY RETURN AIR GRILL PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE SPIRAL DUCT EXISTING SIDEWALK 1 �.lil(Ti' i NOTE; 1. THESE HORIZONTAL RESTRAINT POINTS SHALL BE PLACED 12' -0" OR LESS O.C. IN BOTH DIRECTIONS WITH POINTS WITHIN 6' -0" FROM ANY WALL 2. GYPSUM CEILING FRAMING SYSTEM TO MEET ASCE /SEI 7 -05, SECTION 13.5.6 E QUEUE LINE RAILING \ BEVERAGE COUNTER 1 A300 ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT, izz SEE MEP DWG'S BENCH /BOOTH BUILDING SECTION SCALE: 114" = 1' -0" RIGID VERTICAL STRUT. @ 12' -0" O.C. EACH WAY 12 GA. WIRE SPLAYED IN FOUR DIRECTIONS @ 45 DEGREE AT 12' -0" O.C. EACH WAY TYPICAL GYPSUM BOARD SCREWED TO SUSPENDED FRAMING SYSTEM © 8" O.C. 8 GA. VERTICAL WIRE HANGER @ 4' -0" O.C. EACH WAY, TYP. & 4' -0" FROM ANY WALL. USG DRYWALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM OR EQUAL. (HEAVY DUTY) V SEISMIC CEILING DETAIL @ TECTUM CEILING SYSTEM NOT TO SCALE r)1L4L-ii5 SCULPTURE HRH TABLE TOP /SEATING • � . C , L r r. • 1" TECTUM PANELS ATTACHED TO SUSPENDED FRAMING SYSTEM 9 r� v , EXISTING BAR JOISTS DEMISING WALL. PAINTED GYP. BD CONSULTANT: 2 ING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF S -RVICE AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PR- - Er Y OF CHIPDTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN SE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPDTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, CID LDRAD❑ 802 02 FAH ❑NE: (303) 595 -4000 FAX: (3 03) 595 - 4 014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.CDM Issue Record: 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 Revisions: 4163 REGISTERED ARCHITECT W .01.14.08 City_Comments Drawn: MJK Checked: SRT Project No. 070207 - FHA Contents: Building Section Date of Last Print: HARLAN R. FAUST TATE OF WASHINGTON October 19, 2007 E oD r r w QIXrD LL n (0 • wooer zoC CO DO CK ¢�MQQ T Od Health Department Building Department Bid Set A 300 x t� RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 1 PEI1MII CENTER NOTE; THESE HORIZONTAL RESTRAINT POINTS SHALL BE PLACED 12' -0" OR LESS O.C. IN BOTH DIRECTIONS WITH POINTS WITHIN 6-0" FROM ANY WALL SEISMIC LAY -IN CEILING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE ASCE STANDARD 9.6.2.6 For Suspended Ceilings 9.6.2.6.2.2 Seismic Design Categories D, E, and F. Suspended ceilings in Seismic Design Categories, E, and F shall be designed and installed in accordance with the CISCA recommendations for seismic Zones 3-4 (Ref. 9.6 -17) and the additional requirements listed in this subsection. a. A heavy duty T -bar grid system shall be used. b. The width of the perimeter supporting closure angle shall be not less than, 2.0 -in. (50 mm). In each orthogonal horizontal direction, one end =ceiling grid shall be attached to the closure angle. The other end in each horizontal direction shall have a 3 /4 -in. (19 mm) clearance from the wall and shall rest upon and be free to slide on a closure angle. c. For ceiling areas exceeding 1000 ft2 (92.9 m2), horizontal restraint of the ceiling to the structural system shall be provided. The tributary areas of the horizontal restraints shall be approximately equal. SCALE:1 v RIGID VERTICAL STRUT. 12 GA. WIRE SPLAYED IN FOUR DIRECTIONS @ 45 DEGREE AT 12' -0" O.C. EACH WAY TYPICAL CEILING TILES 8 GA. VERTICAL WIRE HANGER @ 4' -O" O.C. EACH WAY, TYP. & 4' -O" FROM ANY WALL. REFERENCE DETAIL " 2" ON SHEET S100 FOR SUPPORT STRUCTURE OF HOOD. THREADED ROD HANGER TO ROOF STRUCTURE ATTACH AT MINIMUM (4) LOCATIONS. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING PER DETAIL ON "3" ON S100 SOFFIT DETAIL @ COOKLINEISERVING L 1 BOX BEAM DETAIL NOT TO SCALE SEE DETAIL 2/A301 FOR 6" BRACE @ BOX BEAM. STAINLESS STEEL EXHAUST HOOD WRAPPER PANEL TO CEILING KITCHEN EXHAUST HOOD - SEE SHEET H100 MAX WEIGHT 800 #. (4) - #10 SCREWS © 12" O.C. 362S162 -33 EACH SIDE 362T200 -33 TOP AND BOTTOM NOT TO SCALE / VERT 362S162 -33 @ MID SPAN OF EACH CEILING JOIST. (3) - #10 SCREWS © EACH VERT. STEEL STUD SPLICE PLAT - STEEL STUD SECTION #10 SCREWS THROUGH TRACK INTO STUD TRACK SPLICE DETAIL / / / 1 2 MAX. / x X/ 5 A301 NOT TO SCALE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED MENU PANEL - SEE DETAIL 1/ A440 PROVIDE DOUBLE JOIST AT MENU PANEL CONT. 362T200 -54 W/ (2) #10 TEK SCREWS INTO DECKING © 12" O.C. MAX,TYP. MAX SCREW LENGTH a' ATTACH TO BOTTOM OF DECK NL. #10 SCREWS THROUGH TRACK INTO STUD, TYPICAL EA. SIDE 362T200 -33 BRACE @ 4' -0" O.C. W/(3) - #10 SCREWS EACH END. DRYWALL 3625162 -33 © 16" O.C. CONT. 362T200 -54 W/ (2) #10 TEK SCREWS INTO BOX BEAM @ 12" O.C. MAX 8" GYP BOARD - PAINT "WHITE" BOX BEAM W/ #10 SCREWS @ 12" O.C., TYP. BOT OF SOFFIT 4, EL:10' -0" AFF "INDEXED ENDS" FOR PUNCH -OUT ALIGNMENT SEE DETAIL 2/A301 FOR 6" BRACE @ BOX BEAM. e' GYPSUM BOARD CEILING - PAINT "WHITE" BOT OF MENU BOARD ot EL: VERIFY WI HT. OF MENU PANELS BOT OF HOOD EL: 6-6" AFF 20 GA. STUD - TYPICAL (1) #10 TEK SCREW AT BOTH SIDES TRACK 0.145" 0 HILTI X -DNI PAF @ 24" O.C. TYP. STUDITRACKIFLOOR SLAB CONNECTIONS x FASTEN TO ROOF DECK WITH 2 #10 TEK SCREWS, MAX LENGTH 4' ATTACH TO BOTTOM FLUTE ONLY. FASTEN KICKER TO TRACK WITH 2 #10 SCREWS INTO TOP OF TRACK @ 48" O.C. AT GA SIDE EXISTING ROOF 6" ANG. BRACE PER PLAN TYPICAL 45° KICKER BRACING NOT TO SCALE #8 SCREW EACH FLANGE. FULL HEIGHT WALL @ RESTROOM AND HALLWAY. 362T200 -43 (1) #10 SCREW EACH FLANGE. NOT TO SCALE SCALE: NOT TO SCALE SECTION AT HARD LID OVER RESTROOMIHALL BOX BEAM PER 7/A301 SECTION @ 6" BRACE @ BOX BEAM 54 MIL DEFLECTION TRACK W/ ALLOWANCE FOR a" OF DEFLECTION EXISTING ROOF DECK 362T200 -54 W/(2) -#10 SCREWS TO EACH STUD (1) LAYER 8" GYP. 0.145" 0 HILTI X-DNI PAF 24" O.C. EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB. (2) #10 SCREWS EACH FLANGE b 20 GA. TRACK SIZE AS INDICATED ON FLOOR PLAN (TYP. TOP & BOTTOM) FINISH SURFACE ,t 600T200- 54X3' -0" LONG WITH (2) - #8 @ EACH FLUTE. MAX SCREW LENGTH ATTACH TO BOTTOM OF DECK ONLY. CONSULTANT: 1— O LLI 1 ° Q 1-U,_ 00 Q F— N N � Luro c> = I ' d z in < �XQJro L- cs.j < d-: oo . — Od NI X1153 REGISTERED ARCHITECT HARLAN R. FAUST STATE OF WASHINGTON T 2❑ ❑7 WING I5 AN INSTRUMENT OF 5. -VICE AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PRO' - - Y OF CHIPDTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC., PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT 15 LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPDTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. Issue Record: 10.19.07 12.03.07 12 -04 -07 Revisions: 001,18.08 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 8 02 02 PHONE; (3 03) 595 -4000 FAX (3 03) 595 -4 014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIP❑TLE.0 ❑M Drawn: SRT Checked: SRT Project No. 070207 - FHA Contents: Date of Last Print City Commits October 19, 2007 Wall & Ceiling Details A 301 o► —t4 - Health Department Building Department Bid Set RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 13 Cu�J PERMIT CENTER INSTALL 4 3 x3 x1/4 FROM UNISTRUT TO NEAREST PANEL POINT UNISTRUT PER 2/5100 4 3x 3x 1/4 BOTH END OF 4 3/16 3x3 ANGLE WELDED TO JOISTS PER 3/S100 1/8 ' 2" 4 BRACE 2x 2x 1/8 MIN. (2) EACH DIRECTION (4 TOTAL) REINFORCE JOIST PER 3/A140 TYP. PANEL POINT — —1� — NOTE WHERE BRACE IS PERPENDICULAR TO FLUTES ATTACH TO 3x3 PER 4/5100 5 REIN. OF EXG JOIST IF LOADING OCCURS AWAY FROM PANEL POINT NTS SEISMIC BRACING OF HOOD NTS NTS NTS 1/8 HOOD PANEL POINT I—PANEL POINT 2" MIN. EXISITNG METAL DECK NOTES: 1. PROVIDE MIN. (2) ANG. BRACES EACH DIRECTION ATTACHED TO HOOD. HOOD SUPPORT SEISMIC BRACING OF HOOD EXISTING OPEN ` PANEL WEB JOIST POINT ANGLE BRACE PER 3/S100 ,I \--P5500 UNISTRUT 1/2" DIA, ROD AT EACH AT 4 LOCATION HANGER ROD. MIN. EXISITNG OPEN WEB STEEL JOIST BOTH END OF 3x3 1/2" ROD ;ILL EXISTING JOISTS EXISTING WEB MEMBER 0 PANEL POINT ,LANDLORD PROVIDED 6.5 TON YORK UNIT -1300 LBS NORTH EXISTING JOISTS ROOF FRAMING PLAN SCALE: 114" = 1' -0" SEISMIC BRACING OF HOOD PER 3/5100 (2) EACH DIRECTION _J LANDLORD PROVIDED r - w -� 5-T9N- 9RK U IT --1500 OS I I I HO 1 I SELO* F- -1 N; o� -J 1 ` I 1 —� L_ :I I...- ` 9 PROVIDE (4) - 1 DIA HANGER RODS PER 2/S100 GENERAL NOTES; 1. IF CONDITIONS ARE NOT AS NOTED NOTIFY ENGINEER OF RECORD. 2. EVALUATION OF ROOF TO SUPPORT MECHANICAL UNITS AND INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS FOR UNITS IS TO BE PROVIDED BY OTHERS. MI. mai EXISTING' JOISTS SEISMIC BRA ING OF HOOD PER 3 100 800# HOOD B( LOW NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX (SHEET A001) PRIOR TO AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. O NSULTANT: %fp7 EXPIRES 9/11/V COPYRIGHT 2007 THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT CIF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPDTL.E MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSICIN FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPDTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595 -4000 FAX: (303) 595 - 4014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE_C ©M Issue Record: 11.19.07 Building /Health Revisions: Drawn MJK Checked: SRT Project No 070207 - FHA Contents: Roof Framing Plan Date of Last Print October 19, 2007 S 100 FIRE PROTECTION SCHEDULE ROOM NUM. DESCRIPTION CEILING HEIGHT HAZARD HEAD TYPE 1 100 MAIN ENTRY EXPOSED STRUCT. VARIES LIGHT BRASS UPRIGHT 101 ORDERING EXPOSED STRUCT. VARIES LIGHT BRASS UPRIGHT 102 SERVING EXPOSED STRUCT. VARIES LIGHT BRASS UPRIGHT 103 P0S GYPSUM BOARD 10' -0" ORD. HAZ. 1 RECESSED PENDENT 104 DINING EXPOSED STRUCT. VARIES LIGHT BRASS UPRIGHT 105 UTENSIL EXPOSED STRUCT. VARIES LIGHT BRASS UPRIGHT 106 HALLWAY GYPSUM BOARD 10' -0" LIGHT RECESSED PENDENT 107 COOKING GYPSUM BOARD 10' -0" ORD. HAZ. 1 RECESSED PENDENT 108 KITCHEN LAY -IN 9' -0" ORD. HAZ. 1 RECESSED PENDENT 109 COOLER INTEGRAL 8' -0" ORD. HAZ. 1 FREEZE -PROOF PENDENT 110 OFFICE LAY -IN 9' -0" ORD. HAZ. 1 RECESSED PENDENT .111 MEN'S GYPSUM BOARD 9' -0" LIGHT RECESSED PENDENT 112 WOMEN'S GYPSUM BOARD 9' -0" LIGHT RECESSED PENDENT C I FIRE PRQTECTION GENERAL NOTES A. FIRE PROTECTION WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE BUILDING CODE, NFPA, LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT STANDARDS, AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. SEE SHEET A000 FOR THE PREVAILING CODES. B. MODIFY THE EXISTING HEAD LAYOUT AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IN THE SPACES SHOWN TO SUIT THE NEW FLOOR PLAN. PROVIDE NEW HEADS AND DEVICES AS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM. PROVIDE HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS FOR REVISED FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM. C. COORDINATE HEAD LAYOUT WITH EXPOSED DUCTWORK, LIGHT FIXTURES, HVAC EQUIPMENT, AND ARCHITECTURAL CEILING ELEMENTS. SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR LOCATIONS. PROVIDE HEADS IN LAY-IN CEILINGS AT QUARTER POINTS ALONG LONG AXIS OF CEILING TILES. SUBMIT HEAD LAYOUT SHOP DRAWINGS TO ARCHITECT PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FOR PERMIT APPROVAL. D. OBTAIN PERMITS, APPROVALS, AND INSPECTIONS FOR REVISED FIRE PROTECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS. FIRE _ ALARM SYMBOLS I ANN I FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR ALPHA KEYPAD MANUAL PULL STATION 75 CANDELA HORN /STROBE (UNLESS NOTED) $-R DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR FIRE PROTECTION P F100 1/4" - 1' -0" FOR REFERENCE O \LY: FIRE PROTECTION A\ ID ALARM SYSTEV1S ARE TO BE DESIG \E3 BY THE GENERAL CO \TRACTOR APPROXIMATELY 2200 SF DINING N ,ENTRY EMI Nom KITCHEN SERVING -. VIII III• I �f III IIII ' 1 1 1.1- �� - _ _ -Iii' `IN— ---r-tI 101 -- _ORDER - 1)013 HAL WAY I WOMEN'S( V • 1 ® SEPA RATE Er '',v1 -ADD C.DNSULTANT: NATIONAL E N G I N E E R I N G 784 Morrison Columbus, Phone: Fax: EXPIRES Road Ohio 43230 (614) 751 -9610 (614) 552-5240 main ©nationa1engineering.corr COPYRIGHT 2CO8 TH19 DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT or SERVICE. AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE or THIS DOCUMENT I5 LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY 9Y WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPDTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595 -4000 FAX: (303) 595 -4014 INTERNET: WWW.CNIPOTLE.COM Issue Record: Project No. 07095 Contents: a) a 0 Date of Last Print: 01.11.2008 10.22.2007 Permit Issue Revisions: Ak 11.30.2007 Patio Revision AAL 01.11.2008 Building Comments Drawn: Checked: KSL KSL 0 ARE PROTEUER F TUKWILA PLAN JAN 1 3 PLFIIVIIT CENTER F 100 STORE # 1144 Southcenter WA 98188 • H ' I C I FIRE PRQTECTION GENERAL NOTES A. FIRE PROTECTION WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE BUILDING CODE, NFPA, LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT STANDARDS, AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. SEE SHEET A000 FOR THE PREVAILING CODES. B. MODIFY THE EXISTING HEAD LAYOUT AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IN THE SPACES SHOWN TO SUIT THE NEW FLOOR PLAN. PROVIDE NEW HEADS AND DEVICES AS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM. PROVIDE HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS FOR REVISED FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM. C. COORDINATE HEAD LAYOUT WITH EXPOSED DUCTWORK, LIGHT FIXTURES, HVAC EQUIPMENT, AND ARCHITECTURAL CEILING ELEMENTS. SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR LOCATIONS. PROVIDE HEADS IN LAY-IN CEILINGS AT QUARTER POINTS ALONG LONG AXIS OF CEILING TILES. SUBMIT HEAD LAYOUT SHOP DRAWINGS TO ARCHITECT PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FOR PERMIT APPROVAL. D. OBTAIN PERMITS, APPROVALS, AND INSPECTIONS FOR REVISED FIRE PROTECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS. FIRE _ ALARM SYMBOLS I ANN I FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR ALPHA KEYPAD MANUAL PULL STATION 75 CANDELA HORN /STROBE (UNLESS NOTED) $-R DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR FIRE PROTECTION P F100 1/4" - 1' -0" FOR REFERENCE O \LY: FIRE PROTECTION A\ ID ALARM SYSTEV1S ARE TO BE DESIG \E3 BY THE GENERAL CO \TRACTOR APPROXIMATELY 2200 SF DINING N ,ENTRY EMI Nom KITCHEN SERVING -. VIII III• I �f III IIII ' 1 1 1.1- �� - _ _ -Iii' `IN— ---r-tI 101 -- _ORDER - 1)013 HAL WAY I WOMEN'S( V • 1 ® SEPA RATE Er '',v1 -ADD C.DNSULTANT: NATIONAL E N G I N E E R I N G 784 Morrison Columbus, Phone: Fax: EXPIRES Road Ohio 43230 (614) 751 -9610 (614) 552-5240 main ©nationa1engineering.corr COPYRIGHT 2CO8 TH19 DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT or SERVICE. AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE or THIS DOCUMENT I5 LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY 9Y WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPDTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595 -4000 FAX: (303) 595 -4014 INTERNET: WWW.CNIPOTLE.COM Issue Record: Project No. 07095 Contents: a) a 0 Date of Last Print: 01.11.2008 10.22.2007 Permit Issue Revisions: Ak 11.30.2007 Patio Revision AAL 01.11.2008 Building Comments Drawn: Checked: KSL KSL 0 ARE PROTEUER F TUKWILA PLAN JAN 1 3 PLFIIVIIT CENTER F 100 STORE # 1144 Southcenter WA 98188 SECTION 15055 - COMMON PIPING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL A. SECTION REQUIREMENTS 1. Comply with the requirements of the Building Code and the local authority having jurisdiction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Hanger and Pipe Attachments: Factory fabricated with galvanized coatings; nonmetallic coated for hangers in direct contact with copper tubing. B. Building Attachments: Powder actuated type, drive pin attachments with pullout and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials; UL listing and FM approval for fire protection systems. C. Mechanical Anchor Fasteners: Insert -type attachments with pullout and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials; UL listing and FM approval for fire protection systems. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install piping free of sags and bends. B. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. C. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum - board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. D. Exterior Wall, Pipe Penetrations: Mechanical sleeve seals installed in steel or cost iron pipes for wall sleeves. E. Fire Barrier Penetrations: Seal pipe penetrations with through - penetration firestop systems. F. Install unions adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. G. Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals in gas piping. H. Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals in water piping. I. Provide full ring escutcheons at plumbing penetrations through walls or ceilings. Tightly seal escutcheons to the adjacent surface. 3.2 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Install building attachments within concrete or to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints, and at changes in direction of piping, B. Install powder actuated drive pin fasteners in concrete after concrete is cured. Do not use in lightweight concrete or in slabs less than 4 inches thick. C. Install mechanical anchor fasteners in concrete after concrete is cured. Do not use in lightweight concrete or in slabs less than 4 inches thick. D. Support fire protection system piping independent of other piping. E. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so piping live and dead loading and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. END OF SECTION 15055 SECTION 15080 - MECHANICAL INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data for each type of mechanical insulation. B. Quality Assurance: Labeled with maximum flame-spread rating of 25 and maximum smoke developed rating of 50 according to ASTM E 84. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE INSULATION A. Preformed Glass Fiber Pipe Insulation: ASTM C 547, Class 1, with factory applied, all purpose, vapor retarder jacket. B. Polyolefin Pipe Insulation: Unicellular polyethylene, preformed pipe insulation. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I, except for density. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install vapor barriers on insulated pipes with surface operating temperatures below 60 deg F. B. Insulate fittings, valves, and specialties. C. Seal vapor barrier penetrations for hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections. D. Coat glass fiber pipe insulation ends with vapor barrier coating. E. Roof Penetrations: Apply insulation for interior applications to a point even with the top of the roof flashing. F. Exterior Wall Penetrations: For penetrations of below grade exterior walls, terminate insulation flush with mechanical sleeve seal. G. Interior Walls and Partitions Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through walls and partitions, except fire rated walls and partitions. H. Fire Rated Walls and Partitions Penetrations: Terminate insulation at penetrations through fire rated walls and partitions. Seal around penetration with through penetration firestop systems. I. Floor Penetrations: Terminate insulation at the underside of the floor assembly and at the floor support at top of floor. Seal around penetration with through penetration firestop systems. J. Glass Fiber Insulation Installation: Bond insulation to pipe with adhesive. Seal seams and joints with vapor barrier compound. K. Interior Piping System Applications: Insulate the following piping systems: 1. Domestic hot and cold water. 2. Exposed sanitary drains of fixtures for the disabled. 3. Refrigerant piping. L. Do not apply insulation to the following systems, materials, and equipment: 1. Flexible connectors. 2. Fire protection piping systems. 3, Sanitary drainage and vent piping. 4. Chrome plated pipes and fittings, except for plumbing fixtures for the disabled. 5. Piping specialties, including air chambers, unions, strainers, check valves, plug valves, and flow regulators. M. Pipe Insulation Thickness Application Schedule: Insulate piping with the following materials and thicknesses: 1, Domestic Hot and Cold Water: 1/2 -inch preformed glass fiber pipe insulation. 2. Sanitary Drains: 1/2 -inch polyolefin pipe insulation. END OF SECTION 15080 SECTION 15110 - VALVES PART 1 - GENERAL (Not Applicable) PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL DUTY VALVES A. End Connections: Threads shall comply with ANSI B1.20.1. Flanges shall comply with ANSI B16,1 for cost iron valves and ANSI B16.24 for bronze valves. Solder -joint connections shall comply with ANSI B16.18. B. Ball Valves: Rated for 150 psig saturated steam pressure, 400 psig WOG pressure; 2 piece construction; with bronze body, standard (or regular) port, chrome plated brass ball, replaceable "Teflon" or "TFE" seats and seals, blowout proof stem, and vinyl covered steel handle. C. Plug Valves: Rated at 150 psig WOG; bronze body, with straightaway pattern, square head, and threaded ends. D. Swing Check Valves: Class 125, cast bronze body and cap; with horizontal swing, Y-- pattern, and bronze disc. E. Valves for Copper Tube: Solder ends, except provide threaded ends for heating hot water and low pressure steam service. F. Valves for Steel Pipe: Threaded ends. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Use gate and ball valves for shutoff duty and ball for throttling duty. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves for each fixture and item of equipment. D. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. E. Install valves in a position to allow full stem movement. F. Install check valves for proper direction of flow in horizontal position with hinge pin level. END OF SECTION 15110 SECTION 15140 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Performance Requirements: Unless otherwise indicated minimum pressure requirements for water piping are as follows: 1. Service Entrance Piping: 100 psig. 2. Domestic Water Piping: 80 psig. B. Comply with NSF 14 "Plastic Piping Components and Materials." C. Comply with NSF 61 "Drinking Water System Components Health Effects." C. D. E. 3.2 A. B. 3.3 A. B. END PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPES AND TUBES A. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types L and M, water tube, drawn temper. B. PVC Plastic, Water Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 80, plain ends. 2.2 FITTINGS A. Wrought Copper, Solder Joint Pressure Fittings: ASME B 16.22. B. Cast Copper Alloy, Solder Joint Pressure Fittings: ASME B 16.18, C. Bronze Flanges: ASME B 16.24, Classes 150 and 300. D. Copper Unions: ASME B 16.18, cast copper alloy body, hexagonal stock, with ball and socket joint, metal to metal seating surfaces, and solder joint, threaded, or solder joint and threaded ends. Threads complying with ASME B 1.20.1. E. PVC Plastic, Schedule 80, Socket Type Pipe Fittings: ASTM D 2467. 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. Solder Filler Metal: ASTM B 32, lead free. B. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, alloys to suit system requirements. C. Solvent Cements: As recommended by manufacturer. D. Plastic Pipe Seals: ASTM F 477, elastomeric gasket. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Install gate valves close to main on each branch and riser serving two or more plumbing fixtures or equipment connections and where indicated. B. Install gate or ball valves on inlet to each plumbing equipment item, on each supply to each plumbing fixture not having stops on supplies, and elsewhere as indicated. Install drain valve at base of each riser, at low points of horizontal runs, and where required to drain water distribution piping system. Install swing check valve on discharge side of each pump and elsewhere as indicated. Install ball valves in each hot water circulating loop and discharge side of each pump. PIPING INSTALLATIONS Install hangers and supports at intervals indicated in the applicable plumbing code and as recommended by pipe manufacturer. Support vertical piping at each floor. INSPECTING AND CLEANING Inspect and test piping systems following procedures of authorities having jurisdiction. Clean and disinfect water distribution piping following procedures of authorities having jurisdiction. OF SECTION 15140 SECTION 15150 - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Pressure Requirement for Soil, Waste and Vent: 10 feet head. B. Comply with NSF 14 "Plastic Piping Components and Related Materials ". PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPES AND TUBES A. PVC Plastic, DWV Pipe: ASTM D 2665, Schedule 40, plain ends. 2.2 FITTINGS A. PVC Plastic, DWV Pipe Fittings: ASTM D 2665, made to ASTM D 3311; socket type; drain, waste, and vent pipe patterns. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Install cleanout and extension to grade at connection of building sanitary drain and building sanitary sewer. B. Locate drainage piping runouts as close as possible to bottom of floor slab supporting fixtures or drains. 3.2 INSPECTION A. Inspect and test piping systems following procedures of authorities having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION 15150 SECTION 15198 - NATURAL GAS PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Quality Assurance: Comply with NFPA 54 and the Plumbing Code. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE, TUBE, AND SPECIALTIES A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type S (Seamless), Grade B, Schedule 40, plain ends. B. Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150. C. Manual Valves: Comply with standards listed or, if appropriate, to ANSI Z21.15. D. Gas Stops: AGA certified, bronze -body, plug type with bronze plug, for 2 -psig or less natural gas. Include AGA stamp, flat or square head or lever handle, and threaded ends complying with ASME B1.20.1. E. Gas Valves: 150 -psig WOG, cast -iron or bronze body, bronze plug, straightaway pattern, square head, tapered -plug type. F. Gas Pressure Regulators: ANSI Z21.18, single stage, steel jacketed, corrosion resistant pressure regulators. Include atmospheric vent, elevation compensator. Regulator pressure ratings, inlet and outlet pressures, and flow volume in cubic feet per hour of natural gas at specific gravity are as indicated. 1. Line Gas Pressure Regulators: Inlet pressure rating not less than system pressure. G. Flexible Connectors: ANSI Z21.24, copper alloy. H. Strainers: Bronze body, Y- pattern, full size of connecting piping. Include stainless -steel screens with 3/64 inch perforations and a pressure rating of 125 -psig- minimum, WOG working pressure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off gas to premises or section of piping. Perform leakage test as specified to determine that all equipment is turned off in affected piping section. B. Install shutoff valve, downstream from gas meter, outside building at gas service entrance. C. Install gas stops for shutoff to appliances with NPS 2" or smaller low pressure gas supply. D. Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect. Include outlets of gas meters. Locate where readily accessible to permit cleaning and emptying. Do not install where condensate would be subject to freezing. E. Install gas piping at uniform slope of 0.1 percent upward toward risers. F. Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side down. G. Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping. H. Install strainers on supply side of each control valve, gas pressure regulator, solenoid valve, and elsewhere as indicated. I. Install valves in accessible locations, protected from damage. Tag valves with metal tag indicating piping supplied. Attach tag to valve with metal chain. J. Install gas valve upstream from each gas pressure regulator. Where two gas - pressure regulators are installed in series, valve is not required at second regulator. K. Connect gas piping to equipment and appliances with shutoff valves and unions. Install gas valve upstream from and within 72 inches of each appliance using gas. Install union or flanged connection downstream from valve. L. Inspect, test, and purge piping according to NFPA 54, Part 4, "Gas Piping Inspection, Testing, and Purging ", and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION 15198 SECTION 15410 - PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data for each type of plumbing fixture. B. Comply with requirements of Public Law 102 -486, "Energy Policy Act ", regarding water flow rote and water consumption of plumbing fixtures. C. Comply with applicable standards below: 1. Enameled, Cast Iron Fixtures: ASME Al 12.19.1 M. 2. National Sanitation Foundation Construction: NFS2. 3. Porcelain Enameled Fixtures: ASME A112.19.4M. 4. Slip Resistant Bathing Surfaces: ASTM F 462. 5. Stainless Steel Fixtures: ASME A112.19.3M. 6. Vitreous China Fixtures: ASME A112.19.2M. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 Refer to the fixture schedule on drawing P400 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install fitting insulation kits on fixtures for the disabled. B. Install fixtures with flanges and gasket seals. C. Install flushometer valves for accessible water closets and urinals with handle mounted on wide side of compartment. Install other actuators in locations that are easy for the disabled to reach. D. Fasten wall hanging plumbing fixtures securely to supports attached to building substrate when supports are specified, and to building wall construction where no support is indicated. E. Fasten floor mounted fixtures to substrate. With fixtures having holes for securing fixture to wall construction, fasten to reinforcement built into walls. F. Fasten wall mounted fittings to reinforcement built into walls. G. Fasten counter mounted plumbing fixtures to casework. H. Secure supplies to supports or substrate within pipe space behind fixture. I. Set shower receptors and mop basins in leveling bed of cement grout. J. Install individual supply inlets, supply stops, supply risers, and tubular brass traps with cleonouts at fixture. K. Install water supply stop valves in accessible locations. L. Install traps on fixture outlets. Omit traps on fixtures having integral traps. Omit traps on indirect wastes, unless otherwise indicated. M, Install escutcheons at wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep pattern escutcheons where required to conceal protruding pipe fittings. N. Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and counters using sanitary type, one part, mildew resistant, silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. 0. Install piping connections between plumbing fixtures and piping systems and plumbing equipment. Install insulation on supplies and drains of fixtures for the disabled. P. Ground equipment. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to UL 486A and UL 486B. END OF SECTION 15410 SECTION 15425 - PLUMBING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Working Pressure Rating for Products: 1. Water Distribution Piping: 80 psig. B. Submittals: Product Data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Refer to fixture schedule on drawing P400. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install backflow preventers at each water - supply connection to mechanical equipment and where required by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Install hose bibbs with integral or field-installed vacuum breaker. C. Install floor drains at low points of surface areas and where indicated. Set tops of drains flush with finished floor. 1. Trap drains connected to sanitary building drain. 2. Install drain flashing collar or flange so no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes. END OF SECTION 15425 SECTION 15554 - FLUES AND VENTS PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GAS VENTS A, Vent /air intake for high efficiency domestic water heater. Size per manufacturer's recommendation. B. Accessories: Tees, elbows, increasers, draft hood connectors, metal cap with bird barrier, adjustable roof flashing, storm collar, support assembly, thimbles, firestopping spacers, and fasteners; fabricated of similar materials and designs as vent -pipe straight sections. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install vents according to stipulated minimum clearances from combustibles. B. Seal between sections of positive pressure vents using only sealants recommended by manufacturer. C. Support vents at intervals to support the weight of the vent and all accessories, without exceeding loading of appliances. END OF SECTION 15554 SECTION 15732 -- PACKAGED ROOFTOP AIR - CONDITIONING UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and Shop Drawings. B. Comply with ASHRAE 15. C. EER: Equal to or greater than prescribed by ASHRAE 90.1, "Energy Efficient Design of New Building, except Low Rise Residential Buildings." D. Warranties: Submit a written warranty, signed by the manufacturer, agreeing to the repair or replacement of components that fail within 5 years of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PACKAGED UNITS, 5 TO 20 TONS A. Factory assembled and tested, consisting of compressors, condensers, evaporator coils, condenser and evaporator fans, refrigeration and temperature controls, filters, and dampers. 1. Refer to Rooftop Heating /Cooling Unit Schedule on drawing M200 for capacities, and manufacturers. 2. Evaporator Fans: Belt driven, forward curved centrifugal. 3. Exhaust /Relief Fans: Direct drive, forward curved centrifugal or propeller. 4. Condenser Fans: Direct drive propeller. 5. Refrigerant Coils: Aluminum fins and copper coil. 6. Compressors: Serviceable hermetic or fully hermetic, with safety controls, hot gas bypass, and timed off controls. 7. Heat Exchangers: Gas fired, with gas controls, electronic ignition, high limit cutout, and forced draft proving switch. 8. Economizer controls (Dry bulb, 100% capacity). 9. Low ambient controls. 10. Smoke Detectors: Photoelectric. 11. Operating Controls: Two stage heating and two stage cooling on units 8 -1/2 tons and over. 12. Roof curb. 13. Control Wiring from T -stat to rooftop unit: Shall be 18ga / 7 conductor, rated for plenum applications. 14. Control Wiring from T -stat to remote sensor: Shall be a separate 18ga / 2 conductor shielded, rated for plenum applications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install units level and plumb and firmly anchored. B. Connect gas piping to burner with pipe same size as gas train inlet, and provide union with sufficient clearance for burner removal and service. C. Connect to supply and return hydronic piping with shutoff valve and union or flange at each connection. D. Install ducts to termination in roof mounting frames. Terminate return air duct through roof structure. E. Connect units to wiring systems and to ground. END OF SECTION 15732 SECTION 15810 - DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data for fire and smoke dampers. B. Comply with NFPA 90A for systems serving spaces more than 25,000 cu. ft. in volume or building Types II, IV, and V construction more than 3 stories in height. C. Comply with NFPA 90B for systems serving spaces in 1 or 2 family dwellings or serving spaces less than 25,000 cu. ft.. D. Comply with NFPA 96, "Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations," Chapter 3, "Duct System," for range hood ducts, except single family residential usage, unless otherwise indicated. E. Comply with UL 181 and UL 181A for ducts and closures. F. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency Qualifications: AABC certified. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCTS A. Spiral Duct: Spiral Lock Seam, without insulation, G90 galvanized finish, ASTM A- 653/924 1. Manufacturers: Lindab SPIROsafe (No substitutions allowed.) a. Same exposed sprial duct manufacturer shall be used throughout job. 2. Fittings: Factory produced standing seam construction with internal sealing. Fittings with a major axis of 36" or smaller shall be 20 gauge. Fittings with a major axis of 37 " -48" shall be 18 gauge. B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Forming steel, ASTM A 653/653M, G90 coating designation. C. Duct Liner: ASTM C 1071, Type II, with an airstream surface coated with a temperature resistant coating. Thickness: 1 inch (25 mm). 1. Adhesive: ASTM C 915, Type I. 2. Mechanical Fasteners: Galvanized steel pin, length as required to penetrate liner plus a 1/8 inch projection maximum into the airstream. D. Joint and Seam Tape: Comply with UL 181A. E. Joint and Seam Sealant: Comply with UL 181A. F. Rectangular Metal Duct Fabrication: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standard" for metal thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie rod applications, and joint types and intervals. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Volume-Control Dampers: Factory fabricated volume control dampers, complete with required hardware and accessories. Single blade and multiple opposed blade, standard leakage rating, and suitable for horizontal or vertical applications. B. Fire Dampers: Factory- fabricated fire dampers, complete with required hardware and accessories. UL labeled according to UL 555, "Fire Dampers ". C. Flexible Connectors: Flame retardant or noncombustible fabrics, coatings, and adhesives complying with UL 181, Class 1. D. Flexible Ducts: Factory fabricated, insulated, round duct, with an outer jacket enclosing 1.1/2 inch (38 mm) thick, glass fiber insulation around a continuous inner liner. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Duct System Pressure Class: Construct and install each duct system with 2 inch positive and negative duct pressure classifications. B. Conceal ducts from view in finished and occupied spaces. Except where noted as exposed. C. Avoid passing through electrical equipment spaces and enclosures. D. Support and connect metal ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standard ". E. Install duct accessories according to applicable portions of details of construction as shown in SMACNA standards. F. Install liner on all supply and return duct. G. Install volume control dampers in lined duct with methods to avoid damage to liner and to avoid erosion of duct liner. H. Install fire and smoke dampers according to manufacturer's UL approved written instructions. I. Install fusible links in fire dampers. J. Provide saddle taps at tees for exposed ductwork. 3.2 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING A. The owner will supply an independent balance agent to to balance and adjust the HVAC installation. The balance agent will be responsible for any pulley or belt changes required. B. The general contactor is to have trained staffed available during the balancing to correct issues noted by the balance agent. C. The balance agent is to balance airflow within distribution systems, including submains, branches, and terminals to indicated quantities +/- 10 %. The hood exhaust system shall be balanced to a tolerance of -0 +10% and the make -up air system to a tolerance of - 10 +0 %. D. The balonce agent is to supply a copy of the balance report to the owner, engineer and general contractor for review. END OF SECTION 15810 SECTION 15855 -- DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Product Data, including color charts for factory finishes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OUTLETS AND INLETS A. Diffusers: 1. Refer to Grills, Registers, and Diffusers Schedule for equipment schedule 2. Manufacturer: As scheduled (NO SUBSTITUTIONS) 3. Material: As scheduled. 4. Finish: As scheduled. 5. Mounting: As scheduled. B. Wall and Ceiling Registers: 1. Refer to Grills, Registers, and Diffusers Schedule for equipment schedule 2. Manufacturer: As scheduled (NO SUBSTITUTIONS) 3. Material: As scheduled. 4. Finish: As Scheduled. 5. Mounting: Countersunk screw. C. Wall and Ceiling Grilles: 1. Refer to Grills, Registers, and Diffusers Schedule for equipment schedule 2. Manufacturer: As scheduled (NO SUBSTITUTIONS) 3. Material: As scheduled. 4. Finish: As Scheduled. 5. Mounting: Countersunk screw or lay in depending location. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate location and installation with duct installation and installation of other ceiling and wall mounted items. B. Locate ceiling diffusers, registers, and grilles, as indicated on general construction "reflected ceiling plans." Unless otherwise indicated, locate units in center of acoustical ceiling panels. END OF SECTION 15855 SECTION 15900 - HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Summary: Electric /electronic control sequences for HVAC systems and equipment. B. Submittals: Shop Drawings detailing operating control sequences of each item of HVAC equipment and system and Product Data for controllers, sensors, operators, control panels, thermostats, humidistats, actuators, control valves and dampers. C. System Description: Control systems consists of sensors, indicators, actuators, final control elements, interface equipment, and other apparatus, accessories, required to operate mechanical systems according to sequences of operation indicated and specified. D. Operation Sequence: 1. Unoccupied Cycle: During unoccupied hours as set by a programmable thermostat the outside air and return dampers for the HVAC unit close, and the thermostat set point resets to 65' F (user adjustable). Upon a call for heating, the HVAC unit energizes. 2. Occupied Cycle: During occupied hours, as set by a programmable thermostat the outside air and return dampers open to a minimum set point. The furnace and exhaust fans run continuously. Upon a call for heating, the furnace heating energizes. Upon a call for cooling, the condensing unit energizes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install control wiring concealed, except in mechanical rooms, and according to requirements specified in Division 16 Sections. END OF SECTION 15900 A. CONSULTANT: Issue Record: NATIONAL E N G I N E E R I N G 784 Morrison Roau Columbus, Ohio 4323 Phone: (614) 751-961C) Fax: (614) 552 -5240 main ©nationalengineering.corr EXPIRES COPYRIGHT 2007 THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPCITLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IC LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN A3REEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC., 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 30302 PHONE (303) 595 -4 0CI FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTRSRNET: WWW.CHIPIZTL.E.COM 0 0) U) 10.22.2007 Permit Issue Revisions: L\ 11.30.2007 Patio Revision 0 1.11.2008 Building Comments Drawn: KSL Project No. 07095 Contents: Date of Last Print: 10.22.2007 Checked: KSL MECHANICAL R JAN ECEI 5 �;;� ,� SPECIFICATION § ITY °P TUKWILA PHMI7 1 LNTER GRILLS, REGISTERS, AND DIFFUSERS SCHEDULE SYMBOL TAG MANUFACTURER MODEL DESCRIPTION SIZE MATERIAL FINISH MOUNTING NOTES CONCEALED, RETURN CD1 NAILOR 4320A TYPE L PERFORATED CEILING DIFFUSER FACE: 24 X 24 NECK: VAR, ALUMINUM WHITE LAY -IN CEILINGS PROVIDE INTEGRAL 080 CD2 NAILOR 4320A TYPES PERFORATED CEILING DIFFUSER FACE: " 12 X 12" NECK: CO ALUMINUM ALUMINUM HARD CEILINGS PROVIDE INTEGRAL OBD '.I ' 003 NAILOR 4320A TYPE S PERFORATED CEILING DIFFUSER FACE: 2 X 20 NECK: VAR, ALUMINUM ALUMINUM HARD CEILINGS PROVIDE INTEGRAL OBD CD4 NAILOR 4320A TYPE S PERFORATED CEILING DIFFUSER WITH NO DEFLECTORS FACE. �� 24 X 12 NECK: 8 "o ALUMINUM ALUMINUM HARD CEILINGS PROVIDE INTEGRAL OBD 0 CD5 NAILOR 6300R ROUND CEILING DIFFUSER NECK: 12 "O ALUMINUM MILL CEILING PROVIDE INTEGRAL OBD SR1 LINDAB RCS -3 SPIRAL DUCT REGISTER NECK: 33" X 6" STEEL GALVANIZED (TO MATCH DUCTWORK) DUCTWORK PROVIDE EXTRACTOR DAMPER ---...- ER1 NAILOR 4.330R TYPE S PERFORATED CEILING DIFFUSER FACE: 12 X 12" NECK: 6" X 6" ALUMINUM ALUMINUM HARD CEILINGS PROVIDE INTEGRA L I/ . --� RG1 NAILOR 51FH 0' FIXED BLADE RETURN GRILL NECK: VAR, ALUMINUM MILL DUCT RR1 NAILOR 433OR TYPES PERFORATED CEILING RETURN FACE: 12" X 12" NECK: 6" X 6" ALUMINUM ALUMINUM HARD CEILINGS II RR2 NAILOR 4330R TYPE L PERFORATED CEILING RETURN FACE: 24" X 24" NECK: 22" X 22" ALUMINUM WHITE LAY -IN CEILINGS J r PROVIDE INTEGRAL OBD .__..::. • -- MATERIAL SCHEDULE CATEGORY APPLICATION ALLOWABLE MATERIAL DUCT a EXPOSED SUPPLY SPIRAL EXPOSED RETURN RECTANGULAR, LINED CONCEALED, SUPPLY RECT. OR ROUND, LINED OR INSULATED J CONCEALED, RETURN RECT, OR ROUND, LINED OR INSULATED CONC., GEN. EXHAUST RECT. OR ROUND CONC., HOOD EXHAUST RECTANGULAR BLACK IRON W/ WRAP # ?LAN NOTES 1. SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR CEILING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT LOCATION. TYPICAL. 2. PAINT DUCTWORK VISIBLE THROUGH RETURN GRILL BLACK. 3. CONSTRUCT EXPOSED SPIRAL DUCT FITTINGS USING FITTINGS MANUFACTURED BY SPIRAL DUCT MANUFACTURER. USE COMBINATIONS OF FITTINGS AVAILABLE TO MATCH DUCT LAYOUT ON PLAN. GALVANIZATION FINISH OF STRAIGHT RUNS AND FITTINGS SHALL MATCH. SUPPORT EXPOSED SPIRAL DUCTWORK AS SHOWN IN DETAIL 1 /M300. 4. EXPOSED DUCTWORK SHALL BE ROUND WITH GALVANIZED (GM) FINISH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 5. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS FOR DINING ROOM DUCT ELEVATIONS AND LOCATION. 6. TRANSITION TO RTU -1 EXISTING RETURN DUCT, HELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND DUCT SIZE. PROVIDE SMOKE DETECTOR IN RETURN AIR DUCT AND INTERLOCK SMOKE DETECTOR TO THE ROOFTOP UNIT OPERATION. 7. TRANSITION TO RTU -2 EXISTING RETURN DUCT. HELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND DUCT SIZE. PROVIDE SMOKE DETECTOR IN RETURN AIR DUCT AND INTERLOCK SMOKE DETECTOR TO THE ROOFTOP UNIT OPERATION. 8. TRANSITION TO RTU -1 EXISTING SUPPLY DUCT. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND DUCT SIZE. 9. TRANSITION TO RTU -2 EXISTING SUPPLY DUCT. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND DUCT SIZE. 10. 16/14 DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF. TRANSITION TO MAU -1 SUPPLY CONNECTION IN ROOF CURB. 11. 10/12 DUCTS UP FROM HOOD TO 16/14 DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF TO EF-1. PROVIDE FIREMASTER DUCTWRAP ON GREASE EXHAUST DUCT PER DETAIL 5, SHEET M300. SLOPE HORIZONTAL DUCTS TO CONNECTION WITH HOOD. EXHAUST DUCTWORK SHALL BE SYMMETRICAL. SEE DETAIL 9/M300 FOR GREASE EXHAUST AT HOOD DETAIL. PROVIDE RADIUSED ELBOWS WITH AN INSIDE RADIUS OF 0.5W AT ELBOWS IN GREASE DUCT, 12. 8/8 DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF TO EF -2. 13. 16/8 DUCT DOWN TO SUPPLY AIR HOOD DUCT CONNECTION. TRANSITION TO HOOD SUPPLY PLENUM OPENINGS. TYPICAL FOR 2. 14. PROVIDE REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR RTU -1 AT THIS LOCATION © 5' -0" AFF. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH EQUIPMENT. 15, PROVIDE REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR RTU -2 AT THIS LOCATION © 5' -0" AFT. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH EQUIPMENT AND WALL MOUNTED ARTWORK. 16, INSTALL CHIPOTLE- -FURNISHED "LIGHTSTAT" THERMOSTATS FOR RTU -1 AND RTU-2 AT THIS LOCATION. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL SWITCHING IN THIS AREA AND EXTEND WIRING TO REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSORS AND ROOFTOP UNITS. LABEL EACH THERMOSTAT ACCORDINGLY. COORDINATE THERMOSTAT LOCATION WITH WALL - MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SO THAT THERMOSTATS ARE NOT BLOCKED BY SHELVING, COAT RACKS, OR DOORS. 17. INSTALL CHIPOTLE FURNISHED KITCHEN HOOD, HD -1, SUPPORT HOOD PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. INSTALL HOOD ACCORDING TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF ITS LISTING, IN COMPLIANCE WITH NEPA 96, THE BUILDING CODE, AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. TRANSITION FROM HOOD CONNECTIONS TO DUCT SIZES SHOWN AND EXTEND TO ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN, EF -1, AND MAKE UP AIR UNIT, MAU -1. EXHAUST DUCT SYSTEM TO BE 16 GA. STEEL WELDED WATER AND AIR TIGHT. PROVIDE CLEANOUTS PER CODE. INSTALL HOOD PER DETAILS 6, 7, AND 8/M300. INSTALL EF--1 PER DETAIL 3/M300. CHIPOTLE WILL PROVIDE AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY FOR TESTING THE INTEGRITY OF THE GREASE DUCT SYSTEM. 18, INSTALL REMOTE CONDENSING UNIT FOR WALK -IN COOLER ON ROOF. INSTALL REFRIGERANT LINE SET, THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE, SOLENOID VALVE, TEMPERATURE CONTROL, SIGHT GLASS, FILTER DRIER, PRESSURE CONTROL, LOW AMBIENT CONTROLS, AND WEATHERPROOF HOUSING. TRAP AND SLOPE REFRIGERANT LINES PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. SEAL PIPING PENETRATIONS THROUGH COOLER ROOF. INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH ASHRAE /ANSI STANDARD 15. 19. INSTALL REMOTE CONDENSING UNIT FOR ICE MACHINE ON ROOF. INSTALL REFRIGERANT LINE SET, THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE, SOLENOID VALVE, TEMPERATURE CONTROL, SIGHT GLASS, FILTER DRIER, PRESSURE CONTROL, LOW AMBIENT CONTROLS, AND WEATHERPROOF HOUSING. TRAP AND SLOPE REFRIGERANT LINES PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. SEAL PIPING PENETRATIONS THROUGH ROOF, INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH ASHRAE /ANSI STANDARD 15. 20. PROVIDE DUCT- MOUNTED SUPPLY REGISTER PER DETAIL 2/M300. TYPICAL FOR DUCT MOUNTED SUPPLY REGISTERS. 21. PROVIDE WATER HEATER COMBUSTION AR AND FLUE VENTS THROUGH THE ROOF PER DETAIL 1 /SHEET P300. MAINTAIN 10' MINIMUM SEPARATION BETWEEN FLUE VENT AND VENTILATION AIR INTAKES. 22. INSTALL GREASE VIROGUARD SYSTEM ON EXHAUST FAN, EF -1. 23. PROVIDE SUPPLY DIFFUSER CONNECTION TO SUPPLY SYSTEM PER DETAIL 4/M300. TYPICAL. 24. PROVIDE GALVANIZED (G90) FINISH TRIM RING FOR ROUND DUCT PENETRATION OF WALL. TYPICAL. 25, PROVIDE RETURN GRILLE CENTERED ABOVE 20"0 SUPPLY DUCT. HVAC SYMBOLS SR 1 -300 SR1 -300 I_II IMMII 6 CD3 -100 l rI / CD6 -390 14" co CD3-450 ON RO¢IF n / RR1 -2000 \ CD1 -400 14"0 CD3 -450 12'0 CD1 -400 (EF -2) ON ROOF ON ROOF CD4 -150 II 7J•Inumniumais1mismis or wiz Inn(# 10 "0 G01 -250 (STING "0 CD1 -2 CEILING DIFFUSER --�- RETURN REGISTER FLEXIBLE DUCT �S REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR MITERED CORNER WITH TURNING VANES DUCTWORK INTERNAL FREE DIMENSIONS (WIDTH /HEIGHT) DUCT - MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR MOTOR- OPERATED DAMPER ABBREVIATIONS AFF AFG CD CU EF CEILING - MOUNTED RETURN ER OR EXHAUST REGISTER EXT'G HD MUA OBD SUPPLY REGISTER RR RTU SR VSC RECTANGULAR TO ROUND DUCT TRANSITION MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER GREASE DUCT CLEANOUT MITERED CORNER WITHOUT TURNING VANES THERMOSTAT PLAN NOTE: SEE PLAN NOTES LISTED ON THE SAME SHEET FOR NOTE MEANING CONNECT TO EXISTING EQUIPMENT TAG: SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON SHEET M200 FOR EQUIPMENT INFORMATION 1 0/ / I / //I /// ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ABOVE FINISHED GRADE CEILING DIFFUSER CONDENSING UNIT EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST REGISTER EXISTING HOOD MAKEUP AIR UNIT OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER RETURN REGISTER ROOFTOP UNIT SUPPLY REGISTER VARIABLE SPEED CONTROL SR1 -215 HVAC GENERAL NOTES A. GENERAL NOTES APPLY TO HVAC SHEETS. B. WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH STATE AND LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS AS APPROVED AND AMENDED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, INCLUDING APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF NFPA, THE MECHANICAL CODE, AND ANY INTERIM AMENDMENTS AT THE TIME OF THE PROPOSAL. PURCHASE PERMITS ASSOCIATED WITH THE WORK. OBTAIN INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY CODE. SEE SHEET A000 FOR THE PREVAILING CODES. C. CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL REVIEW A COMPLETE SET OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. D. COORDINATE WORK WITH THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES, EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS, REQUIREMENTS OF THE OWNER, AND OF THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE. E. DRAWINGS FOR THE MECHANICAL WORK ARE DIAGRAMMATIC, SHOWING THE GENERAL LOCATION, TYPE, LAYOUT, AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED. THE DRAWING SHALL NOT BE SCALED FOR EXACT MEASUREMENTS, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DIMENSIONS. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD INSTALLATION DRAWINGS FOR EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE DUCTWORK, CONNECTIONS, OFFSETS, ACCESSORIES, AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM. F. DUCT DIMENSIONS ON PLANS INDICATE DIMENSIONS OF INTERNAL FREE AREA. G. PERFORATED CEILING DIFFUSERS SHALL BE 4 -WAY UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. H. COORDINATE ROOF WORK WITH THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. I. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE RECTANGULAR DUCT ELBOWS GREATER THAN 45' SHALL BE MITERED ELBOWS WITH DOUBLE- THICKNESS TURNING VANES AND RECTANGULAR DUCT ELBOWS 45' OR LESS SHALL BE RADIUSED ELBOWS WITH AN INSIDE RADIUS OF AT LEAST 1/2 THE WIDTH OF THE DUCT. 1/4" - 1' -0" oJ L-13 SR1 -215 SR1 -215 HVAC FLOOR P AN N, SRI - 215 i 1- / 50 SE CONSULTANT: 784 Morrison Rood Columbus, Ohio 43230 Phone: (614) 751-9610 Fax: (614) 552 -5240 main ©nationalengineering.corr COPYRIGHT 2❑ 0B THIS DRAWING 15 AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPCTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT 15 LIMITED AND CAN DE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO B0202 PHONE: (303) 595 - 4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIFDTL.E.GOM Issue Record: 10.22.2007 Permit Issue Revisions: Project No. 07095 Contents: HVAC PLAN NATIONAL E N G I N E E R I N G I . EXPIRES \ 11.30.2007 Patio Revision 01.11.2008 Building Comments Drawn: Checked: KSL KSL Date of Last Print: 01.11.2008 O (/) RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 152 :: PEHMI i CENTER DO PACKAGED ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE TAG DESCRIPTION NOM. CAPACITY [TONS] EER AIRFLOW COOLING CAPACITY HEATING CAPACITY NUMBER OF COMPRESSORS NUMBER OF CIRCUITS REFRIGERANT TYPE REFRIGERANT CHARGE APPROXIMATE WEIGHT [LBS] ELECTRICAL BASIS FOR DESIGN REMARKS TOTAL [CFM] OA [CFM] ESP [IN. W.C.] TOTAL [MBH] SENSIBLE [MBH] EAT [DEG. F.] COND. EAT [DEG. F.] INPUT [MBH] OUTPUT [MBH] EAT [DEG. F.] MOCP FL % V /P /H MANUFACTURER MODEL DB WB RTU -1 EXISTING KITCHEN ROOFTOP UNIT 6 5 11.5 2,600 500 1.0 74 61 77 63 95 120 96 61 2 2 R -22 13 LBS 1300 40 A 35.0 A 208/3/60 YORK DH078 EXISTING LANDLORD PROVIDED ROOFTOP UNIT W/ ECONOMIZER AND BAROMETRIC RELIEF RTU -2 EXISTING DINING ROOFTOP UNIT 6.5 11.5 3,000 1,000 1.0 87 74 78 63 95 180 144 54 2 2 R -22 18 LBS 1300 50 A 42.6 A 208/3/60 YORK DH090 EXISTING LANDLORD PROVIDED ROOFTOP UNIT W/ ECONOMIZER AND BAROMETRIC RELIEF CONDENSING UNIT SCHEDULE TAG DESCRIPTION CAPACITY [MBH] NUMBER OF COMPRESSORS NUMBER OF CIRCUITS REFRIGERANT TYPE REFRIGERANT CHARGE APPROXIMATE WEIGHT [LEIS] ELECTRICAL BASIS FOR DESIGN REMARKS MOCP FLA V /P /H MANUFACTURER MODEL CU -1 li WALK -IN COOLER REMOTE CONDENSING UNIT -- 1 1 R -22 5.3 LBS 260 20 A 10.7 A 208/1/60 -- -- FURNISHED WITH WALK -IN COOLER CU -2 ICE MAKER REMOTE CONDENSER __ 0 1 R -404A - - 100 - -- 120/1/60 HOSHIZAKI -- FURNISHED WITH ICE MAKER KITCHEN HOOD SCHEDULE ........ TAG ...... DESCRIPTION MAX COOKING TEMP. EXHAUST PLENUM PERFORATED SUPPLY PLENUM NUM. OF LIGHT FIXTURES APPROXIMATE WEIGHT [LBS] BASIS FOR DESIGN REMARKS AIRFLOW [CFM] SP [IN. W.C.] DUCT COLLAR SIZE FILTER FACE VEL LENGTH WIDTH AIRFLOW [CFM] SP [IN. W.C.] DUCT COLLAR SIZE LENGTH WIDTH MANUFACTURER MODEL HD -1 TYPE I CANOPY HOOD WITH PERFORATED SUPPLY PLENUM 600'F 2400 0.35 (2) 10" X 11" -- 12' -0" 4' -3" 1400 0.14 (2) 8" X 16" 12' --6" 1' -0" 8 800 CAPTIVE -AIRE 5124 ND ---PSP MAT'L: 18 GA. TYPE 430 SS. PROVIDE WITH (4) 20 "X16" AND (4) 20" X 20" S5 BAFFLE FILTERS AND ANSUL SYSTEM FAN SCHEDULE TAG DESCRIPTION DRIVE TYPE AIRFLOW [CFM] E.S.P. [IN. W.C.] AP PROXIMATE EIX TE [LEIS] ELECTRICAL BASIS FOR DESIGN REMARKS POWER V /P /H MANUFACTURER MODEL EF-1 HOOD EXHAUST BELT 2400 1.2 200 2 HP 208/3/60 CAPTIVE -AIRE NCA18HPFA WITH DISCONNECT AND VENTED ROOF CURB EF -2 RESTROOM EXHAUST BELT 300 0.6 100 0.18 HP 120/1/60 CAPTIVE -AIRE DR12HFA WITH DISCONNECT, VARIABLE SPEED CONTROLLER, BACKDRAFT DAMPER AND ROOF CURB I DIRECT-FIRED MAKEUP AIR UNIT SCHEDULE TAG DESCRIPTION AIRFLOW HEATING CAPACITY APPROXIMATE WEIGHT [LBS] ELECTRICAL BASIS FOR DESIGN REMARKS TOTAL [CFM] ESP [IN. W.C.] INPUT [MBH] OUTPUT [MBH] MAXIMUM TURNDOWN EAT [DEG. F.] MOTOR POWER V /P /H MANUFACTURER MODEL MAU -1 KITCHEN HOOD MAKEUP AIR UNIT 1,400 0.8 250 245 15;1 23 600 3/4 HP 208/3/60 CAPTIVE AIRE A1- D.250 -G10 FURNISHED WITH DISCONNECT, ROOF CURB, AND WASHABLE ALUMINUM FILTERS • , :r CONTROL FUNCTIONS A. THE MAIN COOKING EXHAUST FAN AND MAKE-UP AIR UNIT SHALL BE INTERLOCKED TO OPERATE TOGETHER. THIS CONTROL CIRCUIT IS ACTIVATED BY A SWITCH AND INCLUDES A FIRE PROTECTION OVERRIDE. B. THE TEMPERATURE IN EACH ZONE IS CONTROLLED BY SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSORS CONNECTED TO THE THERMOSTATS LOCATED IN THE OFFICE. ALL ZONES SHALL OPERATE WITH CONTINUOUS FAN OPERATION DURING OCCUPIED TIMES AND INTERMITTENLY AS NEEDED TO MAINTAIN SET POINTS DURING UNOCCUPIED TIMES. OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS SHALL BE OPEN CONTINUOUSLY WHEN EITHER IN OCCUPIED MODE OR WHEN HOOD SYSTEM IS ON AND SHALL BE CLOSED DURING UNOCCUPIED PERIODS. C. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PRE -SET THE OCCUPIED MODE FOR 8 A.M. TO 11 P.M. TIME PERIOD (OR AS INDICATED BY OWNER) AND CHECK OUT ALL SYSTEM OPERATIONS. TRANE HVAC / MATERIAL PACKAGE FOR A COMPLETE SCOPE OF WORK ON THE FOLLOWING PACKAGE OF EQUIPMENT CONTACT THE PILOT ACCOUNT EXECUTIVE, JUSTIN BARNES AT TRANE NATIONAL ACCOUNTS: 800 - 729 -91 15. THE FOLLOWING WILL BE INCLUDED WITH THE HVAC AND MATERIAL PACKAGE FOR CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL: EQUIPMENT PACKAGE: INCLUDES ALL ROOFTOP A/C UNITS, SPLIT SYSTEMS, UNIT HEATERS, CABINET HEATERS, WITH ACCESSORIES AS SPECIFIED ON THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. CURB PACKAGE: INCLUDES ALL ROOFTOP UNIT CURBS. CONTROLS PACKAGE: INCLUDES ALL THERMOSTATS. NOTE: ORDERING PROCEDURES CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL PURCHASES THIS HVAC PACKAGE DIRECTLY FROM THE TRANE COMPANY. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DELIVERY COORDINATION, RECEIVING AND INSTALLATION. r E DNSIJLTANT: NATIONAL E N G I N E E R I N G 784 Morrison Road Columbus, Ohio 43230 Phone: (614) 751 -9610 Fax: (614) 552 -5240 main©nationalengineering.corr COPYRIGHT 2007 THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN (BRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DODUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE M xICAN GILL INC.. Issue Record: Revisions: Project No. 07095 Contents: Date of Last Print: 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, 0oLORAOO 6020.2 PHONE:: (303) 595 -4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPCTLE.CC]M CO a 10.22.2007 Permit Issue e 11.30.2007 Patio Revision 01.11.2008 Building Comments Drawn: Checked: KSL KSL HVAC CITY OF TUKWIL4 SCHEDULES JAN s LL PEHMI T GENTER 10.22.2007 200 1/2" WASHER AND NUT 1/2" EYE BOLT 6" DETECTION LINE -� AGENT LINE -� SYSTEM CONTROL AUTOMAN WITH AGENT TANK ENCLOSED 3" AIR SPACE V 1 0 1 1 0 1 I 0 1 1 0 1 EXPOSED DUCTWOR NOT TO SCALE FIRE SUPPRESSICI\ NOT TO SCALE • 0 8" DUCT PROTECTION NOZZLE DETECTORS 7 , ■I ►1mM SWAGE COMPATIBLE WITH AIRCRAFT CABLE AND 7 SUPPORTED WEIGHT (TYPICAL) GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT CABLE -4" -/ 1-5/8" SLOTTED UNISTRUT (P1000T) < SUPPORT PLENUM PROTECTION NOZZLE REMOTE MANUAL PULL STATION EXPOSED ROUND DUCT, SEE HVAC PLAN FOR SIZES SYSTEM SCHE VAPOR -PROOF LIGHT FIXTURES NOTE: 1. AIRCRAFT CABLE MUST ALWAYS HANG PLUMB AND PERPENDICULAR TO DUCT 12' 6' 12' -6" NOTE PROVIDE CONTINUOUS WELD CONNECTION BETWEEN THE VIROGUARD AND THE GREASE DUCT PROVIDE FLASHING, COUNTER- FLASHING, AND CANT. STRIP AS REQUIRED 1 -1/4" PVC 2 z _ � U © w z a Lai w X O wo I a J w Q o v' m o D co APPLIANCE PROTECTION NOZZLE HOOD FIRE PROTECTION NOZZLES AND DETECTORS ARE SCHEMATIC ONLY. HOOD SUPPLIER SHALL PREPARE HOOD SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING ACTUAL DEVICE LAYOUT AND SHALL OBTAIN PERMITS ASSOCIATED WITH THIS WORK. vATIC _„ IIIII) PREEN 0 I EXHAUST FAN HINGE ON THIS SIDE 1 o I GREASE DRAIN VALVE 1 --1/2" 3" AIR SPACE 4' -3" 1' HOSE BARB DECKING GREASE DUCT U.L. LISTED GREASE - UPBLAST EXHAUST FAN • • visor ,fi• 1 7 RAIN SHIELD HINGE VIROGUARD GREASE CONTROL DEVICE TRANSITION TO 18" SQUARE MIN. OF 3" BELOW TOP OF CURB ROOF INSTALL PREFABRICATED VENTED ROOF CURB FURNISHED BY CHIPOTLE NOTE: 1. INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 96 REQUIREMENTS. 2. THE INSIDE DIMENSION OF THE GREASE DUCT AT THE CURB TERMINATION SHOULD BE 18" SQUARE FINISHED SIZE FOR THE TOP 3 ". 3. HINGE FAN SO IT TIPS BACK TOWARD FAN DRAIN AND TOWARD VIROGUARD DRAIN. 3 300 3" AIR SPACE GREASE EXHAUST FA\I NOT TO SCALE COOKING EQUIPMENT HOOD SECTIC MAO) ) NOT TO SCALE PERFORATED AIR CURTAIN UL LISTED LIGHT FIXTURE SS BAFFLE FILTER 33" MIN REMOVABLE GREASE CUP W/ 48" MAX CONCEALED GREASE TROUGH INTEGRAL 3" STANDOFF WITH FILLER PANEL VIEW SPIN -IN COLLAR WITH MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER 1' -4" ENCLOSURE PANEL 2' 6' -8" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR SUPPLY DUCT 10' REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL 1 DWGS. FOR CEILING TYPE NOT TO SCALE DIFFUSER CONNECTION 7 - SUPPORT WITH 1 " -WIDE STRAP TO STRUCTURE ABOVE INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT 6' -0" MAX METAL CLAMP AROUND FLEX DUCT & COLLAR TO BE DRAWN TIGHT & TAPED CEILING DIFFUSER PROVIDE SQUARE TO ROUND ADAPTOR AS NEEDED NOTE: 1. METHOD OF INSTALLATION FOR AIRTIGHT SEAL IS TYPICAL FOR ALL FLEX CONNECTIONS TO AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES. DESCRIPTION 1. ONE LAYER FIREMASTER FASTWRAP +, 2" THICK 2. STEEL BANDING 1/2" WIDE MIN. 3. 3" MIN. LONGITUDINAL OVERLAP 4. 3" MIN, PERIMETER OVERLAP 5. 6" WIDE FIREMASTER FASTWRAP+ COLLAR (FOR BUTT JOINT OPTION) 6. FIRMLY BUTTED JOINT (FOR BUTT JOINT OPTION 7. 10 OR 12 GAUGE STEEL INSULATION PIN WITH 1.1/2" X 1 -1/2" OR 1-1/2"0 GALVANIZED SPEED CLIPS (FOR ALTERNATE PINNING) THE INTEGRITY OF FIREMASTER DUCT SYSTEMS IS LIMITED TO THE QUALITY THE INSTALLATION. FIREMASTER 15 MANUFACTURED BY AND A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF THERMAL CERAMICS. FMFWD01 -2 BUTT JOINT OPTION CROSS SECTION VIEW OVERLAP WRAP OPTION CROSS SECTION VIEW CHECKERBOARD WRAP OPTION CROSS SECTION VIEW OF Prefabricated Access Door System Available From FireMaster Dealers �# DESCRIPTION 1. DOOR HOLE 2. 1/4" DIA. ALL THREAD RODS 3. ACCESS COVER - 16 GAUGE 4. INSULATION PINS - WELDED 5. ONE LAYER FIREMASTER FASTWRAP +, 2" THICK 6. ONE LAYER FIREMASTER FASTWRAP+ 1" OVERLAP 7. SPEED CLIPS 8. ALUMINUM TAPE AT EDGES 9. SPOOL PIECES FOR THREADED RODS 10. 1/4" DIA. WING NUTS DETAIL PER OMEGA POINT LABORATORIES DESIGN NO, GD 545 F FIREMASTER DUCT WRAP NOT TO SCALE SLOPE GREASE DUCT TOWARDS CONNECTION TO HOOD MINIMU OF 1/4" PER FOOT PROVIDE CLEANOUT OPENING IN TOP OF HORIZONTAL DUCTWORK DIRECTLY ABOVE THE VERTICAL RISER FROM HOOD (TYPICAL FOR TWO PLACES) EQUAL GR-ASE EXHAUST AT HOOD NOT TO SCALE EQUAL \—I<ITCHEN HOOD A .1111111 1111Pr USE SYMETRIC PATTERN FOR FASTENERS A -� EXPOSED DUCT DIFFUSERS M300r NOT TO SCALE 1;01 SEE HVAC PLAN FOR GREASE EXHAUST DUCT SIZES AND ROUTING TO GREASE EXHAUST FAN MAINTAIN SYMMETRY BETWEEN REASE EXHAUST DUCTS TO EACH EXHAUST RISER SEE HOOD SCHEDULE FOR HOOD EXHAUST RISER SIZE DO NOT BOX OUT SUPPLY REGISTER SECTION A -A RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN PERMIT CENTER X44 CDNSuLTANT: 784 Morrison Road Columbus, Ohio 43230 Phone: (614) 751 -9610 Fax: (614) 552 -5240 main ©nationalengineering.com COPYRIGHT 2007 THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPDTLE MEXICAN DRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE of THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITEO AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY aY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO B0202 PHONE: (303) 595 -4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.CGM Issue Record: 10.22.2007 Permit Issue Revisions: At 11.30.2007 Patio Revision 01.11.2008 Building Comments Drawn: Checked: KSL KSL Project No. 07095 Contents: HVAC DETAILS Date of Last Print: 10.22.2007 NATIONAL E N G I N E E R I N G 300 D F— CONNECTED GAS LOAD FIXTURE TAG LOAD [MBH] EQUIVALENT LENGTH FROM METER [FT] RICE COOKER RC-1 35 245 FRYER FB -1 90 235 GROOVED GRIDDLE GG -1 150 240 RANGE RN -1 168 240 ROOFTOP UNIT RTU -1 120 250 ROOFTOP UNIT RTU -2 180 250 MAKEUP AIR UNIT MAU -1 250 240 WATER HEATER DWH -1 236 220 PATIO HEATER 1 PH -1 25 340 PATIO HEATER 1 PH -1 25 360 PATIO HEATER 2 PH -2 50 350 PATIO HEATER 2 PH -2 50 360 TOTAL 1,379 MAX: 360 MATERIAL SCHEDULE CATEGORY APPLICATION ALLOWABLE MATERIAL WATER SUPPLY PIPE ABOVE GRADE TYPE L COPPER TUBE NATURAL GAS PIPE CONCEALED STEEL PIPE, MALLEABLE IRON THREADED FITTINGS EXPOSED STEEL PIPE, MALLEABLE IRON THREADED FITTINGS, PAINTED C? ABBREVIATIONS AFF AFG FCO FD FS GOO II 3" EXT'G _ 3" 2-- ‘2 "1 �_. —.. —G I ca I : " 2 -1/2 G NTS NOTES: 1. PRESSURE REQUIRED AFTER METER: 6" W.C. 2. DISTANCES ARE APPROXIMATE ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ABOVE FINISHED GRADE FLOOR CLEANOUT FLOOR DRAIN FLOOR SINK GRADE CLEANOUT (1TU- J (FB -1) GAS DISTRIBUTION DIAGRA PLUMBING SYMBOLS 1 -1/4" �--- G --� (RN— G (RC — NTS Dl H C —0 RTU-.2 2" - -- — G------ G- --- - -G - -� 3/4 (H `J 1 -1/4" G DISCHARGE TUBE CHEMICAL DISPE ELBOW UP ELBOW DOWN DOMESTIC COLD WATER DOMESTIC FILTERED COLD WATER DOMESTIC HOT WATER (110 DEGREES) DOMESTIC HOT WATER RECIRC. GAS GAS (ON ROOF) GAS (UNDERGROUND) PLAN NOTE: SEE PLAN NOTES LISTED ON THE SAME SHEET FOR NOTE MEANING CONNECT TO EXISTING REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE BACKFLOW PREVENTER WATER METER GAS METER EQUIPMENT TAG: SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON SHEET P200 FOR EQUIPMENT INFORMATION VALVE SOLENOID-OPERATED VALVE WALL HYDRANT /ROOF HYDRANT (PH - 1) WATER INLET PORT NOZZLE AIR GAP EDUCTOR VENTURI PROPORTIONER PRODUCT FEED PRODUCT PICK -UP INLET SER DETAIL PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES A. GENERAL NOTES APPLY TO PLUMBING SHEETS. B. PLUMBING WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLUMBING CODE, LOCAL HEALTH DEPARTMENT STANDARDS, AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. SEE SHEET A000 FOR THE PREVAILING CODES. C. PIPING LAYOUTS ON DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. EXACT LOCATIONS ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. D. CONCEAL PIPING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. WATER SUPPLY PIPES SHALL BE INSTALLED LEVEL. E. PROVIDE STOP VALVES AT FIXTURES. F. PROVIDE SHUT -OFF VALVES FDR ISOLATION OF FIXTURE GROUPS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS IN ADDITION TO STOP VALVES AT EACH FIXTURE. G. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMERS FOR FLOOR DRAINS. H. PIPING IN EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE INSTALLED BETWEEN THE INSULATION AND THE INTERIOR WALL FINISHING MATERIAL. I. PROVIDE GAS SHUT -OFF VALVES AT EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE ACCESSIBLE DIRT LEG AT THE BOTTOM OF VERTICAL SECTIONS OF GAS PIPE AND AT THE CONNECTION TO EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. J. INSULATE THE HOT AND COLD WATER, CONDENSATE DRAINAGE, AND STORM PIPING PER THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAIL 6/P300. NTS PLU V (SK --3) BING SUPPLY DIAGRA CHS --2) 1 I 1 /2 F _ 1:43 _ ‘? TO BAG - 1- IN TO IC BOE X U U MACHINE 1/2" 55 } (SK- PLAN NOTES 1. CONNECT TO THE EXISTING 1-1/2" DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE. 2. PROVIDE WATER SERVICE ENTRY PER DETAIL 3/P300. 3. PROVIDE 1/2" DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE TO THE BAG -IN -BOX SODA DISPENSER AT 102" AFF. SODA DISPENSER SHALL HAVE AN INTEGRAL ASSE 1022 -RATED CARBONATED BEVERAGE BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE. 4. PROVIDE WATER HEATER DWH PER DETAIL 1/P300. 5. PROVIDE WATER FILTERS MOUNTED TO WALL PER DETAIL 11/P300. PROVIDE 1/2" SUPPLY PIPES FROM FILTERS TO ICE MAKER AND SODA CARBONATOR AS SHOWN. 6. PROVIDE 1/2" FILTERED WATER TO THE ICE MAKER AT 56" AFF. 7. PROVIDE 1" DOMESTIC WATER TO THE WATER HEATER AT 78" AFF. 8. PROVIDE 3/4" DOMESTIC WATER TO THE MOP BASIN AT 36" AFF. 9. CONNECT TO THE EXISTING 3" GAS LINE. 10. PROVIDE GAS CONNECTIONS TO THE COOKING EQUIPMENT PER DETAIL 2/P300. 11. SUPPORT THE GAS PIPE ON THE ROOF PER DETAIL 5/P300. WOOD BLOCKING IS NOT AN ACCEPTABLE METHOD OF SUPPORTING THE GAS PIPE. 12. PROVIDE ACCESSIBLE LINE -SIZED GAS VALVE, DIRT LET, AND UNION AT GAS CONNECTION TO THE EQUIPMENT. 13. PAINT INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR EXPOSED GAS PIPING WITH ZINC CHROMATE PRIMER AND ONE FINAL COAT OF EXTERIOR ENAMEL. FINAL COLOR SHALL MATCH SURROUNDING FINISHES 14. PROVIDE GAS ROUGH -IN TO WATER HEATER AT 72" AFF. 15. PROVIDE HB -1 AT 60" AFF. CONNECT CHEMICAL DISPENSER TO HB -1. CHEMICAL DISPENSER HAS AN INTEGRAL AIR GAP IS SHOWN IN DETAIL 4 /THIS SHEET. 16. HOLD EXPOSED PIPES TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. 17. PROVIDE GAS TO PATIO HEATERS (PH -1: SUNPAK S25, PH -2: SUNGLO P5A265, INFRARED DYNAMICS MANUFACTUR ' FOR BOTH). R I THROUGH ROOF \ WATER HAMMER I ARRESTOR 1 _1/2" 1" r 3/4" 3/4" MB--1 HB -1 (H UM MI5 GNP PLUMBING SUPPLY FLOOR P_AN 3/4 - - 37 4 „ T - 1 1 PO 1= �S -2) 1S -3) CONSULTANT: 784 Morrison Road Columbus, Ohio 43230 Phone: (614) 751 -9610 Fax: (614) 552 -5240 main©nationalengineering.corr COPYRIGHT 2006 THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF TH19 DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC- 1543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 60202 PHONE: (303) 595 -40010 FAX: (3 03) 595 -4014 INTERNET: WWW.CNIPGTLE.COM NATIONAL Issue Record: Revisions: Project No. 07095 Contents: N G I N E E R I N O 1 . 522211 .11.1:c12 . \CL a) a U) 10.22.2007 Permit Issue L 11.30.2007 Patio Revision lit 01,11.2008 Building Comments Drawn: Checked: JCA KSL PLUMBING P OF TUKwi�, WATER & GA�AN - 1 3 PEHM' T G LATE Date of Last Print: 01.11.2008 U) co C3 C F— MATERIAL SCHEDULE CATEGORY APPLICATION ALLOWABLE MATERIAL SANITARY WASTE & VENT PIPE ABOVE GROUND, CONCEALED PVC PLASTIC DWV PIPE AND FITTINGS GROUND, EXPOSED COPPER DWV PIPE WITH SOLDERED FITTINGS BELOW GROUND PVC PLASTIC DWV PIPE AND FITTINGS SI NG SYMBOLS r e GW -----) co ---� PLAN NOTES 0 ELBOW UP 0 ELBOW DOWN — t ? SANITARY WASTE GREASE WASTE —? SANITARY VENT CONDENSATE DRAIN /u\ PLAN NOTE: SEE PLAN NOTES LISTED ON THE SAME SHEET FOR NOTE MEANING CONNECT TO EXISTING FLOOR DRAIN FLOOR SINK CLEANOUT EQUIPMENT TAG: SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON SHEET P200 FOR EQUIPMENT INFORMATION I 1. PROVIDE A FLOOR CLEANOUT. 2. PROVIDE DRAIN CONNECTIONS TO THE FOUR COMPARTMENT SINK PER DETAIL 4/P300. 3. PROVIDE A 6" SCHEDULE 40 PVC CONDUIT SODA LINE SLEEVE UNDER THE SLAB FROM THE BAG —IN —BOX RACK TO THE SODA FOUNTAIN PER DETAIL 7/P300, SEE THE ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN FOR THE LOCATIONS OF THESE STUBS. 4. PROVIDE CONDENSATE DRAINAGE PIPE FROM THE ICE MACHINE TO THE FLOOR SINK. PROVIDE A CODE — APPROVED AIR GAP AT THE DISCHARGE TO THE FLOOR SINK. 5, PROVIDE DRAIN LINES FROM THE FOOD PREP SINK, SK -2, AND THE ICE BASIN TO THE FLOOR SINK. PROVIDE AN AIR GAP AT THE DISCHARGE TO THE FLOOR SINK. 6. PROVIDE DRAIN LINES FROM THE FOOD PREP SINK, SK ---3, TO THE FLOOR SINK, PROVIDE AN AIR GAP AT THE DISCHARGE TO THE FLOOR SINK. 7. PROVIDE A 3" VENT THROUGH THE ROOF PER DETAIL 8/P300. 8. CONNECT TO EXISTING 4" GREASE WASTE LINE THAT EXTENDS TO EXISTING 6000 GALLON GREASE INTERCEPTOR. GREASE LINE HAS A MINIMUM INVERT OF 48 ". FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND INVERT. 9. PROVIDE A 3/4" CONDENSATE DRAIN THROUGH ROOF TO ROOFTOP CONDENSATE UNIT. CONNECT TO ROOFTOP UNIT USING THROUGH—THE—BASE CONDENSATE CONNECTION. PROVIDE VENTED TRAP BELOW ROOF DECK. ROUTE ABOVE CEILING TO FLOOR SINK AS SHOWN. DISHCARGE TO FLOOR SINK THROUGH AN AIR GAP. SLOPE CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPE A MINIMUM OF 1/8" PER FOOT TOWARDS THE DRAIN. 10. CONNECT TO EXISTING 4" SANITARY SEWER. SEWER LINE HAS A MINIMUM 48" INVERT, FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND INVERT. 11. PROVIDE 3/4" VALVED DRAIN FROM HOT FOOD TABLE TO THE FLOOR SINK. DRAIN THROUGH AN AIR GAP. 12. PROVIDE INSULATED COPPER DRAIN LINES FROM THE TEA TRAY DRAIN AND THE SODA MACHINE DRAIN TO THE FLOOR SINK. DRAIN THROUGH AN AIR GAP. 13, PROVIDE 3/4" CONDENSATE DRAIN FROM THE WALK —IN COOLER EVAPORATOR TO THE FLOOR SINK, DISCHARGE THROUGH AN AIR GAP. 4" (FS--1) r r r r r r C.,. N � -- Le k 4 " 1 U H-1 S r r r N L C.O. �" 4" r r r 3" C.O. C.O 4" 4" (FS-- 1) T r"'\ WC -1 N \ T-7\1 4 " � EXISTING SEWER 4� (FS— 1) - r hl GO (ED—) II (FD —) I 1 FD — 1 C.O. X13 3 13 ., 1 1 FD -1 — 1 or -‘i..1737--\ Gw�� 7! _Gw � FS-1 FS 4" 4' C.O. -cw— 4" cw — -- ow - Gw - - - -- ..., GW ---� 2 P110 PLU NTS BI N 4"‘ 4" C.O. cw - G WASTE & VENT DIAGRAM 4 3 .. _ If;\ ow (MB — .. 1) r• ow — 4 ..,,.. Gw 3 — PLUMBING WASTE & VENT FLOOR PLAN 1/4" = 1i -0° 1 P110 Gw ,t 4" XISTING 4" —1) GREASE LINE �I JJ II ■ . IIIrlirl■ III ■'■I�I�I ■' ■1 ■I ■�■t�l■I■`■NE • II co (Q _ —� `� "---c--7 "---c--7 III l _�-11111% � III 71 awl I II III 11IIIlil N � \ Et CONSULTANT: Project No. 07095 NATIONAL E N G I N E E R I N G 784 Morrison Road Columbus, Ohio 43230 Phone: (614) 751 -9610 Fax: (614) 552 -5240 main ©nationalengineering.corr COPYRIGHT 2008 THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH. REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 555 - 4000 FAX: (303) 595 -4014 INTERNET: WWW.CNIPOTLEE.CDM co 0 (f) Issue Record: 10.22.2007 Permit Issue Revisions: , 11.30,2007 Patio Revision A\ 01.11.2008 Building Comments Drawn: Checked: JCA KSL Contents: PLUMBING PLATs1T ZKwit_A WASTE & VENT JAN 16 ZC J PENMII CENTER Date of Last Print: 01.11.2007 11 0 ' w w TAG WC -1 HS -1 HS -2 HS-3 MB -1 FD -1 FS -1 5K -1 SK -2 SK -3 BFP -1 RH -1 WH -1 HB -1 P -1 PLUMBING FIXTURE / EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FIXTURE WATER CLOSET RESTROOM HAND SINK KITCHEN HAND SINK KITCHEN HAND SINK MOP BASIN FLOOR DRAIN FLOOR SINK FOUR COMPARTMENT SINK PREP SINK PREP SINK REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER FREEZE PROOF ROOF HYDRANT FROST PROOF WALL HYDRANT HOSE BIBB EXPANSION TANK RECIRCULATING PUMP HiGHLINE 1.1 GPF, 17 --1/4" -HIGH, ADA ACCESSIBLE, PRESSURE ASSIST WATER CLOSET WITH KOHLER OPEN -FRONT SEAT. INSTALL TRIP LEVER ON THE TANK TO THE OPEN SIDE OF THE STALL 1/2" 3" (ADD -RA TO THE MODEL # FOR RIGHT HAND TRIP LEVER). Aroba.. Alm. _. ► a,,....ili _ Aim. MANUFACTURER UNIVERSAL ADVANCE TABCO CUSTOM FIAT SIOUX CHIEF SIOUX CHIEF CUSTOM CUSTOM CUSTOM CONBRACO HOEPTNER WOODFORD WOODFORD AMTROL TACO MODEL NUMBER K -3519 W/ SEAT K -4650 UNIVERSAL 7P570 -2X MSB2436 842- 36 -PNR 861 -3P 40 -200 2131R AUTOMATIC DRAINING, FREEZLESS WALL HYDRANT WITH ANTI- SIPHON VACUUM BREAKER MODEL 65 C22CC ST -5 003- BC4 -PNP DESCRIPTION ADA - ACCESSIBLE, WALL - MOUNTED, STAINLESS STEEL LAVATORY. PROVIDE RIGID GOOSENECK FAUCET WITH AERATOR AND 4 WRIST-ACTION HANDLES (T &S #B- 0892 -01) AND SOAP DISPENSER (BOBRICK MODEL #B- 8221). STAINLESS STEEL SINK WITH WALL MOUNTING BRACKET, T &S BACKSPLASH MOUNTED FAUCET WITH SWIVEL GOOSENECK, MODEL #131X STAINLESS STEEL CHEFF'S TABLE WITH INTEGRAL HAND SINK. FAUCET T &S #B-2866-04 WITH 61X AND B- 0199 -02 AERATOR. WRISTBLADE FAUCET HANDLES. MOLDED STONE 24 "x36 "x10" HIGH. WITH #E-77-AA VINYL BUMPER GAURD, #833-M SILICONE SEALENT AND3899 -CC -24 MOP HANGER. T &S BRASS FAUCET, #B-- 0665 - BSTP /R. SERVICE SINK FAUCET WITH BUILT IN STOPS, VACUUM BREAKER LEVER HANDLES, WALL BRACE AND HOSE. ADJUSTABLE FLOOR DRAIN, ROUND POLISHED METAL RING AND STRAINER HEAVY DUTY PVC FLOOR SINK WITH STRAINER AND GRATE PRE-RINSE UNIT -- T &S MODEL #B- 0133 -BC ADD -ON FAUCET- FOR B- 01338, T &5 MODEL #B -107 -C SINK MIXING FAUCETS - 920 12" SWING NOZZLES T &S #B -0231 STAINLESS STEEL CHEF'S TABLE WITH INTEGRAL PREP SINK. FAUCET T &S MODEL #B -0293. STAINLESS TEEL CHEF'S TABLE WITH INTEGRAL PREP SINK. FAUCET T &S MODEL #0- 2866 -04 WITH 135X SWING SPOUT AND B- 0199 -02 AERATOR. WRIST BLADE FAUCET HANDLES. REDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPLE BACKFLOW PREVENTER WITH AUTOMATIC DIFFERENTIAL RELIEF VALVE HOEPTNER PRODUCTS (408) 847 -7615 AUTOMATIC DRAINING, FREEZELESS WALL HYDRANT WITH ANTI - SIPHON VACUUM BREAKER COMMERCIAL QUALITY HOT & COLD MIXING WALL HYDRANT WITH AN INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER 2 GALLON CAPACITY DOMESTIC HOT WATER CARTRIDGE -TYPE CIRCULATOR WITH INTEGRAL TIMER AND AQUASTAT HW 1/2 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 3/4" 1/2 3/ 4" 1/2" CONNECTION SIZES CW 1/2" 1/ 2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 3/4" 1/2 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 1/2" WASTE 2 " 2 " 2" 3" .3 " 3 " TO FS TO FS TO FS QUANTITY 1 1 2 8 2 2 1 7 WATER HEATER SCHEDULE MARK DWH -1 DESCRIPTION GAS WATER HEATER MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NO. A.O. SMITH MODEL #BTH -150 SUPPLIER A.O. SMITH STORAGE 100 GALLON INPUT MBH 150 RECOVERY 244 GPH 70" RISE WATER CONN. 1 -1/2" WEIGHT 555 LBS. TANK DIAMETER 27 -3/4" DIAMETER NOTES 1 1 CW 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.25 3 3 .3 1 FIXTURE UNITS (EACH) HW HW .imah. Amok AIM. .diMb., 4filar. Amino. AMR.. ANIIME". 4111".. Annie. AM., AMMIa. .4111■. 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.25 3 3 3 TOTAL 1 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 TOTALS SAN 5 5 5 1.5 2.25 2 3 3 3 1 1 CW 3 3 FIXTURE UNITS (TOTAL) 2.25 2 1.5 3 3 3 3 3 TOTAL 4 4 4 1 1 1 2 4 4 2 3 SAN 2 2 5 35 40 CONSULTANT: 784 Morrison Road Columbus, Ohio 43230 Phone: (614) 751-961u (614) 552-5240 main ©nationalengIneering.corr Fax: lssue Record: NATIONAL E N G I N E E R I N G COPYRIS3HT 2000 THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY SY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORACD 80203 PI -IONE: (3 03) 595 -4000 FAX: (303) 595 -4014 I NTERNET; WWW,CMIPOTLE:.CI,M 0 I` a) C U S 0 (I) 0 Ln N N r 10.22.2007 Permit Issue co 00 00 C3) Q 0 ■ 11.30.2007 Patio Revision ® 01.11.2008 Building Comments Drawn: JCA Project No. 07095 Contents: Date of Last Print: 0 1.11.2008 Checked: KSL PLUMBING ciTROF TUKiu SCHEDULE JAN 16 %ZJ PfHMJ r cIVTER 200 GREASE WASTE: SEE SHEET P110 FOR CONTINUATION MAINTAIN AN AIR GAP AT DISCHARGE TO THE FLOOR SINK I'llt O C 7 WitR D VATER INSTALLATION NOTES A. CLEAN INLET STRAINERS AFTER CONSTRUCTION HAS BEEN COMPLETED PRIOR TO TURNOVER OF THE BUILDING TO THE OWNER. B. INSTALL PIPING WITH AS FEW ELBOWS AS POSSIBLE. C. MAINTAIN REQUIRED CLEARANCES TO COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS. D. ADJUST WATER HEATER TO A SETPOINT OF 110' F. WATER HEATER DETAIL NOT TO SCALE FOUR - COMPARTMENT SINK 2 " WARE —WASHI NOT TO SCALE G SODA CO NOT TO SCALE --- - - -1-5 RECIRC. -10--5 HOT t 5 GAS SI ROOF DECK - - -4- -C) COLD FINISHED CEILING FINISHED FLOOR K DETAIL AND STUB PIPE ABOVE FLOOR AT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN. TRIM PIPE 6" AFF. TYPICAL FOR BOTH ENDS. SEAL FLOOR PENETRATION WITH FLEXIBLE, WATERPROOF MATERIAL TO COMPENSATE FOR PIPE EXPANSION. TYPICAL FOR FLOOR PENETRATIONS. 1 LENGTH AS REQUIRED PROVIDE SIX INCH SCHEDULE 40 PVC ELECTRICAL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS WITH SOLVENT - WELDED JOINTS. USE MINIMUM QUANTITY OF FITTINGS. PROVIDE LONG SWEEP ELBOWS AT BOTH ENDS, WITH MINIMUM 16 INCH RADIUS. AVOID ELBOWS IN HORIZONTAL RUN. SEAL ENDS OF CONDUIT WITH FOAM AFTER SYRUP LINE IS INSTALLED IN CONDUIT. INSTALL PVC CAP WITH HOLE FOR SODA LINES ON EACH END OF THE CONDUIT. SEAL HOLE IN PVC CAP AROUND SODA BUNDLE. DUIT DETAIL WATER HEATER DETAIL NOTES 1. PROVIDE RAIN CAP AT FLUE TERMINATION THROUGH ROOF. 2. PROVIDE RECIRCULATION PUMP HWRP -1 AS SHOWN. SUPPORT PUMP FROM WALL OR STRUCTURE ABOVE. THE PUMP SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY A TIME CLOCK SET FOR THE OCCUPIED HOURS OF THE STORE AND AN AQUASTAT INSTALLED ON THE RECIRC. PIPE UPSTREAM FROM THE PUMP. 3. PROVIDE LINE -SIZE CHECK VALVES IN COLD AND RECIRCULATION WATER PIPES AS SHOWN. 4. PROVIDE EXPANSION TANK ET -1 AS SHOWN. SUPPORT TANK FROM WALL OR STRUCTURE ABOVE. 5. PROVIDE A SCREENED AIR INTAKE ABOVE THE ROOF PER THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 6. PROVIDE PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE. PIPE PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE TO FLOOR DRAIN. 7. INSULATE EXPOSED AND CONCEALED HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING TO WITHIN 3" OF THE WATER HEATER. 8. PROVIDE LINE -SIZE BALL VALVES IN COLD AND HOT WATER PIPES AS SHOWN. 9. IF THE COLD, HOT, OR GAS PIPE LINE SIZE AS SHOWN ON THE PLUMBING PLANS IS LARGER THAN THE WATER HEATER CONNECTION SIZES, PROVIDE REDUCERS WITHIN 6" OF THE WATER HEATER. 10. PIPE PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE AND WATER HEATER CONDENSATE DRAIN TO THE FLOOR DRAIN. DRAIN THROUGH AN AIR GAP. 11. PROVIDE AN EXPOSED DRIP LEG AND LINE -SIZE GAS VALVE ON THE GAS SERVICE TO THE WATER HEATER. 12. PROVIDE A 4"0 PVC FLUE FROM WATER HEATER TO THE POINT OF DISCHARGE. 13. PROVIDE A 4"0 PVC INTAKE PIPE FROM THE WATER HEATER TO THE POINT OF INTAKE. \ CLEANOUTS IN THE ENDS OF THE PIPES PVC CAP i-- FINISHED FLOOR MIN. 12" X 1/2" SUPPLY CUNO BEV190 WATER FILTER CEILING SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR PIPE SIZE PROVIDE DECK PLATE COMPATIBLE WITH THE ROOFING SYSTEM PROVIDE PILLOW BLOCK PIPE STAND OF POLYCARBONATE RESIN MATERIAL (MIRO INDUSTRIES MODEL 1.5) PILLOW BLOCK PIPE STAND DECK PLATE ROOFING MATERIAL - 1/2" FULL PORT Y BALL VALVE (TYP) 90' STREET ELBOW. STUB GAS OUT OF WALL AT 18" AFF. NTS FULL -PORT GLOBE VALVE 90' STREET ELBOW TYPE A QUICK DISCONNECT KITCHEN EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT ACTUAL CONDITIONS. MAKE FINAL CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE WELDED FITTINGS /JOINTS IN ANY CONCEALED, UNSLEEVED LOCATION. NOT TO SCALE PLAN ELEVATION PROVIDE PIPE STANDS AS SHOWN FOR STEEL PIPE FROM 1/2" TO 1 -1/2" DIAMETER. SUPPORT SPACING FOR PIPE SIZE: 1/2' 3/4"-1"=8'; 1 1/4" AND LARGER- =10'; PROVIDE DECK PLATES ON ROOFING AND SET PIPE STAND FREE ON DECK PLATES. STACK PIPE STAND WHERE REQUIRED TO ELEVATE PIPING. INSTALL GAS PIPE TO ALLOW FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. PRIMER COAT AND PAINT EXTERIOR GAS PIPE LIGHT GREEN COLOR. ROOFTOP PIPI \G SUPPORT WATER E LTRAT O CUNO CFS44 -HTY SCALE INHIBITOR EXHAUST HOOD KITCHEI\ NOT TO SCALE GAS EQUIPvE DRAINAGE PORTS ON THE SIDES OF THE PIPE STAND BASE CENTER PIPE STAND ON DECK PLATE STRAP THE PIPE TO THE PIPE STAND STACK PIPE STANDS TO SECURELY 7 -- SUPPORT THE PIPE. WOOD BLOCKING OR SHIMS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. _4_ \\___ PROVIDE A LINE -SIZE MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVE BELOW THE CEILING PROVIDE A LINE -SIZE AUTOMATIC GAS SHUTOFF VALVE BELOW THE CEILING. INTERCONNECT TO THE HOOD FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM. 1/2" TO BAG -N -BOX BACKFLOW PREVENTER ON CARBONATOR THE ROUTING OF THE GAS PIPE MUST COMPLY WITH LOCAL CODES AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION PROVIDE AN ACCESSIBLE 6" DIRT LEG FLEXIBLE GAS LINE WITH SWIVEL CONNECTION AT BOTH ENDS PROVIDE RESTRAINING CABLE T DETAIL 1/2" TO ICE MAKER BACKFLOW PREVENTER 3/4" X 1/2" REDUCER ‘ MITER THE INSULATION AT TEES AND ELBOWS SO THAT THERE ARE NO GAPS AT JOINTS. PROVIDE ONE -PIECE PRE - MOULDED PVC FITTING COVERS. NOTES: INSULATE VALVE BODIES. LEAVE UNIONS FREE OF INSULATIONS. ROOF INSULATION PROVIDE INSULATION ON PIPES WITHIN WALLS AND CHASES ROOF DECK MAKE NECESSARY ARRANGEMENTS WITH WATER COMPANY TO INSTALL NEW WATER SERVICE PER LOCAL CODES & WATER COMPANY REGULATIONS AND PAY ALL CHARGES. SERVICE SHALL BE SIZED PER THE PLUMBING PLAN & INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE OF WATER COMPANY REGULATIONS. ANCHOR METER AND PIPING TO THE WALL OR THE FLOOR. 1. _ %. c.. . PROVIDE SLEEVE IF REQUIRED Y BY ROOFING SYSTEM P300 TO REMOTE METER READOUT. SEE P100 FOR LOCATION. WATER METER Y PROVIDE INSULATION ON INTERIOR COLD AND HOT WATER PIPING, CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPE, AND STORM PIPE. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION REGARDING INSULATION. INSTALL ITEMS PER SPECIFICATIONS AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. MAINTAIN VAPOR BARRIER ON COLD WATER AND CONDENSATE PIPING BY MEANS OF SEALANT AND TAPE. FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE- DEVELOPED INDEXES SHALL NOT EXCEED 25/50. SEAL EXPOSED ENDS OF FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH ADHESIVE MASTIC. PIPE INSULATION DETAIL NOT TO SCALE J eimirimmism VENT THROUGH ROOF NOT TO SCALE LAY -IN CEILING WATER SERVICE ENTRY DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 12" M NIMUM ABOVE ROOF AND EXTENDED ABOVE THE LEVEL OF THE PARAPET ANCHOR VENT PIPE TO ROOF DECK OR JOIST WITH U BOLT AROUND PIPE AND ANGLE IRON SECURED TO THE DECK OR A JOIST REFER TO PLANS FOR VTR PIPE SIZES AND LOCATIONS. LOCATE VTR MINIMUM TEN FEET HORIZONTAL OR THREE FEET VERTICAL ABOVE ANY BUILDING OPENING OR FRESH AIR INTAKE, AND ONE FOOT FROM ANY VERTICAL SURFACE. PROVIDE 1" FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH ALL - SERVICE JACKET ON VENT PIPE INSIDE BUILDING WITHIN SIX FEET OF VENT THRU ROOF LOCATION. FLASHING AND COUNTER FLASHING ARE TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE ROOFING SYSTEM. \.\\_ TAPE JOINTS OF FIBERGLASS INSULATION PROVIDE A ONE FOOT LENGTH OF NONCOMPRESSIBLE INSULATION AT HANGERS FOR PIPE 2" AND LARGER RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 16 2CJ PFHMI1 [:NTER CONSULTANT: Contents: NATIONAL E N G I N E E R I N G 784 Morrison Columbus, Phone: Fax: main ©nationalengineering.carr Issue Record: Drawn: JCA Project No. 07095 EXPIRES CCIPYRIEHT 2007 THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH. REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPDTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMiEBic N FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPDTLE MEXICAN BRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, C❑LCIRAb❑ 802132 PHONE: (303) 5595 -4000 FAX: (303) 595-4014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM a) 0 z U7 10.22.2007 Permit Issue PLUMBING DETAILS 10.22.2007 Date of Last Print: Road Ohio 43230 (614) 751-9610 (614) 552 -5240 Ak 11.30.2007 Patio Revision 01.11.2008 Building Comments Checked: KSL AM= ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 16011 TEMPORARY & PERMANENT ELECTRICAL SERVICE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to Section, 1.2 SUMMARY A. This section includes temporary lighting and power with luminaires, panelboards, circuit breakers, and enclosures. B. Related sections include the following: 1. Division 16 Section "Grounding ". 2. Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices" 3. Division 16 Section "Circuit Breakers" 4. Division 16 Section "Panelboards" 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. GFCI: Ground fault current interrupter. B. RMS: Root Mean Square C. SPDT: Single Pole, Double Throw 1.4 USE CHARGES A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary to Owner, Architect, or Engineer and shall be Allow other entities to use temporary services including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Owner's construction forces. 2. Occupants of Project. 3. Architect. 4. Engineer. 5. Testing agencies. 6. Personnel of authorities having jurisdiction. C. Permanent Service: Coordinate with building owner and utility company to establish permanent service upon completion of the project. Contractor shall pay for all permits, aid -to- construction charges, and related fees associated with the new service. 1.5 NOTIFICATION A. Coordinate with owner to provide 72 hour written notification to other tenants of any power interruptions. Notification shall state the estimated time and duration of the electrical outage. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10,6, NECA's "Temporary Electrical Facilities," and NFPA 241. 1. Trade Jurisdictions: Assigned responsibilities for installation and operation of temporary utilities ore not intended to interfere with trade regulations and union jurisdictions. 2. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS C. Main panelboard with disconnect. D. Temporary lighting. E. 120 volt receptacles with overcurrent protection. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION 3. Comply with OSHA standards and regulations. this facilities are not chargeable included in the Contract Sum. and facilities without cost, A. Electrical Outlets: Properly configured, NEMA - polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110- to 120 -V plugs into higher-voltage outlets; equipped with ground -fault circuit interrupters, reset button, and pilot light. B. Power Distribution System Circuits: Where permitted and overhead and exposed for surveillance, wiring circuits, not exceeding 125 -V ac, 20-A rating, and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable. F. Enclosures. NEMA AB 1 and NEMA KS 1 to meet environmental conditions of installed location. 1. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R. A. Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period. Include meters, transformers, and overload -protected disconnecting means. 1. Install power distribution wiring overhead and rise vertically where least exposed to damage. B. Electric Distribution: Provide receptacle outlets adequate for connection of power tools and equipment. 1. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electrical power cords if single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress. Do not exceed safe length - voltage ratio. 2. Provide metal conduit, tubing, or metallic cable for wiring exposed to possible damage. Provide rigid steel conduits for wiring exposed on grades, floors, decks, or other traffic areas. 3. Provide metal conduit enclosures or boxes for wiring devices. 4. Provide 4-gang outlets, spaced so 100-foot (30 -m) extension cord can reach each area for power hand tools and task lighting. Provide a separate 125 -V ac, 20 -A circuit for each outlet. C. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations and traffic conditions. 1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system. 2. Provide one 100-W incandescent lamp every 50 feet (15 m) in traffic areas. 3. Install exterior -yard site lighting that will provide adequate illumination for construction operations, parking and traffic conditions, and signage visibility when the Work is being performed. 4. Install lighting for Project identification sign. END OF SECTION 16011 SECTION 16060 - GROUNDING AND BONDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A, This Section includes grounding of electrical systems and equipment. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented by special requirements of systems described in other Sections. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Testing agency as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7 or a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association to supervise on -site testing specified in Part 3. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 1. Comply with UL 467. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS A. For insulated conductors, comply with Division 16 Section "Wiring Methods." B. Material: Copper. C. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Insulated with green - colored insulation. D. Grounding Electrode Conductors: Stranded cable. E. Bare Copper Conductors: Comply with the following: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2. Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 2.2 CONNECTOR PRODUCTS A. Comply with IEEE 837 and UL 467; listed for use for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and connected items. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Use only copper conductors. B. In raceways, use insulated equipment grounding conductors. C. Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Use bolted pressure clamps. D. Grounding Bus: Install in electrical and telephone equipment rooms, in rooms housing service equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Use insulated spacer; space 1 inch from wall and support from wall 6 inches above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. 2. At doors, route the bus up to the top of the door frame, across the top of the doorway, and down to the specified height above the floor. 3.2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS A. Comply with NFPA 70, Article 250, for types, sizes, and quantities of equipment grounding conductors, unless specific types, larger sizes, or more conductors than required by NFPA 70 are indicated. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. General: Make connections so galvanic action or electrolysis possibility is minimized. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible. B. Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: For No. 8 AWG and larger, use pressure -type grounding lugs. No. 10 AWG and smaller grounding conductors may be terminated with winged pressure -type connectors. C. Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and bonding connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque - tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A. D. Compression -Type Connections: Use hydraulic compression tools to provide correct circumferential pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and dies recommended by connector manufacturer. Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make a visible indication that a connector has been adequately compressed on grounding conductor. END OF SECTION 16060 SECTION 16100 - WIRING METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Summary: Building wire and cable and associated splices, connectors, and terminations for wiring systems rated 600 V and less, and twisted -pair cable; and raceways and boxes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WIRES AND CABLES A. Connectors and Splices: Wiring connectors of size, ampacity rating, material, and type and class for application and for service indicated. 2.2 RACEWAYS A. Wireways: Screwed cover type, with manufacturers standard finish. B. Outlet and Device Boxes: Sheet metal boxes, except use cast - -metal boxes at exterior, interior exposed, and interior damp locations. C. Pull and Junction Boxes: Sheet metal boxes, except use nonmetallic boxes with gasketed covers at exterior and interior damp locations. 2.3 ENCLOSURES A. Hinged -Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, steel enclosure with continuous hinge cover and flush latch. Finish inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. B. Cabinets: NEMA 250, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install wires and cables according to the NECA's "Standard of Installation." B. Wiring at Outlets: Install with at least 12 inches of slack conductor at each outlet. C. Conceal wiring, unless otherwise indicated, within finished walls, ceilings, and floors. D. Boxes and Enclosures: In damp or wet locations use NEMA 250, Type 4, stainless steel. E. Use raceway fittings compatible with raceway and suitable for use and location. For intermediate steel conduit, use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings, unless otherwise indicated. F. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: Install in middle third of the slab thickness where practical, and leave at least 1 --inch concrete cover. G. Install exposed raceways parallel to, or at right angles to nearby surfaces or structural members, and follow the surface contours as much as practical. H Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for the purpose and make joints tight. Use bonding bushings or wedges at connections subject to vibration. Use bonding jumpers where joints cannot be made tight. Use insulating bushings to protect conductors. I. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use No. 14 AWG zinc- coated steel or monofilament plastic line having not less than 200 -lb tensile strength. Leave not less than 18 inches of slack at each end of the pull wire. J. Install raceway sealing fittings where required by the NEC and at wiring entrances to refrigerated spaces. Locate at suitable, approved, accessible locations and fill them with UL- listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. K. Stub -up Connections for Equipment: Extend conductors to equipment with intermediate metal conduit; flexible metal conduit may be used 6 inches above the floor. L. Install a separate green ground conductor in surface metal raceway from the junction box supplying the raceway to receptacle and fixture ground terminals. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS AND DEVICES A. Install at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. B. Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other designations used for electrical identification with corresponding designations indicated in the Contract Documents or required by codes and standards. Use consistent designations throughout Project. C. Identify raceways and cables with color banding as follows: 1. Bands: Pretensioned, snap - around, colored plastic sleeves or colored adhesive marking tape. Make each color band 2 inches wide, completely encircling conduit, and place adjacent bands of two -color markings in contact, side by side. 2. Band Locations: At changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50 -foot maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25 -foot maximum intervals in congested areas. 3. Colors: As follows: a. Telecommunication System: Green and yellow. D. Color -code 208/120 -V system secondary service, feeder, and branch - circuit conductors throughout the secondary electrical system as follows: 1. Phase A: Black. 2. Phase B: Red. 3. Phase C: Blue. 4. Neutral: White. 5. Ground: Green. END OF SECTION 16100 SECTION 16140 - WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: B. Comply with C. Comply with Product Data. NEMA WD 1. NFPA 70. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DEVICES A. General: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 1D0, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Color: White /Gray (Gray only when device is mounted on metal surface) C. Receptacles: Heavy- Duty grade, NEMA WD6, Configuration 5 -20R unless otherwise indicated. D. Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter Receptacles: Feed - through type, with integral duplex receptacle; for installation in a 2 -3/4 -inch- deep outlet box without an adapter. E. Isolated-Ground Receptacles: Equipment grounding contacts connected only to the green grounding screw terminal of the device with inherent electrical isolation from mounting strap. E. Snap Switches: Heavy -duty, quiet type. F. Wall Plates, Finished Areas: Smooth plastic fastened with metal screws having heads matching plate color: G. Wall Plates, Unfinished Areas, Metal Surfaces: Galt'. steel with metal screws. H. Floor Service Fittings: Modular, above- floor, dual - service units suitable for wiring method used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install devices and assemblies plumb and secure. 3. Mount devices flush, with long dimension vertical, and grounding terminal of receptacles on top unless otherwise indicated. Group adjacent devices under single, multigang wall plates. C. Protect devices and assemblies during painting. D. Install wall plates when painting is complete. END OF SECTION 16140 SECTION 16410 - ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 - GENERAL (Not Applicable) PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SWITCHES A. Enclosed, Nonfusible Switch: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, with lockable handle. 2.2 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Enclosed, Molded -Case Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB 1, with thermal-magnetic trip unless otherwise indicated. 1. Characteristics: Frame size, trip rating, number of poles, and auxiliary devices as indicated. 2. Interrupting Rating: PER DRAWINGS 3. Thermal - Magnetic Circuit Breakers, 225 A and Larger: Trip units fixed 4. Current - Limiting Trips: Let- through ratings less than NEMA FU 1, Class RK ---5. 5. Enclosure: NEMA AB 1, Type 1, unless otherwise specified or required to meet environmental conditions of installed location. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TESTING A. Perform visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests stated in i�ETA ATS. END OF SECTION 16410 SECTION 16442 - PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with NEMA PB 1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PANELBOARDS AND LOAD CENTERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirement, provide products by one of the following: 1. Panelboards, Overcurrent Protective Devices, Controllers, Contactors, and Accessories: a. Square D Co. b. Eaton Corp.; Cutler-Hammer Products. c. General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Div. d. Siemens Energy & Automation. B. Recessed, NEMA PB 1, Type 1. 1. Load Center Capacity: as shown on drawings. 2. Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps. 3. Doors: With concealed hinges, flush catches, and tumbler locks, all keyed alike. 4. Bus: Hard drawn copper of 98 percent conductivity. C. Molded -Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, plug - intype. Single handle for multipole circuit breakers. Appropriate for application, including Type SWD for repetitive switching lighting loads and Type HACR for heating, air - conditioning, and refrigerating equipment. D. Contactors: NEMA ICS 2, Class A combination contactors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install panelboards and accessory items according to NEMA PB 1.1. Indicate installed circuit loads in English and Spanish on a typed circuit directory after balancing panelboard loads. B. Mounting Heights: Top of trim 74 inches above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. C. Future Circuit Provisions at Flush Panelboards: Stub four empty 3/4 -inch conduits from panelboard into accessible or designated ceiling space. D. Wiring in Panelboard Gutters: Arrange conductors into groups, bundle and wrap with wire ties according to NEC guidelines. E. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, according to manufacturer's published torque - tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A. F. Perform visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests stated in NETA ATS. END OF SECTION 16442 SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data for each luminaire, including lamps. B. Fixtures, Emergency Lighting Units, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Coordinate ceiling - mounted luminaires with ceiling construction, mechanical work, and security and fire - prevention features mounted in ceiling space and on ceiling. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIXTURES AND FIXTURE COMPONENTS, GENERAL A. Metal Parts: Free from burrs, sharp corners, and edges. Steel, unless otherwise indicated. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging. B. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free from light leakage under operating conditions, and arranged to permit relamping without use of tools. Arrange doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during relamping and when secured in operating position. C. Lenses, Diffusers, Covers, and Globes: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic or annealed crystal glass, unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Set units level, plumb, and square with ceiling and walls, and secure. B. Support for Recessed and Semirecessed Grid -Type Fluorescent Fixtures: Install ceiling support system rods or wires at a minimum of 4 rods or wires for each fixture, located not more than 6 inches from fixture corners. C. Support for Suspended Fixtures: Support according to manufacturers' recommendations. D. Lamping: Where specific lamp designations are not indicated, lamp units according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 16500 CONSULTANT: Revisions: brain: KSL Project No. 07095 Contents: Date of Last Print: 10.22.2007 KSL Issue Record: 10.22.2007 Permit Issue Checked: E NATIONAL. E N G I N E E R I N G 784 Morrison Roca Columbus, Ohio 43230 Phone: (614) 751 -9610 Fax: (614) 552 -5240 main ©nationalengineering.corr I EXPIRES `a tu-?-$1 . COPYRI ©HT 2007 THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH. REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 80202 PHONE: (303) 595 -4000 FAx (303) 595 -4014 INTERNET: WWW.CNIPCITLE.COM L 11.30.2007 Patio Revision 01.11.2008 Building Comments ELECTRICAL CITY RECEIVED SPECIFICATIONS JAN 1 s ew.) PEHMJ r CENTER LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE SYMBOL # TYPE MOUNT MANUFACTURER & MODEL # LAMP(S) VOLTS WATTS SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS OUTDOOR, EXPOSED OR CONCEALED INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT OUTDOOR OR INDOOR DAMP LOCATIONS, CONNECTION TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT A FLUORESCENT LAY-- -IN COLUMBIA JT822- 417G- FSAl2- EBB-G3 (4) F17- TBTL835 -ALTO 120 70 0 B DOWN LIGHT RECESSED PRESCOLITE PBX 6 " -T070S (1) 60W PAR38 IRC 130 56 PROVIDE TEFLON - COATED BULBS 0 B1 DOWN LIGHT RECESSED PRESCOLITE PBX 6 " -T0705 (1) 23W TCP28923 CFL 120 23 C 4' WALL WASH RECESSED COLUMBIA PW84- 132 - LDK- EB8120 (1) F32- TBTL835 -ALTO 120 32 I. I Cl 2' WALL WASH RECESSED COLUMBIA PW82---117- LDK- E68120 (1) F17-1 120 17 ow © D SURFACE WALL RAB VC100DG (1) 16W SLS15 CFL 120 16 il E EMERGENCY VARIOUS DUAL -LITE LZ15 -B (2) SPECIAL MR -16 120 1.5 90 MINUTE BATTERY BACKUP HI E1 REMOTE WALL DUAL -LITE EXT- 050605 (1) INC. PAR36 6 5 EXTERIOR REMOTE EMERGENCY HEAD F EXIT VARIOUS DUAL -LITE SEMPRA SESRBNE (1) SPECIAL LED 120 1.5 90 MINUTE BATTERY BACKUP 0 H HOOD SURFACE FURNISHED WITH HOOD (1) 25W MARATHON SLS 120 25 VAPOR PROOF LIGHT CJ J DOWN LIGHT UNISTRUT PORCELAIN KEYLESS FIXTURE (1) 50W PAR20 NFL30 130 45 ® J1 DOWN LIGHT UNISTRUT PORCELAIN KEYLESS FIXTURE (1) TCP PF2014 (PAR20) 120 14 ID L DECORATIVE LIGHT WALL METAL SWIVEL (1) 50W PAR20 NFL30 130 45 L1 DECORATIVE LIGHT WALL METAL SWIVEL (1) TCP PF2014 (PAR20) 120 14 J N N DOWN LIGHT UNISTRUT PORCELAIN KEYLESS FIXTURE (2) TCP PF2014 (PAR20) 120 28 ® R DOWN LIGHT CEILING PORCELAIN KEYLESS FIXTURE (1) 50W PAR20 NFL30 130 45 MATERIAL SCHEDULE CATEGORY APPLICATION ALLOWABLE MATERIAL CONDUCTORS #10 AWG AND SMALLER SOLID CU, TYPE THHN /THWN OR XHHW #8 AWG AND LARGER STRANDED CU, TYPE THHN /THWN OR XHHW CONDUITS OUTDOOR, EXPOSED OR CONCEALED INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT OUTDOOR OR INDOOR DAMP LOCATIONS, CONNECTION TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT INDOOR, EXPOSED ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING U.N.O. INDOOR, CONCEALED ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING, FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT, OR METAL CLAD CABLE INDOOR DRY LOCATIONS, CONNECTION TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT P1280W -EG ENDCAP ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS CONDUIT CONCEALED BELOW THE SLAB A -6 PLAN NOTE: SEE PLAN NOTES LISTED ON THE SAME SHEET FOR NOTE MEANING DISCONNECT SWITCH: X /Y /Z X = SWITCH RATING LI I Y FUSE SIZE (NF = NON- FUSED) Z = NUMBER OF POLES ABBREVIATIONS AFF AEG C G GFI IG JB NL S WP CONDUIT CONCEALED ABOVE THE CEILING, IN A WALL, OR IN A RACEWAY HOME -RUN TO PANELBOARD AND CIRCUIT NUMBER SHOWN JUNCTION BOX ELECTRIC PANELBOARD GENERAL PURPOSE 1 -POLE SWITCH MANUAL STARTER WITH PILOT LIGHT OCCUPANCY SENSOR ACTIVATED WALL SWITCH (MANUFACTURER: WATTSTOPPER) ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ABOVE FINISHED GRADE CONDUIT GROUND GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPT ISOLATED GROUND JUNCTION BOX NIGHT LIGHT SURFACE MOUNTED WEATHERPROOF UNISTRUT P3184PG WIRE WAY COVER UNISTRUT P2540A WIRING NUT P 1000K0 UNISTRUT 3/4" EMT CONDUIT CONNECTOR OCTAGON J--BOX 3/4" EMT CONDUIT ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES A. GENERAL NOTES APPLY TO ELECTRICAL SHEETS. B. ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ELECTRICAL CODE AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. SEE SHEET A000 FOR THE PREVAILING CODES. C. WIRING SHALL BE (2) #12, #12 G IN 3/4" C UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. D. INDIVIDUAL CONDUIT HOME RUNS SHOWN SHALL NOT BE CONSOLIDATED. E. CIRCUIT EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTS, ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGNS, AND NIGHT LIGHTS AHEAD OF LOCAL SWITCHING. F. INSTALL WALL SWITCHES AT 48" AFF TO CENTER OF SWITCH AND RECEPTACLES AT 18" AFF TO CENTER OF RECEPTACLE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. G. INSTALL CONDUIT CONCEALED ABOVE THE CEILING, IN WALLS, OR IN RACEWAYS. PLAN NOTES 1. STORE LIGHTING SWITCH BANK. PROVIDE ONE SWITCH PER LIGHTING CIRCUIT. LABEL SWITCHES WITH AREA SERVED. 2. CONNECT LIGHTING CIRCUIT TO CIRCUIT SHOWN THROUGH THE STORE LIGHTING SWITCH BANK. PROVIDE ONE UNSWITCHED CONDUCTOR FOR CONNECTION TO LOCALLY - SWITCHED FIXTURES, FIXTURES DESIGNATED AS NIGHT LIGHTS, EXIT SIGNS, AND EMERGENCY FIXTURES. 3. WALL MOUNT THE EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE AT 8' -6" AFF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 4, VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT OF EXIT SIGN PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. EXIT SIGN MUST BE VISIBLE FROM AREA SERVED AFTER BUILDING SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED. 5. PROVIDE DOUBLE-POLE SINGLE -THROW LIGHT SWITCH IN OFFICE FOR CONTROL OF OFFICE LIGHT AND RESTROOM EXHAUST FAN. 6. ATTACH UPPER J -BOX TO UNISTRUT AS SHOWN IN DETAIL 2 /THIS SHEET. TYPICAL FOR UNISTRUT -- MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES. 7. INSTALL LIGHT FIXTURES FURNISHED WITH THE WALK -IN COOLER. N HOLD EXPOSED CONDUIT CLOSE TO DECK P1280W -EG ENDCAP ROUTE ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS THROUGH UNISTRUT, CLOSE WITH SNAP ON WIRE WAY COVER • • U • ■i■,i ■i■,.1 LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE NOTES A. LAMPS NOT INCLUDED WITH THE FIXTURE ARE TO BE MANUFACTURED BY PHILIPS. NO ALTERNATES WILL BE ACCEPTED. B. SEE THE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LIGHT LOCATIONS. C. SEE THE ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING DETAILS FOR FIXTURE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. E100./ 1/4 = 1 LIGHTING FLOOR P J AN V CONSULTANT': 784 Morrison Columbus, Phone: Fax: main ©nationalengineering.00r( COPYRIGHT 2008 THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH. REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, COLORADO 50202 PHONE: (3031 595 -4000 FAX: (303) 595 -4014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPOTLE.COM NATIONAL E N G I N E E R I N G Issue Record: ExPIRES \tom- t - CI) 0 0 U) 10.22.2007 Permit Issue Revisions: 11.30.2007 Patio Revision 01.11.2008 Building Comments Drawn: Checked: KSL KSL Project No. 07095 Contents: ELECTRICAL �,-,� o TUKw LIGHTING PLAN JAN 1 5' JV j C NTFR Date of Last Print: 01.11.2008 Roan Ohio 43230 (614) 751-9610 (614) 552 -5240 0 co Q 1 n 0 F- ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS CONDUIT CONCEALED ABOVE THE CEILING, IN A WALL, OR IN A RACEWAY CONDUIT CONCEALED BELOW THE SLAB A -6 HOME -RUN TO PANELBOARD AND CIRCUIT NUMBER SHOWN 0 PLAN NOTE: SEE PLAN NOTES LISTED ON THE SAME SHEET FOR NOTE MEANING NOTE MEANING X /Y /Z O MEM $M $ WP $OC O NEMA 5 -20R 1 -PLEX RECEPTACLE NEMA 5 -20R DUPLEX RECEPTACLE NEMA 5 -20R DOUBLE- DUPLEX RECEPTACLES 0 OTHER RECEPTACLE - SEE PLAN FOR RATING AND TYPE B JUNCTION 80X FOR (2) RJ -45 DATA OUTLETS .4 JUNCTION BOX FOR (2) RJ -45 TELEPHONE OUTLETS © JUNCTION BOX FOR (3) RJ -45 OUTLET DS KP I MSf ITv I DISCONNECT SWITCH: X = SWITCH RATING Y = FUSE SIZE (NF = NON-FUSED) Z = NUMBER OF POLES JUNCTION BOX ELECTRIC PANELBOARD GENERAL PURPOSE 1 -POLE SWITCH MANUAL STARTER WITH PILOT LIGHT WEATHER -PROOF SWITCH OCCUPANCY SENSOR ACTIVATED WALL SWITCH (MANUFACTURER: WATTSTOPPER) DOOR SWITCH: ROUTE 1/2" CONDUIT FROM A JB AT EACH DOOR LOCATION TO ABOVE THE DROP TILE CEILING IN THE OFFICE AREA AND TERMINATE WITH A CONDUIT BUSING SECURITY SYSTEM KEYPAD: PROVIDE A RECESSED JB WITH A 1/2" CONDUIT TO ABOVE THE DROP TILE CEILING IN THE OFFICE AREA AND TERMINATE WITH A CONDUIT BUSING MOTION SENSOR: PROVIDE A RECESSED JB WITH A 1/2" CONDUIT TO ABOVE THE DROP TILE CEILING IN THE OFFICE AREA AND TERMINATE WITH A CONDUIT BUSING CCTV CAMERA TIE -IN: PROVIDE A RECESSED JB WITH A 1/2" CONDUIT TO ABOVE THE DROP TILE CEILING IN THE OFFICE AREA AND TERMINATE WITH A CONDUIT BUSING HCP 24 A- 7/9/11 �RTU -2) 30/NF/3 / 40/NF/3_,_ ON ROOF ELECTRICAL ROOF P = 1' -0" m WP -2 EF ON ROOF ON ROOF _AN B- 25 18 I PLAN NOTES 1. SOFT DRINK DISPENSER. COORDINATE EXACT RECEPTACLE LOCATION WITH CASEWORK CONTRACTOR AND EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 2. SHOW ROOM WINDOW RECEPTACLE. COORDINATE EXACT RECEPTACLE MOUNTING HEIGHT IN THE FIELD. LOCATION SHALL BE IN THE DRYWALL IMMEDIATELY ABOVE THE MAIN STORE -FRONT WINDOW. 3. ICE MACHINE ELECTRICAL TIE -IN. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH EQUIPMENT INSTALLER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. PROVIDE TWO PHASE CONDUCTORS, ONE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR, AND ONE GROUND CONDUCTOR. 4. PROVIDE RECEPTACLE FOR TELEPHONE BACKBOARD ABOVE DROP TILE CEILING. 5. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF SECURITY SYSTEM RECEPTACLE WITH ALARM CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 6. JUNCTION BOX FOR EXTERIOR SIGN LIGHTING. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH CHIPOTLE'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND THE SIGN INSTALLER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. CONNECT TO CIRCUIT SHOWN THROUGH THE EXTERIOR LIGHTING CONTACTOR PANEL AS SHOWN IN DETAIL 2/E200. 7. PROVIDE 4" OCTAGONAL JUNCTION BOX WITH SCREW THREADS SET AT THE 2 & 8 O'CLOCK POSITIONS FOR THE ANSUL PULL STATION. PROVIDE A 1/2" CONDUIT FROM THE J -BOX TO 6" ABOVE THE CEILING AND TERMINATE WITH A CONDUIT BUSHING. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH THE ANSUL SYSTEM INSTALLER AND THE FIRE MARSHALL PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 8. INSTALL HOOD CONTROL PANEL. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH THE OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. PROVIDE FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS, FUSES, ETC. NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. SEE SHEET DETAIL 3/E200 FOR A WIRING DIAGRAM. 9. EVAPORATOR UNIT LOCATED IN WALK -IN COOLER. 10. PROVIDE AN EMPTY SINGLE GANG J -BOX FOR VOLUME CONTROLS. PROVIDE A 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING FROM THE J -BOX TO THE SPACE ABOVE THE OFFICE CEILING. 11. COORDINATE DATA /POWER RECEPTACLE MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS WITH THE CASE WORK INSTALLER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. SEE ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION FOR THE POS ELEVATION. 12. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF THE ANSUL CABINET WITH THE OWNER AND THE FIRE MARSHALL PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 13. SEE ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION FOR THE OFFICE ELEVATION. 14. PROVIDE A J -BOX UNDER CABINET FOR A PANIC BUTTON TIE -IN. 15. PROVIDE A 2' X 2' X 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKBOARD FOR THE TELEPHONE SYSTEM. LOCATE BACKBOARD AND RECEPTACLE ABOVE THE DROP -TILE CEILING. 16. PROVIDE A J--BOX FOR THE SECURITY MONITOR TIE -IN. EXTEND A 3/4" CONDUIT TO 6" ABOVE THE DROP TILE CEILING AND TERMINATE WITH A CONDUIT BUSHING. 17. NOT USED. 18. CONNECT EXHAUST FAN TO CIRCUIT SHOWN THROUGH THE DOUBLE -POLE SINGLE -THROW LIGHT SWITCH IN THE OFFICE. 19. PROVIDE AN EMPTY 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING FROM THE BASE BUILDING'S TELEPHONE SERVICE ENTRANCE LOCATION TO THE SPACE ABOVE THE OFFICE CEILING. 20. PROVIDE A SUITABLE LENGTH OF LIQUID - -TIGHT CONDUIT TO THE EXHAUST FAN EF -1 TO ALLOW THE EXHAUST FAN TO HINGE COMPLETELY OPEN WHEN THE VIROGUARD SYSTEM IS INSTALLED. 21. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR PLACEMENT OF THE RECEPTACLES FOR THE FAX MAKE LINE. 22. LABEL RECEPTACLES AS SHOWN IN THE ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS. 23. PROVIDE ONE PHASE, ONE NEUTRAL, AND ONE GROUND CONDUCTOR FROM THE ICE MAKER TO THE REMOTE CONDENSER CU -2. 24. UNIT SHALL HAVE AN INTEGRAL NON-FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH. 25. PROVIDE DOOR CHIME AND BUZZER AT 96" AFF SEE ARCHITECTURAL DOOR EQUIPMENT FOR EQUIPMENT INFORMATION. 26. SEE ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR THE LOCATIONS OF THE RECEPTACLES AT THE CHEF'S TABLE. 27. SERVE LINE WALL COMES FROM MANUFACTURER WITH ELECTRICAL PATHWAYS. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONDUIT TO PATHWAYS AND WIRING AND DEVICES AS INDICATED. 28. ROOFTOP UNIT SHALL HAVE AN INTEGRAL UNIT - MOUNTED GFCI RECEPTACLE. 29. PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION FROM J -BOX TO SUB -PANEL INTEGRAL TO THE CHEF'S TABLE. 30. PROVIDE AN EMPTY 3/4" C. FROM THE J -BOX IN THE WALL TO ABOVE THE LAY -IN CEILING FOR LOW- VOLTAGE WIRING. 31. PROVIDE 24V TRANSFORMER PER INFRARED HEATER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. CONNECT HEATERS TO CIRCUIT SHOWN THROUGH TRANSFORMER. 3O/NF /2 A -14/16 .W4%11 A -8/104 6-2 ---,I G , - 11 - _ _ = ag ®LL tT n j� . ; l i a -- ■ •I ■ ■aiii 1.1 821 Gr1,2 PH -1 31 A -38 A -36 POWER FLOOR P 1/4° A -34 _1N - 1)01 18" IG,18" 10,18" IG,66" A -27 A-17 A-19 A -19 A -25 CONSULTANT: Revisions: NATIONAL E N G I N E E R I N G 784 Morrison Road Columbus, Phone: Fax: m ain @n a tionolengineering.corr CpPYR14HT 2008 THIS DRAWING 15 AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE. AND AS SUCH, REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS LIMITED AND CAN BE EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN ALREEMENT WITH CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, CDLCRAOO 8 0202 PHONE: (303) 595 -4000 FAX: (303) 595 -4014 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPDTLE.GOM EXPIRES \ ® -d.- Bc=l Issue Record: 10.22.2007 Permit Issue 11.30.2007 Patio Revision 01.11.2008 Building Comments Drawn: Checked: KSL KSL Project No. 07095 Contents: Date of Last Print: 0 1.11.2008 Ohio 43230 (614) 751 -9610 (614) 552-5240 co 0 ai U) ELECTRICAL CIT ROF TUKWI POWER PLAN JAN 1 3 PE NMI T CENTER I 0 PANELBOARD SCHEDULE _ VOLTAGE: 120/208 PANEL: A # PHASES: 3 MAIN: LUGS # WIRES: 4 MOUNTING: FLUSH AMPERAGE: 200 ENCLOSURE: NEMA 1 CKT NO. LOAD DESCRIPTION C.B./ POLES CKT AMPS LOAD TYPE CKT KVA LOAD (KVA) CKT LOAD TYPE CKT AMPS C.B./ POLES LOAD DESCRIPTION CKT NO. A B I C KVA 1 RTU -1 (3 - #14, #10 G. IN 1" C.) 40/3 (I1ACR) 35.0 C 4.2 4.2 0.3 0.0 4.2 0.0 60/3 TVSS (3 - #6, #10 G. IN 1' C.) 2 3 35.0 4.2 F 4.2 0.0 0.0 4 5 35.0 4.2 SPARE REPUESTOS 4.2 0.0 0.0 �r 6 7 RTU -2 (3 - #3, #6 G. IN 1 -1/2" C.) 50/3 (HACR) 42.6 C 5.1 6.9 0.8 1.8 E 14.7 20/3 01AACR) HOOD CONTROL PANEL (3 - #10, #10 G. IN 1" C.) 8 9 42.6 5.1 1.6 6.9 1.8 14,7 10 T 11 42.6 5.1 9 6.9 1.8 14.7 12 13 SECURITY / AUDIO SISTEMA DE LA SEGURIDAD 20/1 6.0 G 0.7 1.5 ICE MAKER MAQUINA DE HIELO 0.8 F 10.7 20/2 CU -1 14 15 TELEPHONE BACKBOARD RECEPTACULO 20/1 3.0 G 0.4 13 1.2 0.8 10.7 - 16 17 FAX /POS BACKUP LUCES DEL EXTERIOR 20/1 (GFI) 4.5 G 0.5 F 0.7 0.2 A 1.1 20/1 HOOD LIGHTS LA CAPILLA SE ENCIENDE 18 19 D.S.L. UPS D.S.L. UPS 20/1 6.0 G 0.7 1.6 1.1 0.9 A 6.0 20/1 COOLER LIGHTS MAS FRESCA UNA ILUMINACION 20 21 UPS- POS UPS 20/1 (GFI) 1.5 G 0.2 F 1.4 1.2 A 7.9 20/ 1 LIGHTING - DINING LUCES 22 23 UPS -2ND MAKELINE UPS 20/1 (GFI) 1.5 G 0.2 F 1.6 1.4 A 9 20/1 LIGHTING - DINING LUCES 24 25 UPS UPS - OFFICE 20/1 1.5 G 0.2 1.1 0.8 0.9 A 6.2 20/1 LIGHTING - KITCHEN LUCES 26 27 RECEPTACLES - OFFICE RECEPTACULO 20/1 4.5 G 0.5 E 1.5 1.0 A 6.4 20/1 LIGHTING - KITCHEN LUCES 28 29 RECEPTACLES - DINING RECEPTACULO 20/1 6.0 G 0.7 0.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 20/1 SPARE REPUESTOS 30 31 RECEPTACLES - STOREFRONT RECEPTACULO 20/1 7.5 G 0.9 0.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20/1 SPARE REPUESTOS 32 33 RECEPTACLES - ROOFTOP RECEPTACULO 20/1 3.0 G D.4 7.0 1.5 1.1 B 7.5 20/1 SIGN LIGHTING LUCES 34 35 SPARE REPUESTOS 20/1 0.0 0.0 1.1 1.1 B 7.5 20/1 SIGN LIGHTING LUCES 36 37 SPARE REPUESTOS 20/1 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.3 D 2.1 20/1 PATIO HEATERS REPUESTOS 38 39 SPAR REPUESTOS 20/1 .0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 20/1 REPPES Rs 40 41 SPARE 20/1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 20/1 RE PPARE 42 0.0 0.0 0.0 kVA AMPS TOTAL 16.5 16.7 15.2 48.4 138 139 127 135 PANELBOARD SCHEDULE VOLTAGE: 120/208 PANEL: B # PHASES: 3 MAIN: LUGS # WIRES: 4 MOUNTING: FLUSH AMPERAGE: 200 ENCLOSURE: NEMA 1 CKT NO. LOAD DESCRIPTION C.B./ POLES CKT AMPS LOAD TYPE CKT KVA LOAD (KVA) CKT KVA LOAD TYPE CKT AMPS C.B./ POLES LOAD DESCRIPTION CKT NO. A B I C 1 E EVAPO p AATOR AR 20/1 4.0 F 0.3 0.6 0.3 F 4.2 20/1 ANSUL CABINET CAB NA DE ANSUL 2 3 SANDWICH GRILL PARRILLA DEL EMPAREDADO 20/1 (GFI) 13.8 F 1.1 1.1 0.0 0.0 20/1 SPARE REPUESTOS 4 5 SANDWICH GRILL. PARRILLA DEL EMPAREDADO 20/1 (GFI) 13.8 F 1.1 1.2 0.1 F 0.8 20/1 GAS WATER HEATER CALENTADOR DE AGUA DEL GAS 6 7 - HOT FOOD SERVER SERVIDOR CALIENTE DEL ALIMENTO (2 - #1a, #10 G. IN 3/4" C.) 30/2 16.4 F 1.3 1.6 0.3 F 4,2 20/1 HWRP -1 8 9 16.4 1.3 2.4 1.1 F 13.$ 20 (GFI) SANDWICH GRILL PARRILLA DEL EMPAREDADO 10 11 13 ICE MAKER MAQUINA DE HIELO 20/2 10.7 F 0.8 2.1 1.3 F 16.4 20/2 HOT FOOD SERVER SERVIDOR CALIENTE DEL AIJMENTO 12 14 13 10.7 0.8 2.1 1.3 16.4 15 SANDWICH PREP REFRIG. REFRIGERADOR 20/1 6 F 0.5 1 0.5 F 6.9 20/1 SANDWICH PREP REFRIG. R 16 17 REACH -IN REFRIGERATOR VEGETAL MAQUINA GE CORTAR 20/1 13 F 1.1 2.0 0.9 F 11.3 20/1 FOODWARMER WARMER DE ALIMEN10 18 19 SODA SYSTEM DISPENSER SISTEMA DE SODAS 20/1 9 F 0.7 1.6 0.9 F 11.3 20/1 FOOD PREP TABLE LUCES DEL EXTERIOR 20 21 SODA MACHINE MAQUINA DE LA SODA 20/1 9 F 0.7 1.6 0.9 F 11.3 20/1 FOOD PREP TABLE LUCES DEL EXTERIOR 22 23 REFRIGERATOR REFRIGERADOR 20/1 9.8 F 0.8 1.3 0.5 F 6.3 20/1 BLENDER N D E R MEZCLADOR 24 25 EF -2 20/1 4.4 E 0.5 1.1 0.6 F 8.3 20/1 FOODWARMER WARMER DE ALIMENTO 26 27 SPARE REPUESTOS 20/1 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20/1 / SPARE REPUESTOS 28 29 S PARE REPUESTOS 20/1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20/1 SPARE REPUESTOS 30 kVA AMPS TOTAL 7.0 6.1 6.6 19.7 58 51 55 55 L1 LIGHT INPUT 120VAC H2 -H5 =LINE, N2- N5= NEUTRAL 15A BKR LS -01 H2 8K BR J B ♦ BK O WH ►E WH �.. INPUT 3 WIRE 3 PHASE 120V CIRCUIT CONTROL INPUT: 120VAC, 15AMPS FROM BREAKER LEGEND N 4 E 3- PHASE, 208V ST -1 OL -1 L1 T1 T1 21 L2 T��2 22 T3 _23 3- PHASE, 208V ST -2 OL -2 L1 T1 T1 L4 1 T2 v ` T_2_ 25 L3 T,1 T3 2 Spare Relay Contacts PREWIRED CONDUCTOR 120V, 20A, SPDT, 24 HOUR MECHANICAL TIME CLOCK (INTERMATIC MODEL T1905 OR APPROVED EQUAL) PROGRAMMED TO OPERATE FROM ONE HOUR BEFORE STORE OPENING UNTIL ONE HOUR AFTER STORE CLOSING. 005 N R2-1 TERMINAL FOR FIELD NC WIRING TO BUILDING C FIRE PANEL, DRY CONTACTS FOR SIGNAL ONLY -- -- --- -- -- FIELD -WIRED CONDUCTOR 120V, 15A, PHOTOCELL WITH LIGHT LEVEL SLIDE ADJUSTMENT (INTERMATIC MODEL K4121 OR APPROVED EQUAL). PHOTOCELL SENSOR SHALL FACE THE NORTHERN SKY. EXTERIOR SIGN LIGHTI NOT TO SCALE CONTACTOR C1 SERVICE LOAD CALCULATIONS TYPE DESCRIPTION (A) INTERIOR LIGHTING (B) EXTERIOR LIGHTING (C) COMFORT COOLING (D) COMFORT HEATING (E) MISCELLANEOUS MOTOR (F) KITCHEN EQUIPMENT (G) RECEPTACLES TOTAL EXTERIOR SIGNAGE / LIGHTING G CONTROL CALCULATION METHOD (125% OF CONNECTED LOAD) (125% OF CONNECTED LOAD) (100% OF CONN. + 25% LARGEST MOTOR) (100% OF CONN. + 25% LARGEST MOTOR) (100% OF CONNECTED LOAD) (65% OF CONNECTED LOAD) (100% OF CONNECTED LOAD) CONNECTED 5.6 KVA 2.2 KVA 27.9 KVA 0.3 KVA 5.4 KVA 1.6 KVA 5.4 KVA 48.4 KVA 135 A (120/208 V) EXISTING PAD- MOUNTED TRANSFORMER WITH 120/208V, 30 SECONDARY --\\ TYPE (A) (C) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) TOTAL EXISTING (4) #4/0 CU, #2 G. IN EXISTING 2-1/2" C. (APPROXIMATELY 300'). EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKER, CT, AND METER EXISTING PACKAGED METER CENTER 208/120V, 30, 4W EXISTING CONDUCTORS SERVICE LOAD CALCULATIONS DESCRIPTION INTERIOR LIGHTING EXTERIOR LIGHTING COMFORT COOLING COMFORT HEATING MISCELLANEOUS MOTOR KITCHEN EQUIPMENT RECEPTACLES U O N CAI.CULATIQI4 METHOD (125% OF CONNECTED LOAD) (125% OF CONNECTED LOAD) (100% OF CONN. + 25% LARGEST MOTOR) (100% OF CONN. + 25% LARGEST MOTOR) (100% OF CONNECTED LOAD) (65% OF CONNECTED LOAD) (100% OF CONNECTED LOAD) 200 AMP 120/208 VOLT 3 PHASE J TO EXISTING /FUTURE TENANTS EXISTING GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM A 0 MAIN DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE CONNECTED 0.0 KVA 0.0 KVA 0.0 KVA 0.0 KVA 0.5 KVA 19.2 KVA 0.0 KVA 19.7 KVA 55 A (120/208 V) INSTALL SURFACE MOUNTED TVSS UNIT (CURRENT TECHNOLOGY MODEL TG60- 120/208 --3GY) FURNISHED BY OWNER. FEED THROUGH 60A 3PH CIRCUIT BREAKER. 7 LOCATE AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO TOP OF PANELBOARD NEAR CEILING. CONDUCTORS SHALL NOT HAVE SHARP BENDS. INSTALL TVSS UNIT PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, KEEP CONDUCTOR LENGTH AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE. (4) #3, #8 C. IN 1--1 /2" C. a 200 AMP 120/208 VOLT 3 PHASE b PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKERS IN PANELS A AND 8 FULLY RATED AT 22,000 AIC RECEIVED"Q, CITY OF TUKWILA JAN 15 PERMIT CENTER AN 11.30.2007 Patio Revision L Q1.11.2008 Building Comments GON3ULTANT: NATIONAL E N G I N E E R I N G 784 Morrison Roa Columbus, Ohio 432300 Phone: (614) 751 -9616 Fox: (614) 552 -5240 main ©nationalengineering.corr T EXPIRES\ COPYRIGHT ZOOS THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT DF SERVICE, AND AS SUCH, R &MAINS THE PROPERTY OF CHIPOTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. PERMISSION FOR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT 13 LIMITED AND CAN fl EXTENDED ONLY BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITM GHIPDTLE MEXICAN GRILL INC.. 1 543 WAZEE STREET DENVER, DIZLEIRADM B0202 PHONE: (303) 595 - 4000 FAX: IS 03) 595 INTERNET: WWW.CHIPCITLE.COM Revisions: Project No. 07095 Contents: L 0 Issue Record: 10.22.2007 Permit Issue Drawn: Checked: KSL KSL ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES & DETAILS 200 Date of Iasi Print: 01.11.2008 a 0)